Dell EMC Networking Command-Line Reference Guide for the C9010 Series Version 9.14.2.
Notes, cautions, and warnings NOTE: A NOTE indicates important information that helps you make better use of your product. CAUTION: A CAUTION indicates either potential damage to hardware or loss of data and tells you how to avoid the problem. WARNING: A WARNING indicates a potential for property damage, personal injury, or death. © 2018 - 2019 Dell Inc. or its subsidiaries. All rights reserved. Dell, EMC, and other trademarks are trademarks of Dell Inc. or its subsidiaries.
Contents 1 About this Guide......................................................................................................................... 44 Objectives.............................................................................................................................................................................44 Audience......................................................................................................................................................................
ip telnet server enable.........................................................................................................................................................82 ip telnet source-interface................................................................................................................................................... 83 ip tftp source-interface....................................................................................................................................
copy..................................................................................................................................................................................... 163 delete...................................................................................................................................................................................166 dir..................................................................................................................................
Access Control Lists (ACL)........................................................................................................ 212 Commands Common to all ACL Types............................................................................................................................212 remark............................................................................................................................................................................212 show config......................
seq................................................................................................................................................................................. 262 Extended MAC ACL Commands.....................................................................................................................................263 deny.................................................................................................................................................................
7 Bidirectional Forwarding Detection (BFD)................................................................................... 301 bfd all-neighbors.................................................................................................................................................................301 bfd disable..........................................................................................................................................................................
clear ip bgp................................................................................................................................................................... 335 clear ip bgp dampening...............................................................................................................................................336 clear ip bgp flap-statistics.......................................................................................................................................
redistribute................................................................................................................................................................... 374 redistribute ospf...........................................................................................................................................................375 router bgp..................................................................................................................................................
address-family..............................................................................................................................................................423 address family ipv6 unicast........................................................................................................................................ 423 aggregate-address......................................................................................................................................................
neighbor ebgp-multihop............................................................................................................................................. 450 neighbor fall-over......................................................................................................................................................... 451 neighbor filter-list....................................................................................................................................................
9 Content Addressable Memory (CAM)......................................................................................... 479 CAM Profile Commands................................................................................................................................................... 479 cam-acl (Configuration)............................................................................................................................................. 479 cam-acl-egress.............................
dcb-enable.....................................................................................................................................................................517 dcb-output.................................................................................................................................................................... 518 dcb-policy output.........................................................................................................................................
13 Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP)........................................................................... 593 Configure a DHCP Server and DHCP Clients .............................................................................................................. 593 clear ip dhcp.................................................................................................................................................................593 debug ip dhcp client events..........................
14 Equal Cost Multi-Path (ECMP).................................................................................................622 ecmp-group........................................................................................................................................................................622 hash-algorithm ecmp........................................................................................................................................................ 623 hash-algorithm hg.....
disable................................................................................................................................................................................. 654 interface............................................................................................................................................................................. 655 member-vlan.............................................................................................................................
interface range macro name......................................................................................................................................699 interface vlan............................................................................................................................................................... 700 keepalive.................................................................................................................................................................
Time Domain Reflectometer (TDR) Commands........................................................................................................... 773 tdr-cable-test............................................................................................................................................................... 774 show tdr........................................................................................................................................................................
max-area-addresses.......................................................................................................................................................... 810 max-lsp-lifetime...................................................................................................................................................................811 maximum-paths...........................................................................................................................................
25 Internet Protocol Security (IPSec)...........................................................................................856 crypto ipsec transform-set.............................................................................................................................................. 856 crypto ipsec policy.............................................................................................................................................................857 management crypto-policy...
show ip fib linecard........................................................................................................................................................... 898 show ip flow.......................................................................................................................................................................899 show ip interface....................................................................................................................................
ipv6 route........................................................................................................................................................................... 946 ipv6 unicast-host-route....................................................................................................................................................948 ipv6 unicast-routing...................................................................................................................................
show vlan......................................................................................................................................................................986 tagged...........................................................................................................................................................................988 track ip................................................................................................................................................
LLDP-MED Commands...................................................................................................................................................1022 advertise med guest-voice....................................................................................................................................... 1023 advertise med guest-voice-signaling.......................................................................................................................
show ipv6 mld snooping mrouter............................................................................................................................ 1050 35 Multicast Source Discovery Protocol (MSDP)..........................................................................1052 clear ip msdp peer........................................................................................................................................................... 1052 clear ip msdp sa-cache...........................
mtu.................................................................................................................................................................................... 1084 other–config–flag............................................................................................................................................................1084 reachable–time...................................................................................................................................
enable inverse-mask....................................................................................................................................................1121 fast-convergence........................................................................................................................................................ 1121 graceful-restart grace-period....................................................................................................................................
area authentication..................................................................................................................................................... 1170 area encryption............................................................................................................................................................ 1171 area nssa........................................................................................................................................................
show hardware pe............................................................................................................................................................ 1221 stack unit...........................................................................................................................................................................1223 stack-unit..........................................................................................................................................
ip pim spt-threshold...................................................................................................................................................1260 ip pim sparse-mode sg-expiry-timer........................................................................................................................ 1261 show ip pim bsr-router...............................................................................................................................................
reset pe range.................................................................................................................................................................. 1297 reset pe schedule show.................................................................................................................................................. 1297 reset pe unschedule.........................................................................................................................................
private-vlan mapping secondary-vlan........................................................................................................................... 1343 show interfaces private-vlan.......................................................................................................................................... 1344 show vlan private-vlan....................................................................................................................................................
show qos statistics.................................................................................................................................................... 1385 show qos wred-profile...............................................................................................................................................1386 threshold.................................................................................................................................................................
description........................................................................................................................................................................ 1424 distance............................................................................................................................................................................. 1424 distribute-list in..........................................................................................................................
enable restricted........................................................................................................................................................ 1460 enable secret.............................................................................................................................................................. 1460 login authentication............................................................................................................................................
dot1x reauth-max....................................................................................................................................................... 1492 dot1x server-timeout................................................................................................................................................. 1492 dot1x supplicant-timeout...........................................................................................................................................
verified startup-config...............................................................................................................................................1527 54 Service Provider Bridging...................................................................................................... 1528 debug protocol-tunnel.....................................................................................................................................................1528 protocol-tunnel...............
Syslog Commands........................................................................................................................................................... 1566 clear logging................................................................................................................................................................1566 clear logging auditlog........................................................................................................................................
storm-control multicast (Configuration)........................................................................................................................ 1611 storm-control multicast (Interface)............................................................................................................................... 1612 storm-control pfc-llfc.......................................................................................................................................................
ntp broadcast client.........................................................................................................................................................1640 ntp disable.........................................................................................................................................................................1640 ntp master .................................................................................................................................
show vlt counters............................................................................................................................................................ 1674 show vlt detail.................................................................................................................................................................. 1675 show vlt inconsistency................................................................................................................................
ip vrf forwarding............................................................................................................................................................... 1710 ip route-export................................................................................................................................................................... 1711 ip route-import...................................................................................................................................
1 About this Guide This CLI guide provides information about the Dell Networking operating system (OS) command-line interface (CLI) supported on a C9010 console to configure a C9010 switch, C1048P, N20xx, and N30xx port extenders. The C9010 switch is also referred to as network director or control bridge. The port extenders are also referred to as rapid access nodes. This book also includes information about the protocols and features supported in the Dell Networking OS on the C9000 switch.
CAUTION: The Caution icon signals information about situations that could result in equipment damage or loss of data. NOTE: The Warning icon signals information about hardware handling that could result in injury.
2 CLI Basics This chapter describes the command line interface (CLI) structure and command modes. The Dell Networking operating software commands are in a text-based interface that allows you to use the launch commands, change command modes, and configure interfaces and protocols.
When another user enters CONFIGURATION mode, Dell Networking OS sends a message similar to the following: % Warning: User "admin" on line vty2 "172.16.1.210" is in configuration In this case, the user is “admin” on vty2. Obtaining Help As soon as you are in a command mode there are several ways to access help. To obtain a list of keywords at any command mode: Type a ? at the prompt or after a keyword. There must always be a space before the ?.
linecard link-bundle-distribution load-balance logging mac mac-address-table management monitor no ntp openflow password-attributes policy-map-input policy-map-output port-channel privilege protocol protocol-tunnel qos-policy-input qos-policy-output qos-rate-adjust frame for rate policing/shaping radius-server redundancy reload-type rmon route-map mode router script service service-class Routing mapping sflow snmp snmp-server storm-control strict-priority switch mount tacacs-server uplink-state-group config
Key Combination Action CNTL-E Moves the cursor to the end of the line. CNTL-F Moves the cursor forward one character. CNTL-I Completes a keyword. CNTL-K Deletes all the characters from the cursor to the end of the command line. CNTL-L Re-enters the previous command. CNTL-N Returns to the more recent commands in the history buffer after recalling commands with Ctrl-P or the up Arrow key. CNTL-P Recalls commands, beginning with the last command. CNTL-R Re-enters the previous command.
find searches for the first occurrence of a pattern grep displays text that matches a pattern. The grep command option has an ignore-case suboption that makes the search case-insensitive.
CONFIGURATION Mode In EXEC Privilege mode, use the configure command to enter CONFIGURATION mode and configure routing protocols and access interfaces. To enter CONFIGURATION mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to EXEC Privilege mode. 2. Enter the configure command. The prompt changes to include (conf). From this mode, you can enter INTERFACE mode by using the interface command.
2. Enter the ecmp-group command then enter the ECMP group ID. The prompt changes to include (conf-ecmp-group-ecmp-groupid). You can return to CONFIGURATION mode by using the exit command. EIS Mode To enable or configure Egress Interface Selection (EIS), use EIS mode. For more information, see EIS Commands. To enter EIS mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Enter the management egress-interface-selection command. The prompt changes to include (conf-mgmt-eis).
GRUB Mode To enable GRUB mode, press ESC when the following message appears during a system boot: Press ESC key to stop autoreboot.... Select Force10 Boot using the arrow keys and then press the “C” key to enter the GRUB Command Line Interface. The command prompt changes to grub>. INTERFACE Mode Use INTERFACE mode to configure interfaces or IP services on those interfaces. An interface can be physical (for example, a 10-Gigabit Ethernet port) or virtual (for example, the Null interface).
LLDP Mode To enable and configure Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP), use LLDP mode. For more information, see Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP). To enter LLDP mode: 1. To enable LLDP globally, verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. To enable LLDP on an interface, verify that you are logged in to INTERFACE mode. 2. Enter the protocol lldp command. The prompt changes to include (conf-lldp) or (conf-if-interface-lldp).
2. Enter the protocol spanning-tree mstp command. The prompt changes to include (conf-mstp). You can return to CONFIGURATION mode by using the exit command. PE Configuration Mode To configure certain the port extender features such as, the PoE feature, use the PE CONFIGURATION mode. For more information, see the Port Extenders (PE) To enter PE CONFIGURATION mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Enter thepe pe-id command.
PROTOCOL GVRP Mode To enable and configure GARP VLAN Registration Protocol (GVRP), use PROTOCOL GVRP mode. For more information, see GARP VLAN Registration (GVRP). To enter PROTOCOL GVRP mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Enter the protocol gvrp command. The prompt changes to include (config-gvrp). You can return to CONFIGURATION mode by using the exit command. QOS POLICY Mode To configure ETS bandwidth allocation and scheduling for priority traffic, use QOS POLICY mode.
2. Enter the router ospf {process-id} command. The prompt changes to include (conf-router_ospf-id). You can switch to INTERFACE mode by using the interface command or you can switch to ROUTER RIP mode by using the router rip command. ROUTER OSPFV3 Mode To configure OSPF for IPv6, use ROUTER OSPFV3 mode. For more information, see Open Shortest Path First (OSPFv2 and OSPFv3). To enter ROUTER OSPFV3 mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2.
UPLINK STATE GROUP Mode To enable and configure an uplink-state group, use UPLINK STATE GROUP mode. For more information, see Uplink Failure Detection (UFD). To enter UPLINK STATE GROUP mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Enter the uplink-state-group command then the group ID number. The prompt changes to include (conf-uplink-state-groupgroupID).
3 Control and Monitoring This chapter contains the commands to configure and monitor the system, including Telnet, file transfer protocol (FTP), and trivial file transfer protocol (TFTP) as they are implemented in the Dell Networking OS on the switch.
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • show cpu-traffic-stats show cpu-interface-stats show debugging show environment show inventory show linecard show login statistics show memory show processes cpu show processes ipc show processes ipc flow-control show processes memory show reset-reason show rpm show software ifm show system linecard show tech-support show util-threshold cpu show util-threshold memory show version telnet terminal length traceroute undebug all upload trace-log util-th
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Usage Information You must save the configuration and reload the system to implement ASF. When you enter the command, the system sends a message stating that the new mode is enabled when the system reloads. banner exec Configure a message that is displayed when your enter EXEC mode. C9000 Series Syntax banner exec c line c To delete a banner, use the no banner exec command.
console This is the banner Dell Networking OS con0 now available Press RETURN to get started. 4d21h6m: %RPM0-P:CP %SEC-5-LOGIN_SUCCESS: Login successful for user on line console This is the banner Dell> Related Commands line — enables and configures the console and virtual terminal lines to the system. banner login Set a banner to display when logging on to the system.
Usage Information After entering the banner login command, type one or more spaces and a delineator character. Enter the banner text then the second delineator character. When the user is connected to the router, if a message of the day banner is configured, it displays first. If no message of the day banner is configured, the login banner and prompt appear. After the user has logged in, the EXEC banner (if configured) displays.
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command Usage Information After entering the banner login command, type one or more spaces and a delineator character. Enter the banner text then the second delineator character. When the user is connected to the router, if a message of the day banner is configured, it displays first. If no message of the day banner is configured, the login banner and prompt appear.
ipv4acl number Enter ipv4acl and the FP block number for IPv4. The FP block number range is from 0 to 8. ipv6acl number Enter ipv6acl and the FP block number for IPv6. The FP block number range is from 0 to 4 (multiples of 2). ipv4qos number Enter ipv4qos and the FP block number for IPv4–QoS. The FP block number range is from 0 to 8. l2qos number Enter l2qos and the FP block number for L2–QoS. The FP block number range is from 1 to 8.
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Added the keywords fcoeacl and iscsioptacl on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.1.0 Added the keywords ecfmacl, vman-qos, and vman-dual-qos. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information For the new settings to take effect, save the new CAM settings to the startup-config (write-mem or copy run start) then reload the system.
clear alarms Clear alarms on the system. C9000 Series Syntax clear alarms Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.
This output is only applicable for the C9000 platform (not the port extenders). DellEMC#clear average-power Proceed to clear Average power ? Confirm [yes/no]:yes DellEMC# clear line Reset a terminal line. C9000 Series Syntax clear line {line-number | console 0 | vty number} Parameters line-number Enter a number for one of the 12 terminal lines on the system. The range is from 0 to 11. console 0 Enter the keywords console 0 to reset the console port.
Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. Dell#configure Dell(conf)# debug cpu-traffic-stats Enable the collection of computer processor unit (CPU) traffic statistics.
NOTE: This command must be enabled before the show cpu-traffic-stats command displays traffic statistics. Dell Networking recommends disabling debugging (no debug cpu-trafficstats) after troubleshooting is complete. Related Commands show cpu-traffic-stats — displays the cpu traffic statistics. debug ftpserver View transactions during an FTP session when a user is logged into the FTP server.
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010 and C1048P. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. Usage Information You can also use the disable command from port extender(PE) console to turns off access to the privileged mode commands.
Example Dell(conf-if-te-5/0)#do clear counters Clear counters on all interfaces [confirm] Dell(conf-if-te-5/0)# Dell(conf-if-te-5/0)#do clear logging Clear logging buffer [confirm] Dell(conf-if-te-5/0)# Dell(conf-if-te-5/0)#do reload System configuration has been modified. Save? [yes/no]: n Proceed with reload [confirm yes/no]: n Dell(conf-if-te-5/0)# enable Enter EXEC Privilege mode or any other privilege level configured. After entering this command, you may need to enter a password.
Related Commands enable password — configures a password for the enable command and to access a privilege level. enable cpu-clock-monitor Enables Intel CPU LPC (Low Pin Count) clock-failure monitoring. Syntax enable cpu-clock-monitor To disable this feature, use the no enable cpu-clock-monitor command. Parameters None Defaults Enabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
end Return to EXEC Privilege mode from other command modes (for example, CONFIGURATION or ROUTER OSPF modes). C9000 Series Syntax end Command Modes • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Parameters minutes Enter the number of minutes of inactivity on the system before disconnecting the current session. The range is from 0 to 35791. The default is 10 minutes for the console line and 30 minutes for the VTY line. seconds (OPTIONAL) Enter the number of seconds. The range is from 0 to 2147483. The default is 0 seconds. Defaults 10 minutes for console line; 30 minutes for VTY lines; 0 seconds Command Modes LINE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
• • • Command History ROUTER RIP ROUTER ISIS ROUTER BGP This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010 and C1048P. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.
Example Related Commands morpheus% ftp 10.31.1.111 Connected to 10.31.1.111. 220 FTOS (1.0) FTP server ready Name (10.31.1.
Related Commands ftp-server enable — enables FTP server functions on the switch. ftp-server username — sets a username and password for incoming FTP connections. ftp-server username Create a user name and associated password for incoming FTP server sessions. C9000 Series Syntax ftp-server username username password [encryption-type] password To delete a user name and its password, use the no ftp-server username username command.
Parameters name Enter a text string, up to 32 characters long. Defaults Dell Networking OS Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010 and C1048P. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command.
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.2.1.0 Increased number of VLANs on ExaScale to 4094 (was 2094). 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. ip ftp username Assign a user name for outgoing FTP connection requests.
ip http source-interface Configure an interface’s IP address as the source IP address for HTTP connections. C9000 Series Syntax ip http source-interface interface To delete an interface, use theno ip http source-interface interface command. Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • • • • • • For Loopback interfaces, enter the keyword loopback then a number from zero (0) to 16383. For a Port Channel interface, enter the keyword port-channel then a number.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
Related Commands Version Description 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.2.1.0 Increased number of VLANs on ExaScale to 4094 (was 2094). 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command telnet — telnets to another device. ip tftp source-interface Assign an interface’s IP address in outgoing packets for TFTP traffic.
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command line Enable and configure console and virtual terminal lines to the system. This command accesses LINE mode, where you can set the access conditions for the designated line. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters line {console 0 | vty number [end-number]} console 0 Enter the keyword console 0 to configure the console port. The console option for the S-Series is <0-0>.
logging coredump server Configure the switch to move (upload) a core dump for an application or kernel crash to an external FTP server. C9000 Series Syntax logging coredump server {ipv4-address | ipv6-address} username name password [type] password Parameters {ipv4-address | ipv6-address} Enter the server IPv4 address (A.B.C.D) or IPv6 address (X:X:X:X::X). name Enter a username to access the target server. type Enter the password type: • • password Enter 0 to enter an unencrypted password.
login concurrent-session Configures the limit of concurrent sessions for each user on console and virtual terminal lines. Syntax login concurrent-session {limit number-of-sessions | clear—line enable} no login concurrent-session {limit number-of-sessions | clear—line enable} Parameters limit number-of- sessions Sets the number of concurrent sessions that any user can have on console and virtual terminal lines. The range is from 1 to 12 (10 VTY lines, one console, and one AUX line).
Line Location 2 vty 0 10.14.1.97 3 vty 1 10.14.1.97 Clear existing session? [line number/Enter to cancel]: When you try to create more than the permitted number of sessions, the following message appears, prompting you to close one of your existing sessions. Close any of your existing sessions to log in to the system. $ telnet 10.11.178.14 Trying 10.11.178.14... Connected to 10.11.178.14. Escape character is '^]'. Login: admin Password: Maximum concurrent sessions for the user reached.
If you enable user login statistics, the system displays the last successful login details of the current user, the details of any failed login attempts by others, and if the current user’s permissions have changed since the last login. If you use the login statistics time-period days command to set a custom time period, the system only reports the login statistics during that interval. NOTE: Login statistics are not applicable for login sessions that do not use authentication on user names.
Parameters host (OPTIONAL) Enter the host name of the devices to which you are testing connectivity. ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IPv4 address of the device to which you are testing connectivity. The address must be in the dotted decimal format. ipv6-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IPv6 address, in the x:x:x:x::x format, to which you are testing connectivity. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. count Enter the number of echo packets to be sent. The default is 5.
• • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/ port information. For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. Defaults none Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. EXEC EXEC Privilege The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Example (IPv4) Dell#ping 172.31.1.255 Type Ctrl-C to abort. Sending 5, 100-byte ICMP Echos to 172.31.1.255, timeout is 2 seconds: Reply to request 1 from 172.31.1.208 0 ms Reply to request 1 from 172.31.1.216 0 ms Reply to request 1 from 172.31.1.205 16 ms :: Reply to request 5 from 172.31.1.209 0 ms Reply to request 5 from 172.31.1.66 0 ms Reply to request 5 from 172.31.1.87 0 ms Dell# Example (IPv6) Dell#ping 100::1 Type Ctrl-C to abort.
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010 and C1048P. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.1(0.0) Added ‘conditional’ parameter. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command.
Usage Information Messages can contain an unlimited number of lines; however, each line is limited to 255 characters. To move to the next line, use . To send the message use CTR-Z; to abort a message, use CTR-C. service timestamps To debug and log messages, add time stamps. This command adds either the uptime or the current time and date with local time zone time difference included or excluded.
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. Usage Information If you do not specify parameters and enter service timestamps, it appears as service timestamps debug datetime in the running-configuration. To view the current options set for the service timestamps command, use the show running-config command. From 9.14.1.
Examples DellEMC#show alarms -- Minor Alarms -Alarm Type Duration --------------------------------------------------------------------------No minor alarms -- Major Alarms -Alarm Type Duration --------------------------------------------------------------------------PEM 0 in unit 0 down 25 sec PEM 2 in unit 0 down 6 sec DellEMC#show alarm threshold -- Temperature Limits (deg C) ---------------------------------------------------------------------------Minor Off Minor Major Off Major Shutdown linecard0 78 9
============== Minor Alarms Fan tray Major Alarms linecard linecard PE ID: 010 ========== Minor Alarms PEM 0 in Major Alarms No major PE ID: 020 ========== Minor Alarms No minor Major Alarms No major 2 of unit 0 has 1 fan(s) failure 21 min, 56 sec 0 failure 11 failure 15 min, 34 sec 15 min, 34 sec unit 3 removed 12 hr, 0 min alarms alarms alarms DellEMC# show alarms pe all Alarm Type Duration --------------------------------------------------------------------------PE ID: 010 ========== Minor Ala
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
LinecardId Type Status ReqTyp CurTyp Version Ports ------------------------------------------------------------------0 Linecard online C9000LC0640 C9000LC0640 9.9(0.0) 24 1 Linecard not present 2 Linecard not present C9000LC2410T 3 Linecard not present 4 Linecard not present 5 Linecard online C9000LC0640 C9000LC0640 9.9(0.0) 24 6 Linecard online C9000LC2410G C9000LC2410G 9.9(0.0) 24 7 Linecard not present 8 Linecard not present 9 Linecard not present C9000LC0640 10 Linecard online C9000-RPM-2.
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and E-Series. Usage Information One trace log message is generated for each command. No password information is saved to this file. A command-history trace log is saved to a file after failover. Dell EMC Networking TAC analyzes this file to help identify the root cause of it.
show console lp View the buffered boot-up log of a line card, Route Processor or Control Processor CPU, including background resets, calls, and initialization, on the console. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show console {lp slot-id | rp | cp} lpslot-id Enter a line-card slot number to view the boot-up log of a line-card (LP) processor. The range of the slot IDs is from 0 to 2. rp Enter the rp keyword to view the boot-up log for the Route Processor CPU.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
txPkt(COS3) :0 txPkt(COS4) :0 txPkt(COS5) :0 txPkt(COS6) :0 txPkt(COS7) :0 txPkt(UNIT0) :0 txPkt(UNIT1) :0 txPkt(UNIT2) :0 txPkt(UNIT3) :0 -- OOB ethernet statistics -Link state : N/A Recv Interrupts/Polls: 0 Recv Packets : 2269516 Transmit Packets : 549631 Recv Desc Error : 0 Transmit Desc Error : 0 Recv Out of Mem : 0 Transmit Out of Mem : 0 Recv Upper Layer Full: 0 Transmit Pause Pkts : 0 Recv Other Error : 0 Transmit Other Error: 0 Recv Restarts : 0 Recv Restarts Fatal : 0 -- Thread info ...i ..
0 ifdbg 0 ifacl 0 if6db 0 if6db Related Commands 0 2000 0 2000 0 2000 0 2000 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 debug cpu-traffic-stats — enables CPU traffic statistics for debugging. show debugging View a list of all enabled debugging processes. C9000 Series Syntax show debugging Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Parameters all Enter the keyword all to view all components. fan Enter the keyword fan to view information on the fans. The output of this command is chassis-dependent. pem Enter the keyword pem to view only information on power entry modules. stack-unit unit-id Enter the keywords stack-unit then the unit-id to display information on a specific stack member. Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific.
-- Unit Environment Status -Unit Status Temp Voltage ---------------------------------* 1 online 28C ok * Management Unit -- Thermal Sensor Readings (deg C) -Unit Sensor-CPU Sensor-MAC Sensor-Left Sensor-Right Sensor-QSFP Sensor-DCFAN Sensor-BCM ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------1 25 28 25 22 26 23 36 Example (System Power Log) This output is applicable for the C1048P, N20xx, and N30xx series port-extenders.
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.4 Output expanded to include Piece Part ID (PPID) and eSR4 optics. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.6.1.0 Introduced this version of the command for S-Series. S-Series output differs from ESeries. Usage Information Use the show inventory command to display information about installed pluggable media (QSFP, SFP) on a line card.
1 N/A C1048P-FAN N/A N/A N/A * - Management Unit Software Protocol Configured --------------------------LLDP Related Commands • • show interfaces — displays the interface configuration. show interfaces transceiver — displays the physical status and operational status of an installed transceiver. The output also displays the transceiver’s serial number. show linecard Display the linecard(s) status.
show linecard output Field Description Num Ports Displays the number of ports in the line card. Up Time Displays the number of hours and minutes the card is online. Dell Networking OS Version Displays the operating software version. Jumbo Capable Displays Yes or No indicating if the line card can support Jumbo frames. Boot Flash Ver Displays the two possible Bootflash versions. The [Booted] keyword next to the version states which version was used at system boot.
Next Boot Required Type (EF) Current Type (EF) Hardware Rev Num Ports Up Time FTOS Version Jumbo Capable Boot Flash Memory Size Temperature Power Status Voltage Serial Number Part Number Vendor Id Date Code Country Code Dell# Example (CSeries) : E48PF - 48-port GE line card with SFP optics : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : Base - 1.0 PP0 - n/a PP1 - n/a 48 12 hr, 37 min 6.2.1.x yes A: 2.0.3.4 B: 2.0.3.
show login statistics Displays login statistics of users who have used the console or virtual terminal lines to log in to the system. Syntax show login statistics [all | [[successful-attempts | unsuccessful-attempts] [user login-id] [time-period days]] | user login-id] Parameters all (Optional)Displays the login statistics of all users in the last 30 days or the custom defined time period.
Example The following is sample output of the show login statistics command. DellEMC#show login statistics -----------------------------------------------------------------User: admin Last login time: 12:52:01 UTC Tue Mar 22 2016 Last login location: Line vty0 ( 10.16.127.
The following is sample output of the show login statistics unsuccessful-attempts timeperiod days command. DellEMC# show login statistics unsuccessful-attempts time-period 15 There were 0 unsuccessful login attempt(s) for user admin in last 15 day(s). The following is sample output of the show login statistics unsuccessful-attempts user login-id command. DellEMC# show login statistics unsuccessful-attempts user admin There were 3 unsuccessful login attempt(s) for user admin in last 12 day(s).
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. Usage Information The output for show memory displays the memory usage of the line-card processor (LP) part (sysdlp) of the system. The sysdlp is an aggregate task that handles all the tasks running on the LP. The total counter size in show memory and show processes memory differs based on which OS processes are counted.
Parameters cp Enter the keyword cp to view CPU usage for the Control Processor. lp Enter the keyword lp to view CPU usage for the Line Processor. rp Enter the keyword rp to view CPU usage for the Route Processor. pe pe-id Enter the keyword pe and the port extender (PE) ID. Range is from 0 to 255. stack-unit unit Enter the keyword stack-unit and the stack unit number. Range is from 0 to 7.
0x000000df 0x000000d7 0x00000095 0x00000079 0x00000043 0x00000013 0x00000002 0x00000001 0x00000327 0x0000029d 0x00000250 0x0000024a Example show processes rp 3140 0 750 40 10 610 40 0 100 10 10 190 314 0 75 4 1 61 4 0 10 1 1 19 10000 0 10000 10000 10000 10000 10000 0 10000 10000 10000 10000 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.
0x4c5f3020 0x4c5dd020 0x4c5c7020 0x4beab020 0x4be93020 0x4bd6e020 0x4bd55020 0x4bd39020 0x4bb4f020 0x4baa8020 0x4ba74020 0x4ba72020 0x4c679020 Example: show process cpu pe pe-id all 200 0 30 2410 3050 4210 80 0 8530 440 1430 560 7120 20 0 3 241 305 421 8 0 853 44 143 56 712 10000 0 10000 10000 10000 10000 10000 0 10000 10000 10000 10000 10000 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.33% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.
show processes ipc Display the IPC messaging used internally between Dell Networking OS processes. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show processes ipc [recv-stats | send-stats] [cp | rp | lp | pe {slot-id | all}] recv-stats Enter the keyword recv-stats to display information on IPC receiver-side messages. send-stats Enter the keyword send-stats to display information on IPC sender-side messages. cp Enter the keyword cp to view IPC message statistics on the Control Processor CPU.
Fails - No of guaranteed IPC pkts that could not be transmitted RTT(ms) - Avg. Round Trip time for guaranteed IPC packets in millisecs NonG-S - No of non-guaranteed IPC pkts succesfully sent.
129024 129024 129024 129024 129024 129024 129024 129024 129024 129024 129024 129024 129024 129024 129024 129024 129024 129024 129024 129024 184320 129024 129024 129024 163840 129024 129024 131072 131072 129024 129024 129024 184320 129024 129024 129024 1 DIAGAGT: 5 0 DIAGAGT: 5 1 EVHDLR: 0 1 EVHDLR: 0 1 DNLDAGENT: 5 0 DNLDAGENT: 5 1 SYSADMTSK: 5 0 SYSADMTSK: 5 1 PMMGR: 5 0 PMMGR: 5 1 KPLR: 5 0 KPLR: 5 1 KPLR: 5 0 TIMERMGR: 5 0 DEBUGAGNT: 5 0 DEBUGAGNT: 5 1 F10STKMGR: 5 0 F10STKMGR: 5 1 ENVMGR: 5 0 ACL: 0 8
129024 0 0 0 DSAGT: 2 -> EVENTLOGAGENT: 5 129024 1 0 0 ---------- More ---------- 0 0 show processes ipc flow-control Display Single Window Protocol Queue (SWPQ) statistics. C9000 Series Syntax show processes ipc flow-control [cp | lp | pe | rp {slot-id | all}] Parameters cp Enter the keyword cp to view SWPQ statistics for the Control Processor CPU. lpslot-id Enter the slot ID of the line card for which you want to view IPC message statistics. The range of switch slot IDs is from 0 to 11.
Field Description Retries Number of retransmissions Msg Sent Number of messages sent Ack Rcvd Number of messages acknowledged Available Retra Number of retries left Max Retra Number of retries allowed Important Points: • The SWP provides flow control-based reliable communication between the sending and receiving software tasks. A sending task enqueues messages into the SWP queue3 for a receiving task and waits for an acknowledgement.
0 40 67 11 12 10 33 23 0 0 1 Example: show processes ipc flow-control pe 0 IFMGR0 40 IFMGR0 67 IFMGR0 11 IFMGR0 12 IFMGR0 10 IFMGR0 33 IFMGR0 23 PORTMIRR0 0 IFMGR0 0 IFMGR0 1 60 60 L2PM0 60 60 DIFFSERV0 60 60 RTM0 60 60 LLDP0 60 60 MRTM0 60 60 IPMGR1 60 60 LACP0 60 60 ACL_AGENT2 50 50 IGMP0 50 50 IFAGT2 60 60 Dell#show processes ipc 0 29 0 0 0 51 0 0 0 9 0 0 0 12 0 0 0 10 0 0 0 33 0 0 0 23 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 flow-control pe 255 stack-unit 1 Q Statistics
Command Modes • • Defaults Display detailed information on memory usage on all switch CPUs (Control Processor, Route Processor, Port Extender, and Line Cards). Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. EXEC EXEC Privilege The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9 (0.0) Introduced on the C9010.
Example: show processes memory Dell#show processes memory Total : 3203928064, MaxUsed : CurrentUsed: 804720640, CurrentFree: SharedUsed : 9776664, SharedFree : PID Process Current 597 clish 0 0 631 login 0 0 464 ipSecMgr 367528 443 ssMgr 0 0 434 ipm 330360 419 sysd 6255242 425 sysdlp 0 0 427 sysmon 0 0 421 sysmon 0 0 398 flashmntr 0 0 327 inetd 0 0 244 sh 0 0 74 sh 0 0 30 mount_mfs 0 0 25 mount_mfs 0 0 22 mount_mfs 0 0 19 mount_mfs 0 0 12 mount_mfs 0 0 2 sh 0 0 1 init 0 0 0 [system] 0 0 506 sh 0 0 ipc 3406
Current 597 clish 0 0 631 login 0 0 464 ipSecMgr 367528 443 ssMgr 0 0 434 ipm 330360 419 sysd 6255242 425 sysdlp 0 0 427 sysmon 0 0 421 sysmon 0 0 398 flashmntr 0 0 327 inetd 0 0 244 sh 0 0 74 sh 0 0 30 mount_mfs 0 0 25 mount_mfs 0 0 22 mount_mfs 0 0 19 mount_mfs 0 0 12 mount_mfs 0 0 2 sh 0 0 1 init 0 0 0 [system] 0 0 506 sh 0 0 ipc 34060 irc 943436 RpmAvailMgr 9376 ev 133188 evterm 26752 evhdlr 2528 dlm 7556256 dla 416 tsm 15136 fmg 766560 fileProc 416 sysAdmTsk 42028 3891200 106496 0 0 4816896 21708
2817257472 TaskName f10appioserv sysdlp sysmon flashmntr inetd sh sh mount_mfs mount_mfs mount_mfs mount_mfs mount_mfs sh init [system] tme ipc timerMgr sysAdmTsk count tFib4 aclAgent ifagt_1 dsagt MacAgent fib6 ofagt tnlagt frrpagt Example: show processes memory rp TotalAllocated 163840 16543744 24576 36864 45056 2301952 2297856 2310144 2310144 2310144 2310144 2310144 2301952 2297856 0 433054 33036 66072 33036 33036 2016720 1490790 202348 1325606 301474 1654292 367522 165180 334400 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
302 sysd 965786 965786 263 sysmon 0 0 296 flashmntr 0 0 198 inetd 0 0 122 sh 0 0 74 sh 0 0 30 mount_mfs 0 0 25 mount_mfs 0 0 Example show processes memory pe 4 stack-unit 0 Example show processes memory pe 4 all 15392768 3305472 965786 0 704512 24576 0 0 839680 36864 0 0 995328 45056 0 0 802816 2301952 0 0 708608 2297856 0 0 13467648 2310144 0 0 56033280 2310144 0 0 Dell#show processes memory pe 4 stack-unit 0 Total: 1073741824, MaxUsed: 343912448, CurrentUsed: 343896064,
sysdlp f10appioserv sysd flashmntr inetd sh sh mount_mfs mount_mfs mount_mfs mount_mfs sh init [system] tme ipc timerMgr sysAdmTsk count sflPEAgt aclAgent ifagt_1 dsagt L2Agent nvAgent brAgent frrpagt Example show processes memory pe 4 summary 22097920 184320 31105024 24576 49152 2641920 2641920 2654208 2654208 2654208 2654208 2641920 2641920 0 220048 16652 33304 33212 88 965642 24232 38367072 24254 286530 4566 106006 38052 Dell#show processes memory pe 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 877892 0 3
rpm 1 (CP) rpm 1 (RP) linecard 0 linecard 1 linecard 2 linecard 3 linecard 4 linecard 5 linecard 6 linecard 7 linecard 8 linecard 9 linecard 10 linecard 11 Power on Reset Power on Reset N/A N/A N/A N/A Warm Reset N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A Power on Reset Power on Reset N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A DellEMC#show reset-reason pe all Last Reset Reason: --------------------Type Cause Time ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------PE ID: 10 ==========
Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. Field Description Status Displays the RPM’s status. Next Boot Displays whether the RPM is to be brought online at the next system reload. Card Type Displays the RPM catalog number. Hardware Rev Displays the hardware revision level. Num Ports Displays the number of active ports.
Boot Selector : 3.3.0.1 RP Boot Selector : 3.3.0.
• For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE. linecard slot-id Enter the linecard slot-id parameters to specify the switch ports on a line card. The range of slot IDs is from 0 to 11. trace-flags Enter the keyword trace-flags to display IFM information for internal trace flags. Defaults none Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
cardAlive = 0 ppStatus[0] = 0x00000001 pStatusMask = 0xffffffff ppStatus[1] = 0x00000001 Dell# show software ifm linecard 0 | save flash://sh_sf_ifm_linecard0 Start saving show command report ....... show system linecard Display the status of a specified linecard. Syntax Parameters show system linecard slot-id fanout {configured | count} slot-id Enter the linecard slot-id. The slot-id range is from 0 to 11. count Enter the keyword count to view the fanout ports configured or present on a linecard.
pe pe-id (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword pe and the port extender(PE) ID. The PE ID range is from 0 to 255. NOTE: The pe option is only visible when the extended bridge feature is enabled. stack-unit unit- Enter the keyword stack-unit and the unit number. The stack-unit range is from 0 to 7. number Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Control Processor:Intel Rangeley with 2 Gbytes (2127536128 bytes) of memory, core(s) 2. Route Processor:Intel Rangeley with 2 Gbytes (2127536128 bytes) of memory, core(s) 2. 16G bytes of boot flash memory. 2 Route Processor Module. 3 24-port TE/GE 3 24-port TE/GE 4 6-port TE/FG 2 4-port TE/GE 200 Ten GigabitEthernet/IEEE 802.3 interface(s) 12 Forty GigabitEthernet/IEEE 802.
timerMgr 66072 0 66072 66072 sysAdmTsk 33036 0 330 Example (PE Console) Dell#show tech-support ------------------------------- show version ---------------------------Dell Real Time Operating System Software Dell Operating System Version: 2.0 Dell Application Software Version: 9.9(0.0) Copyright (c) 1999-2015 by Dell Inc. All Rights Reserved.
Current address is f8:b1:56:62:61:0a Interface index is 1054730 Internet address is not set Mode of IPv4 Address Assignment : NONE DHCP Client-ID :f8b15662610a MTU 16364 bytes, IP MTU 16346 bytes LineSpeed 1000 Mbit ARP type: ARPA, ARP Timeout 04:00:00 Last clearing of "show interface" counters 00:00:00 Queueing strategy: fifo Input Statistics: 0 packets, 0 bytes 0 64-byte pkts, 0 over 64-byte pkts, 0 over 127-byte pkts 0 over 255-byte pkts, 0 over 511-byte pkts, 0 over 1023-byte pkts 0 Multicasts, 0 Broadc
193229 Multicasts, 0 Broadcasts, 3869767 Unicasts 0 runts, 0 giants, 0 throttles 0 CRC, 0 overrun, 0 discarded Output Statistics: 3978357 packets, 4298183062 bytes, 0 underruns 0 64-byte pkts, 110 over 64-byte pkts, 187904 over 127-byte pkts 94 over 255-byte pkts, 17498 over 511-byte pkts, 3772751 over 1023-byte pkts 187593 Multicasts, 0 Broadcasts, 3790764 Unicasts 0 throttles, 0 discarded, 0 collisions, 0 wreddrops Rate info (interval 299 seconds): Input 00.00 Mbits/sec, 0 packets/sec, 0.
Port-channel 257 is up, line protocol is up Created by Auto LAG Hardware address is f8:b1:56:62:61:0a, Current address is f8:b1:56:62:61:0a Interface index is 1258422784 Minimum number of links to bring Port-channel up is 1 Internet address is not set Mode of IPv4 Address Assignment : NONE DHCP Client-ID :f8b15662610a MTU 16364 bytes, IP MTU 16346 bytes LineSpeed 10000 Mbit Members in this channel: Te 1/1(U) ARP type: ARPA, ARP Timeout 04:00:00 Queueing strategy: fifo Input Statistics: 4062996 packets, 7995
sysAdmTsk count sflPEAgt aclAgent ifagt_1 dsagt L2Agent nvAgent brAgent 33212 88 2704862 24232 3272338996 24254 1247242 4566 155698 0 0 2583984 0 3272334148 0 612868 0 82820 33212 88 137442 24232 104232 24254 650938 4566 72878 33212 88 120878 24232 4848 24254 634374 4566 72878 Memory Statistics Of stack-unit 3 (bytes) =========================================================== Total: 1073741824, MaxUsed: 340434944, CurrentUsed: 340385792, CurrentFree: 733356032 TaskName TotalAllocated TotalFreed MaxHel
0x4ab5f020 0x4ab3e020 0x40697020 0x4c593020 0x4c17a020 0x4be61020 0x4be4a020 0x4bd28020 0x4bd0f020 0x4bcf4020 0x4bb7b020 0x4bb86020 0x4bbbe020 0x4bbbb020 0x4bba7020 0x4c77a020 20 68110 590 0 370 494050 569630 887440 230 0 30 7240 267310 129340 0 1612410 2 6811 59 0 37 49405 56963 88744 23 0 3 724 26731 12934 0 161241 10000 10000 10000 0 10000 10000 10000 10000 10000 0 10000 10000 10000 10000 0 10000 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.
Master priority : 0 Hardware Rev : 5.0 Num Ports : 52 Up Time : 6 day, 21 hr, 13 min Dell Networking OS Version : 9.9(0.
-- Thermal Sensor Readings (deg C) Unit Sensor0 Sensor1 Sensor2 --------------------------------1 38 28 41 3 42 29 47 -- ----------------------------------- show inventory ------------------System Type : C1048P System Mode : 1.0 Software Version : 9.9(0.
module 0 of unit 1 is inserted Sep 8 13:07:32: %PE-UNKN-UNIT1-M:CP %CHMGR-0-PS_UP: Power supply 0 in unit 1 is up Sep 8 13:07:32: %PE-UNKN-UNIT1-M:CP %CHMGR-5-PEM_REMOVED: Power entry module 1 of unit 1 is absent Sep 8 13:07:32: %PE-UNKN-UNIT1-M:CP %CHMGR-5-FANTRAY_INSERTED: Fan tray 0 of Unit 1 is inserted Sep 8 13:07:32: %PE-UNKN-UNIT1-M:CP %CHMGR-4-TEMP_STATUS_CHANGE: Unit 1 temperature state changed to 1 (Current temperature 40C).
on console Sep 10 15:20:45: %PE255-UNIT1-M:CP %IFMGR-5-OSTATE_UP: state to up: Te 1/1 Sep 10 15:20:50: %PE255-UNIT1-M:CP %IFMGR-5-ASTATE_UP: Admin state to up: Te 0/1 Sep 10 15:20:50: %PE255-UNIT1-M:CP %IFMGR-5-ASTATE_UP: Admin state to up: Te 0/2 Sep 17 11:39:00: %PE1-UNIT1-M:CP %SEC-5-LOGIN_SUCCESS: user peadmin on line vty0 ( internal Ipa ) Dell# Related Commands • • • Changed interface Changed interface Changed interface Login successful for show version — displays the Dell Networking OS version.
Related Commands • • util-threshold cpu – Configure CPU utilization thresholds. util-threshold mem – Configure memory utilization thresholds. show util-threshold memory Display the memory utilization thresholds of switch CPUs. C9000 Series Syntax show util—threshold memory Defaults None Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Version Description 9.9 (0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
show version Display the current Dell Networking OS version information on the system. C9000 Series Syntax show version [all |[pe pe-id] From a PE console, use show version to view the software version information. Parameters all Enter the keyword all to view all components. pe pe-id Enter the keyword pe and the port extender (PE) ID to view show version output for a specific PE. The PE ID range is from 0 to 255. NOTE: The pe option is only available when the extended bridge feature is enabled. .
Lines Lines Beginning With Beginning With Example Example: show version all Chassis Type: Chassis type (for example, E1200, E600, E600i, E300, C300, C150, S25, S50, S55, S60, S4810) Control Processor:... Control processor information and amount of memory on processor Route Processor 1:... Route processor 1 information and the amount of memory on that processor Route Processor 2:... Route processor 2 information and the amount of memory on that processor 128K bytes...
12 Forty GigabitEthernet/IEEE 802.3 interface(s) PE-ID: 0 ---------Dell Real Time Operating System Software Dell Operating System Version: 2.0 Dell Application Software Version: 1-0(0-4079) Copyright (c) 1999-2015 by Dell Inc. All Rights Reserved.
telnet Connect through Telnet to a server. The Telnet client and server in the Dell Networking OS support IPv4 and IPv6 connections. You can establish a Telnet session directly to the router or a connection can be initiated from the router. C9000 Series Syntax telnet {host | ip-address | ipv6-address prefix-length | vrf vrf instance name} [/source-interface] Parameters host Enter the name of a server. ip-address Enter the IPv4 address in dotted decimal format of the server.
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and added support for IPv6 address on the E-Series only. terminal length Configure the number of lines displayed on the terminal screen. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters terminal length screen-length screen-length Enter a number of lines. Entering zero causes the terminal to display without pausing. The range is from 0 to 512. Defaults 24 lines Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Defaults • • • • • Timeout = 5 seconds Probe count = 3 30 hops max 40 byte packet size UDP port = 33434 Command Modes • • EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
----------------------------------------------Tracing the route to 100::1, 64 hops max, 60 byte packets ----------------------------------------------Hops Hostname Probe1 Probe2 Probe3 1 100::1 000.000 ms 000.000 ms 000.000 ms Dell#traceroute 3ffe:501:ffff:100:201:e8ff:fe00:4c8b Type Ctrl-C to abort.
upload trace-log Upload a trace log file from a switch CPU. C9000 Series Syntax upload trace-log {cp [cmd-history]| linecard | slot-id | pe pe-id [stack-unit unit number ] |rp } [sw-trace | hw-trace] Parameters rp Enter the keyword rp to upload a trace log from the Route Processor. cp Enter the keyword cp to upload a trace log from the Control Processor. linecard slot-id Enter the linecard slot-id parameters to specify the line-card CPU whose trace log you want to upload.
• • • 5 sec 1 min 5 min cp Enter the keyword cp to configure the CPU utilization time for the Control Processor CPU. rp Enter the keyword rp to configure the CPU utilization time for the Route Processor CPU. lp slot-id Enter the keyword lp and the linecard processor (lp) slot-id for which you want to configure the CPU utilization time. The range for lp slot-id is from 0 to 11. pe Enter the keywordpe to configure the CPU utilization time for port extenders (PE) configured in the system.
util-threshold memory Configure the high or low memory utilization thresholds for SNMP traps. C9000 Series Syntax util—threshold memory {all | cp | lp slot–id | pe | rp [high {0-100} | low {0-100}]} Parameters all Enter the keyword all to configure the memory utilization threshold on all switch CPUs: Control Processor, Route Processor, line cards, and port extenders (PE). cp Enter the keyword cp to configure the memory utilization threshold for the Control Processor CPU.
Example pe Related Commands Dell(conf)# util-threshold memory pe high 85 low 70 • • show util-threshold memory – Display the configured values of memory utilization thresholds. show util-threshold cpu – Display the configured values of CPU utilization thresholds. virtual-ip Configure a virtual IP address for the active management interface. You can configure virtual addresses both for IPv4 and IPv6 independently.
write Copy the current configuration to either the startup-configuration file or the terminal. C9000 Series Syntax write {memory | terminal} Parameters memory Enter the keyword memory to copy the current running configuration to the startup configuration file. This command is similar to the copy running-config startupconfig command. terminal Enter the keyword terminal to copy the current running configuration to the terminal. This command is similar to the show running-config command.
4 File Management This chapter contains command line interface (CLI) commands needed to manage the configuration files as well as other file management commands. The commands in this chapter are supported by the Dell Networking OS on the C9000 switch.
ftp: Enter the keyword FTP: to retrieve the image from an FTP server: ftp://userid:password @host-ip/filepath. system A: | B: Enter A: or B: to boot one of the flash system partitions. tftp: Enter the keyword TFTP: to retrieve the image from a TFTP server: tftp://host-ip/ filepath. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010 and C1048P. 9.7(0.1) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. Added the nfsmount: parameters to support remote NFS file system. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
To copy the running configuration enter the keyword running-config To copy the startup configuration enter the keyword startup-config To copy using a Secure Copy (SCP), enter the keyword scp: • • To copy a file on a TFTP server If you enter scp: in the source position, enter the target URL; If you enter scp: in the target position, first enter the source URL; enter tftp://hostip/filepath To copy a file from enter usbflash://filepath an external USB drive Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command Histo
When you use the copy running-config startup-config command to copy the running configuration to the startup configuration file, Dell Networking OS creates a backup file on the internal flash of the startup configuration. When you load the startup configuration or a configuration file from a network server such as TFTP to the running configuration, the configuration is added to the running configuration. This does not replace the existing running configuration.
Source file name []: Test Destination file name [Test]: Example (PE Console) Related Commands Dell# copy flash://Diag_Test_Report_SU_1.txt flash://PE255_Report.txt ! 19705 bytes successfully copied cd– changes the working directory. delete Delete a file from the flash. After deletion, files cannot be restored.
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. Usage Information You can also use the delete {flash: file name/path | usbflash file name/path} command from a port extender (PE) console to delete a file from the flash or USB flash.
Enter one of the following: • • For a directory or file on the internal Flash, enter flash:// then the directory name or filename and the path. For a directory or file on the external Flash, enter usbflash:// then the directory name or filename and the path. Defaults The default is the current directory. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
8 -rwx 19705 Jun 08 2015 23:41:44 +00:00 Diag_Test_Report_SU_1.txt flash: 100450304 bytes total (99524608 bytes free) Related Commands cd – changes the working directory. format flash Erase all existing files and reformat the file system in the internal flash memory or the USB drive. After the file system is formatted, files cannot be restored.
Example Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.7(0.0) Introduced this command. Dell#mkdir nfsmount:/nfs-mountpoint/guest rmdir – removes a directory. mount nfs Mount an NFS file system to a device. C9000 Series Syntax mount nfs rhost:path mount-point [username password] Parameters Enter the following location keywords and information: rhost:path Enter the remote hosts’s path directory. mount-point Enter the folder name in the local file system.
Command History Example Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010 and C1048P. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command Dell#pwd flash:/default_diag_report_dir cd – changes the directory. rename Rename a file in the local file system.
Usage Information To rename a file in the local file system from a PE console, use the rename {flash: directory name/ path | usbflash directory name/path} command . restore factory-defaults Restore factory defaults on a switch.
rmdir Remove a directory from the NFS mounted file system. C9000 Series Syntax rmdir nfsmount://mount-point/usrname Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010 Series. 9.7(0.0) Introduced this command.
show boot system Display information about boot images currently stored on the system. C9000 Series Syntax show boot system all From a PE console, use the following: show boot system {stack-unit unit number | all} Parameters all Display the boot images stored on the system for the Control Processor, Route Processor, and line card CPUs. From a PE console, display boot image information on all the unit. stack-unit unit- number Display the boot image information for a specified stack-unit.
Type Boot Type A B ----------------------------------------------------------stack-unit 0 is not present. stack-unit 1 FLASH BOOT 1-0(0-3995) 1-0(0-4046)[boot] stack-unit 2 FLASH BOOT 1-0(0-3995) 1-0(0-4046)[boot] stack-unit 3 FLASH BOOT 1-0(0-3995) 1-0(0-4046)[boot] stack-unit 4 is not present. stack-unit 5 is not present. stack-unit 6 is not present. stack-unit 7 is not present. show bootvar Display the variable settings for the boot parameters.
show file Display contents of a text file in the local filesystem. C9000 Series Syntax show file filesystem From a PE console, use show file filesystem to view the contents of a text file. Parameters filesystem Enter one of the following: • • For internal flash, enter flash: For USB flash, enter usbflash: Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
username admin password 7 1d28e9f33f99cf5c ! linecard 0 provision C9000LC2410G ! interface TenGigabitEthernet 0/0 ! protocol lldp no shutdown ! ! ! Example (PE Console) Related Commands format flash — Erases all the existing files and reformats the file system in the internal flash memory. show file-systems Display information about the file systems on the system. Syntax show file-systems From a PE console, use show file-systems to view the file-system information.
Example Example (PE Console) Dell#show file-systems Size(b) Free(b) Feature Type Flags Prefixes 63938560 51646464 dosFs2.0 MMC rw flash: 63938560 18092032 dosFs1.
Usage Information Example Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. NOTE: A filepath that contains a dot ( . ) is not supported. Dell#show os-version RELEASE IMAGE INFORMATION : --------------------------------------------------------------------Platform Version Size ReleaseTime C-Series:C9000 9.9(0.
RPM RPM RPM RPM RPM RPM RPM RPM RPM RPM Example: PE 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 FPGA 1 CPLD FPGA 2 Backup FPGA IAP FPGA 1 CPLD FPGA 2 Backup FPGA IAP 3.12 3.6 2.0 2.0 3.2 3.12 3.6 2.0 2.0 3.2 Dell#show os-version RELEASE IMAGE INFORMATION : --------------------------------------------------------------------Platform Version Size ReleaseTime C-Series:C9000 9.9(0.
RPM RPM RPM RPM RPM RPM RPM 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 Backup FPGA IAP FPGA 1 CPLD FPGA 2 Backup FPGA IAP 2.0 3.2 3.12 3.6 2.0 2.0 3.2 PE RELEASE IMAGE INFORMATION : --------------------------------------------------------------------Platform Version Size ReleaseTime C-Series:C1048P 9.9(0.0) 27132884 Sep 8 2015 06:06:18 PE BOOT IMAGE INFORMATION : --------------------------------------------------------------------Type Version Target Checksum boot flash 3.3.1.
NOTE: If you did not configure anything that entity, nothing displays and the prompt returns.
managementroute for the current Management port forwarding configuration mld for the current MLD configuration monitor for the current Monitor configuration mroute for the current Mroutes configuration msdp for the current MSDP configuration ntp for the current NTP configuration openflow for the current Openflow instances configuration ospf for the current OSPF configuration pe for the current Port Extender configuration pim for the current PIM configuration policy-mapinput for the curr
uplink-stategroup for the uplink state group configuration users for the current users configuration vlt for the current VLT configuration vrf for the current VRF configuration vxlan for the current Vxlan instances configuration wred-profile for the current wred-profile configuration configured (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword configuration to display line card interfaces with non-default configurations only.
show startup-config Display the startup configuration. C9000 Series Syntax show startup-config Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T.
upgrade Upgrade the bootflash, bootselector, or Dell Networking OS (system) image on the switch CPUs. C9000 Series Syntax upgrade {bootflash—image | bootselector-image| system—image} [all | linecard [slot-id |all] [pe pe-id {stack-unit unit-number}] | rpm{0|1} {booted | flash: | ftp: | rpmA:| rpmB:| scp:| tftp: | usbflash:} Parameters bootflash-image Enter the keyword bootflash-image to upgrade the bootflash image on the switch CPUs.
Version Description 9.0(0.0) Added support for IPv6 for the file-url parameter. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Added support for the SSD on the Z9000 only. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Added support for TFTP and SCP. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Usage Information A system message displays with status information about the bootflash upgrade.
upgrade system-image-os6 This command removes Dell Networking OS 9.x.x.x and installs Dell Networking OS 6.x.x.x on a N-series port extender, so that it can be used as a switch. C9010 Syntax upgrade system-image-os6 {pe {pe-id}} {stack-unit {stack-unit-id} {tftp:// | Scp:// | ftp:// | usbflash:// | flash://} Parameters NOTE: This command is a hidden command and would not show up in the Dell Networking OS help file. This command needs to be entered manually.
Default flash drive Command Modes EXEC mode Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, and MXL.
5 802.1X An authentication server must authenticate a client connected to an 802.1X switch port. Until the authentication, only extensible authentication protocol over LAN (EAPOL) traffic is allowed through the port to which a client is connected. After authentication is successful, normal traffic passes through the port. The Dell Networking OS supports remote authentication dial-in service (RADIUS) and active directory environments using 802.1X Port Authentication.
• • • show dot1x cos-mapping interface show dot1x interface show dot1x profile debug dot1x Display 802.1X debugging information. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters debug dot1x [all | auth-pae-fsm | backend-fsm | eapol-pdu] [interface interface] all Enable all 802.1X debug messages. auth-pae-fsm Enable authentication PAE FSM debug messages. backend-fsm Enable backend FSM debug messages. eapol-pdu Enable the EAPOL frame trace and related debug messages.
Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-if-interface-slot/port) CONFIGURATION TERMINAL BATCH Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced the Configuration Terminal Batch mode on C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. dot1x auth-type mab-only To authenticate a device with MAC authentication bypass (MAB), only use the host MAC address. C9000 Series Syntax dot1x auth-type mab-only Defaults Disabled Command Modes INTERFACE INTERFACE (BATCH MODE) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
dot1x authentication (Configuration) Enable dot1x globally. Enable dot1x both globally and at the interface level. C9000 Series Syntax dot1x authentication To disable dot1x globally, use the no dot1x authentication command. Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION CONFIGURATION TERMINAL BATCH Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information Use this command to enable dot1x on an interface. Use in the Interface Batch Mode to enable dot1x on an interface in a dual-homing setup.
Critical VLAN: Critical VLAN id: Mac-Auth-Bypass: Mac-Auth-Bypass Only: Tx Period: Quiet Period: ReAuth Max: Supplicant Timeout: Server Timeout: Re-Auth Interval: Max-EAP-Req: Host Mode: Auth PAE State: Backend State: Enable 400 Disable Disable 30 seconds 60 seconds 2 30 seconds 30 seconds 60 seconds 2 SINGLE_HOST Authenticated Idle dot1x guest-vlan Configure a guest VLAN for limited access users or for devices that are not 802.1X capable.
VLAN (which has an IP address), routing through the guest VLAN is the same as any other traffic. However, the interface may join/leave a VLAN dynamically. Use this command in Configuration Terminal Batch mode to configure a guest VLAN in a dual-homing setup. Related Commands • • • • dot1x auth-fail-vlan dot1x reauthentication dot1x reauth-max show dot1x interface dot1x host-mode Enable single-host or multi-host authentication.
dot1x mac-auth-bypass Enable MAC authentication bypass. If 802.1X times out because the host did not respond to the Identity Request frame, the system attempts to authenticate the host based on its MAC address. C9000 Series Syntax dot1x mac-auth-bypass To disable MAC authentication bypass on a port, use the no dot1x mac-auth-bypass command. Defaults Disabled Command Modes INTERFACE INTERFACE (BATCH MODE) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced the Configuration Terminal Batch mode on C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. dot1x max-supplicants Restrict the number of supplicants that can be authenticated and permitted to access the network through the port.
dot1x port-control Enable port control on an interface. C9000 Series Syntax dot1x port-control {force-authorized | auto | force-unauthorized} Parameters force-authorized Enter the keywords force-authorized to forcibly authorize a port. auto Enter the keyword auto to authorize a port based on the 802.1X operation result. forceunauthorized Enter the keywords force-unauthorized to forcibly deauthorize a port.
Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3100 series, S4048–ON, S4048–ON, S4810, S4820T, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, the Configuration Terminal Batch mode on C9010, Z9100–ON, and Z9500. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. Usage Information The dot1x profile command configures a dot1x profile to define a list of trusted supplicant MAC addresses. Maximum number of dot1x profiles is limited to 10. This command launches dot1x profile mode for entering profile related commands such as the mac command.
dot1x reauthentication Enable periodic reauthentication of the client. C9000 Series Syntax dot1x reauthentication [interval seconds] To disable periodic reauthentication, use the no dot1x reauthentication command. Parameters interval seconds Defaults 3600 seconds (1 hour) Command Modes INTERFACE (Optional) Enter the keyword interval then the interval time, in seconds, after which reauthentication is initiated. The range is from 1 to 31536000 (one year). The default is 3600 (1 hour).
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced the Configuration Terminal Batch mode on C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
Where the default values are as follows: dot1x server-timeout (30 seconds), radius-server retransmit (3 seconds), and radius-server timeout (5 seconds). For example: Dell(conf)#radius-server host 10.11.197.105 timeout 6 Dell(conf)#radius-server host 10.11.197.105 retransmit 4 Dell(conf)#interface tengigabitethernet 2/23 Dell(conf-if-te-2/23)#dot1x server-timeout 40 Use this command in Interface Batch Mode to configure the server time-out in a dual-homing setup.
Tx Period: Quiet Period: ReAuth Max: Supplicant Timeout: Server Timeout: Re-Auth Interval: Max-EAP-Req: Host Mode: Auth PAE State: Backend State: 30 seconds 60 seconds 2 30 seconds 30 seconds 60 seconds 2 SINGLE_HOST Authenticated Idle dot1x supplicant-timeout Configure the amount of time after which exchanges with the supplicant time-out. C9000 Series Syntax dot1x supplicant-timeout seconds To return to the default, use the no dot1x supplicant-timeout command.
Parameters seconds Defaults 30 seconds Command Modes INTERFACE Enter the interval time, in seconds, that EAPOL PDUs are transmitted. The range is from 1 to 65535. The default is 30. INTERFACE (BATCH MODE) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.10(0.
Example Dell(conf)#dot1x profile mySupplicants Dell(conf-dot1x-profile)#mac 00:50:56:AA:01:10 00:50:56:AA:01:11 Dell(conf-dot1x-profile)#show config dot1x profile mySupplicants mac 00:50:56:aa:01:10 mac 00:50:56:aa:01:11 Dell(conf-dot1x-profile)# Dell(conf-dot1x-profile)#exit show dot1x cos-mapping interface Display the CoS priority-mapping table the RADIUS server provides and applies to authenticated supplicants on an 802.1X-enabled system.
2 3 4 5 6 7 5 4 3 2 1 0 Dell#show dot1x cos-mapping int g 2/21 mac-address 00:00:01:00:07:00 802.1p CoS re-map table on Gi 2/21: ---------------------------------802.1p CoS re-map table for Supplicant: 00:00:01:00:07:00 Dot1 Remapped Dot1p 0 7 1 6 2 5 3 4 4 3 5 2 6 1 7 0 show dot1x interface Display the 802.1X configuration of an interface.
Usage Information If you enable 802.1X multi-supplicant authentication on a port, additional 802.1X configuration details (Port Authentication status, Untagged VLAN ID, Authentication PAE state, and Backend state) are displayed for each supplicant, as shown in the following example. Example Dell#show dot1x int tengig 2/32 802.
Re-Authentication: Guest VLAN: Guest VLAN id: Auth-Fail VLAN: Auth-Fail VLAN id: Auth-Fail Max-Attempts: Mac-Auth-Bypass: Mac-Auth-Bypass Only: Tx Period: Quiet Period: ReAuth Max: Supplicant Timeout: Server Timeout: Re-Auth Interval: Max-EAP-Req: Host Mode: Max-Supplicants: Disable Enable 100 Disable NONE NONE Disable Disable 30 seconds 60 seconds 3 30 seconds 30 seconds 60 seconds 2 MULTI_AUTH 128 Port status and State info for Supplicant: 00:00:00:00:00:10 Port Auth Status: Untagged VLAN id: Auth PAE S
Example Dell#show dot1x profile 802.1x profile information ----------------------------Dot1x Profile mySupplicants Profile MACs 00:50:56:aa:01:10 00:50:56:aa:01:11 802.
6 Access Control Lists (ACL) Access control lists (ACLs) are supported on the Dell Networking operating system on the switch.
Parameters remark-number (Optional) Enter the remark number. The range is from 0 to 65535 for MAC ACL and 0 to 4294967290 for IP ACL. NOTE: You can use the same sequence number for the remark and an ACL rule. description Enter a description of up to 80 characters. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes • • • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Example The following example shows the use of the remark command twice within CONFIGURATION-STANDARDACCESS-LIST mode. The remark precedes the rule in the running configuration because it is assumed that the remark is for the rule with the same sequence number, or the group of rules that follow the remark. DellEMC(config-std-nacl)# remark 10 Deny rest of the traffic DellEMC(config-std-nacl)# remark 5 Permit traffic from XYZ Inc.
Example Version Description 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell(config-ext-nacl)#show conf ! ip access-list extended patches Dell(config-ext-nacl)# Common IP ACL Commands The following commands are available within both IP ACL modes (Standard and Extended) and do not have mode-specific options.
ip access-group Assign an IP access list (IP ACL) to an interface. Syntax ip access-group access-list-name {in | out} [implicit-permit] [vlan vlan-id] [vrf vrf-name] To delete an IP access-group configuration, use the no ip access-group access-list-name {in | out} [implicit-permit] [vlan vlan-id][layer3] command. Parameters access-list-name Enter the name of a configured access list, up to 140 characters. in Enter the keyword in to apply the ACL to incoming traffic.
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information You can assign one ingress ACL and one egress ACL to an interface. NOTE: This command supports Loopback interfaces EE3 and EF series route processor modules (RPMs). This command does not support Loopback interfaces ED series RPMs and S-Series Loopback interfaces.
show ip accounting access-list Display the IP access-lists created on the switch and the sequence of filters. C9000 Series Syntax show ip accounting {access-list access-list-name | cam_count} interface interface Parameters access-list-name Enter the name of the ACL to be displayed. cam_count List the count of the CAM rules for this ACL.
seq seq seq seq seq 5 deny ip any 191.1.0.0 /16 count (0x00 packets) 10 deny ip any 191.2.0.0 /16 order 4 15 deny ip any 191.3.0.0 /16 20 deny ip any 191.4.0.0 /16 25 deny ip any 191.5.0.0 /16 Standard IP ACL Commands When you create an ACL without any rule and then apply it to an interface, the ACL behavior reflects an implicit permit. The C9000 supports both Ingress and Egress IP ACLs. NOTE: Also refer to the Commands Common to all ACL Types and Common IP ACL Commands sections.
Command Modes CONFIGURATION-STANDARD-ACCESS-LIST Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.
Usage Information After enabling the acloptimized feature, reboot the system. Example DellEMC(conf)#feature acloptimized Configuration change will be in effect after save and reload. ACL config containing TTL, layer3 and VRF conflicts with ACL Cam optimzation feature and these keywords would be discarded while applying the ACL. ip access-list standard Create a standard IP access list (IP ACL) to filter based on IP address.
Example Related Commands Dell(conf)#ip access-list standard TestList Dell(config-std-nacl)# ip access-list extended — creates an extended access list. show config — displays the current configuration. permit Configure a filter to permit packets from a specific source IP address to be processed and forwarded to another interface on the switch.
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Add the DSCP value for ACL matching. 8.2.1.0 Allows ACL control of fragmented packets for IP (Layer 3) ACLs. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale (IPv6). 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale (IPv4). 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names were up to 16 characters long. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information When you have exhausted all the sequence numbers, this feature permits re-assigning a new sequence number to entries of an existing prefix list. Related Commands resequence access-list — resequences an access-list. seq Assign a sequence number to a deny or permit filter in an IP access list while creating the filter.
Defaults Not configured Command Modes CONFIGURATION-STANDARD-ACCESS-LIST Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
Parameters interface Enter the keyword interface then one of the following keywords and slot/port or peid / stack-unit / port-id information: • • • • • • • For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/ port information.
When an ACL is created without any rule and then applied to an interface, ACL behavior reflects an implicit permit. NOTE: Also refer to the Commands Common to all ACL Types and Common IP ACL Commands sections. deny Configure a filter that drops IP packets meeting the filter criteria.
Command Modes CONFIGURATION-EXTENDED-ACCESS-LIST Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.
host ip-address Enter the keyword host then the IP address to specify a host IP address. destination Enter the IP address of the network or host to which the packets are sent. log (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword log to include ACL matches in the log. dscp Enter this keyword dscp to deny a packet based on the DSCP value. The range is from 0 to 63. count (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword count to count packets processed by the filter.
ICMP Message ICMP Message Type Name Type Keywords conversion-error Datagram conversion error dod-hostprohibited Host prohibited dod-netprohibited Net prohibited echo Echo echo-reply Echo reply generalparameterproblem Parameter problem host-isolated Host isolated host-precedenceunreachable Host unreachable for precedence host-redirect Host redirect host-tos-redirect Host redirect for TOS host-tosunreachable Host unreachable for TOS host-unknown Host unknown host-unreachable Host unre
ICMP Message ICMP Message Type Name Type Keywords redirect All redirects routeradvertisement Router discovery advertisements router-solicitation Router discovery solicitations source-quench Source quenches source-routefailed Source route failed time-exceeded All time exceeded timestamp-reply Timestamp replies timestamprequest Timestamp requests traceroute Traceroute ttl-exceeded TTL exceeded unreachable All unreachables deny tcp Configure a filter that drops transmission control protocol
• • • • • port port eq = equal to neq = not equal to gt = greater than lt = less than range = inclusive range of ports (you must specify two ports for the port command) Enter the application layer port number. Enter two port numbers if using the range logical operand. The range is from 0 to 65535. The following list includes some common TCP port numbers: • • • • 23 = Telnet 20 and 21 = FTP 25 = SMTP 169 = SNMP destination Enter the IP address of the network or host to which the packets are sent.
Version Description 8.2.1.0 Allows ACL control of fragmented packets for IP (Layer 3) ACLs. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.5.1.0 Expanded to include the optional QoS order priority for the ACL entry. Usage Information Use the order option only when you use policy-based QoS on the switch. For more information, refer to the Quality of Service chapter in the C9000 Series Configuration Guide.
deny udp To drop user datagram protocol (UDP) packets meeting the filter criteria, configure a filter. C9000 Series Syntax deny udp {source mask | any | host ip-address} [operator port [port]] {destination mask | any | host ip-address} [dscp] [operator port [port]] [count [bytes]] [log] [order] [monitor] [fragments] To remove this filter, you have two choices: • • Parameters Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number.
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Added the keyword dscp. 8.2.1.0 Allows ACL control of fragmented packets for IP (Layer 3) ACLs. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
ip access-list extended Configure an extended IP access list (IP ACL) based on IP addresses or protocols. C9000 Series Syntax ip access-list extended access-list-name [cpu-qos] To delete an access list, use the no ip access-list extended access-list-name [cpu-qos] command. Parameters access-list-name Enter a string up to 140 characters long as the access list name.
permit To pass IP packets meeting the filter criteria, configure a filter. C9000 Series Syntax permit {source mask | any | host ip-address} {destination mask | any | host ipaddress} [count [bytes]] [dscp value] [order] [fragments] [log [interval minutes] [threshold-in-msgs [count]] [monitor] To remove this filter, you have two choices: • • Parameters Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number.
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Add the DSCP value for ACL matching. 8.2.1.0 Allows ACL control of fragmented packets for IP (Layer 3) ACLs. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Added support for the non-contiguous mask and added the monitor option. 6.5.
dscp Enter the keyword dscp to deny a packet based on the DSCP value. The range is 0 to 63. count (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword count to count packets the filter processes. bytes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword byte to count bytes the filter processes. order (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword order to specify the QoS priority for the ACL entry. The range is 0 to 254 (where 0 is the highest priority and 254 is the lowest; lower-order numbers have a higher priority).
permit tcp To pass TCP packets meeting the filter criteria, configure a filter. C9000 Series Syntax permit tcp {source mask | any | host ip-address} [bit] [operator port [port]] {destination mask | any | host ip-address} [bit] [dscp] [operator port [port]] [count [bytes]] [log] [order] [monitor] [fragments] To remove this filter, you have two choices: • • Parameters Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number.
order numbers have a higher priority). If you do not use the keyword order, the ACLs have the lowest order by default (255). monitor (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword monitor when the rule is describing the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface. For more information, refer to the “Flow-based Monitoring” section in the Port Monitoring chapter of the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide.
7 0001111100000000 1111111111000000 7936 7999 64 8 0001111101000000 1111111111111111 8000 8000 1 Total Ports: 4001 Example An ACL rule with a TCP port lt 1023 uses only one entry in the CAM. Rule# Data Mask From To 1 0000000000000000 1111110000000000 0 #Covered 1023 1024 Total Ports: 1024 Related Commands ip access-list extended — creates an extended ACL. permit — assigns a permit filter for IP packets. permit udp — assigns a permit filter for UDP packets.
order (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword order to specify the QoS priority for the ACL entry. The range is from 0 to 254 (where 0 is the highest priority and 254 is the lowest; lowerorder numbers have a higher priority). If you do not use the keyword order, the ACLs have the lowest order by default (255). fragments Enter the keyword fragments to use ACLs to control packet fragments. log (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword log to include ACL matches in the log.
Most ACL rules require one entry in the CAM. However, rules with TCP and UDP port operators (for example, gt, lt, or range) may require more than one entry. The range of ports is configured in the CAM based on bit mask boundaries; the space required depends on exactly what ports are included in the range. Example An ACL rule with a TCP port range of 4000–8000 uses eight entries in the CAM.
Version Description 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names were up to 16 characters long. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information When you have exhausted all the sequence numbers, this feature permits re-assigning a new sequence number to entries of an existing prefix list. Related Commands resequence access-list— resequences an access-list.
The following list includes some common TCP port numbers: • • • • 23 = Telnet 20 and 21 = FTP 25 = SMTP 169 = SNMP destination Enter the IP address of the network or host to which the packets are sent. message-type (OPTIONAL) Enter an ICMP message type, either with the type (and code, if necessary) numbers or with the name of the message type. The range is from 0 to 255 for ICMP type and from 0 to 255 for ICMP code. count (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword count to count packets the filter processes.
Version Description 7.4.1.0 Added support for the non-contiguous mask and added the monitor option. Deprecated the keyword established. 6.5.10 Expanded to include the optional QoS order priority for the ACL entry. Usage Information If you configure the sequence-number, the sequence-number is used as a tie breaker for rules with the same order. Use the order option only when you use policy-based QoS on the switch.
Term heading Command History Description heading Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced the Configuration Terminal Batch mode on C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, and Z9000. Usage Information You can configure up to eight different ACL VLAN groups at a time on the switch. When you configure an ACL VLAN group, you enter ACL VLAN Group configuration mode.
Usage Information The VLAN ContentAware Processor (VCAP) application is a pre-ingress CAP that modifies the VLAN settings before packets are forwarded. To support the ACL CAM optimization functionality, the CAM carving feature is enhanced. A total of four VACP groups are present, of which two are for fixed groups and the other two are for dynamic groups.
member vlan (ACL VLAN Group) Add VLAN members to an ACL VLAN group. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters member vlan {VLAN-range} VLAN-range Enter the member VLANs using comma-separated VLAN IDs, a range of VLAN IDs, a single VLAN ID, or a combination. For example: Comma-separated: 3, 4, 6 Range: 5-10 Combination: 3, 4, 5-10, 8 Default None Command Modes ACL-VLAN-GROUP CONFIGURATION (conf-acl-vl-grp) Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.
Usage Information When an ACL VLAN group name or the access-list name contains more than 30 characters, the name is truncated in the show show acl-vlan-group group-name command output. Examples The following example displays the output of the show acl-vlan-group command. NOTE: Some group names and some access list names are truncated.
Table 1. show cam-acl-vlan Command Description Example Field Description Chassis Vlan Cam ACL Details about the CAM blocks allocated for ACLs for various VLAN operations at a system-wide, global level. Stack Unit Details about the CAM blocks allocated for ACLs for various VLAN operations for a particular stack unit. Current Settings(in block sizes) Information about the number of FP blocks that are currently in use or allocated.
Examples Version Description 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, Z9000 and MXL. The following sample output shows the line-by-line style display when using the show running-config aclvlan-group option. Note that no group or access list names are truncated.
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. mac control-plane egress-acl Enable user egress ACL for L2 control traffic on control plane.
Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.
• • For a PE Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword peGigE then the pe-id/ stack-unit/ port-id information. For a port extender 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword peTenGigE then the pe-id / stack-unit / port-id information. The pe-id range is from 0 to 255; the stack-unit unit-number range is from 0 to 7; and the port-id range is 25 to 28 or 49 to 52 depending on the PE. in Display information of L2 ingress access-list configured to an interface.
Parameters access-list Display accounting information of all L2 access-lists configured. acl_name Display accounting information for specified access-list. interface Display accounting information for L2 access-list attached to a particular interface. cam_count Display accounting information of L2 access-lists with cam_count. Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific.
To remove this filter, you have two choices: • • Parameters Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number. Use the no deny {any | mac-source-address mac-source-address-mask} command. any Enter the keyword any to specify that all routes are subject to the filter. mac-sourceaddress Enter a MAC address in nn:nn:nn:nn:nn:nn format. mac-sourceaddress-mask (OPTIONAL) Specify which bits in the MAC address must match.
NOTE: When ACL logging and byte counters are configured simultaneously, byte counters may display an incorrect value. Configure packet counters with logging instead. Related Commands permit — configures a MAC address filter to pass packets. seq — configures a MAC address filter with a specified sequence number. mac access-list standard To configure a standard MAC ACL, name a new or existing MAC access control list (MAC ACL) and enter MAC ACCESS LIST mode.
description exit no permit remark seq show List description Exit from access-list configuration mode Negate a command or set its defaults Specify packets to forward Specify access-list entry remark Sequence numbers Show Standard ACL configuration permit To forward packets from a specific source MAC address, configure a filter.
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information When you use the log option, the CP processor logs detail the packets that match. Depending on how many packets match the log entry and at what rate, the CP may become busy as it has to log these packet details.
monitor (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword monitor when the rule is describing the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface. For more information, refer to the “Flow-based Monitoring” section in the Port Monitoring chapter of the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide. Defaults Not configured Command Modes CONFIGURATION-MAC ACCESS LIST-STANDARD Command History This guide is platform-specific.
deny To drop packets that match the filter criteria, configure a filter. C9000 Series Syntax deny {any | host mac-address | mac-source-address mac-source-address-mask} {any | host mac-address | mac-destination-address mac-destination-address-mask} [ethertype-operator] [count [byte]] [log [interval minutes] [threshold-in-msgs [count]] [monitor] To remove this filter, you have two choices: • • Parameters Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.
Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced the Configuration Terminal Batch mode on C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names were up to 16 characters long. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
• • Parameters Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number. Use the no permit {any | host mac-address | mac-source-address mac-sourceaddress-mask} {any | mac-destination-address mac-destination-address-mask} command. any Enter the keyword any to forward all packets. host Enter the keyword host then a MAC address to forward packets with that host address. mac-sourceaddress Enter a MAC address in nn:nn:nn:nn:nn:nn format.
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Added the monitor option. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information When you use the log option, the CP processor logs detail the packets that match. Depending on how many packets match the log entry and at what rate, the CP may become busy as it has to log these packet details.
The MAC ACL supports an inverse mask; therefore, a mask of ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff allows entries that do not match and a mask of 00:00:00:00:00:00 only allows entries that match exactly. ethertype operator (OPTIONAL) To filter based on protocol type, enter one of the following Ethertypes: count (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword count to count packets the filter processes. byte (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword byte to count bytes the filter processes.
IP Prefix List Commands When you create an access-list without any rule and then apply it to an interface, the ACL behavior reflects implicit permit. To configure or enable IP prefix lists, use these commands. clear ip prefix-list Reset the number of times traffic meets the conditions (“hit” counters) of the configured prefix lists.
le max-prefix- length (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword le and then enter the maximum prefix length, which is a number from zero (0) to 32. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes PREFIX-LIST Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information Prefix lists redistribute OSPF and RIP routes meeting specific criteria. Related Commands show ip route list — displays IP routes in an IP prefix list.
seq To a deny or permit filter in a prefix list while configuring the filter, assign a sequence number. C9000 Series Syntax seq sequence-number {deny | permit} {any} | [ip-prefix /nn {ge min-prefixlength} {le max-prefix-length}] | [bitmask number] To delete a specific filter, use the no seq sequence-number {deny | permit} {any} | [ipprefix {ge min-prefix-length} {le max-prefix-length}] | [bitmask number]. Parameters sequence-number Enter a number. The range is from 1 to 65534.
show config Display the current PREFIX-LIST configurations. C9000 Series Syntax show config Command Modes PREFIX-LIST Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
Example Version Description 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
Usage Information The continue feature allows movement from one route-map entry to a specific route-map entry (the sequence number). If you do not specify the sequence number, the continue feature simply moves to the next sequence number (also known as an implied continue). If a match clause exists, the continue feature executes only after a successful match occurs. If there are no successful matches, the continue feature is ignored.
Related Commands route-map — enables a route map. match as-path To match routes that have a certain AS number in their BGP path, configure a filter. C9000 Series Syntax match as-path as-path-name To delete a match AS path filter, use the no match as-path as-path-name command. Parameters as-path-name Enter the name of an established AS-PATH ACL, up to 140 characters. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. match ip address — redistributes routes that match an IP address.
Related Commands match interface — redistributes routes that match the next-hop interface. match ip next-hop — redistributes routes that match the next-hop IP address. match ip route-source — redistributes routes that match routes advertised by other routers. match metric — redistributes routes that match a specific metric. match route-type — redistributes routes that match a route type. match tag — redistributes routes that match a specific tag.
match ip route-source To match based on the routes advertised by routes specified in IP access lists or IP prefix lists, configure a filter. C9000 Series Syntax match ip route-source {prefix-list prefix-list-name} To delete a match, use the no match ip route-source {prefix-list prefix-list-name} command. Parameters prefix-list prefix- list-name Enter the keywords prefix-list and then enter the name of configured prefix list, up to 140 characters. Defaults Not configured.
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. match route-type To match routes based on the how the route is defined, configure a filter. C9000 Series Syntax match route-type {external [type-1 | type-2] | internal | level-1 | level-2 | local} To delete a match, use the no match route-type {local | internal | external [type-1 | type-2] | level-1 | level-2} command.
match tag — redistributes routes that match a specific tag. match tag To redistribute only routes that match a specified tag value, configure a filter. C9000 Series Syntax match tag tag-value To remove a match, use the no match tag command. Parameters tag-value Enter a value as the tag on which to match. The range is from zero (0) to 4294967295. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Defaults permit (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword permit to set the route map default as permit. If you do not specify a keyword, the default is permit. deny (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword deny to set the route map default as deny. sequence-number (OPTIONAL) Enter a number to identify the route map for editing and sequencing with other route maps. You are prompted for a sequence number if there are multiple instances of the route map. The range is from 1 to 65535. Not configured.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.
Related Commands Version Description 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. set level — specify the OSPF area for route redistribution. set metric — specify the metric value assigned to redistributed routes. set metric-type — specify the metric type assigned to redistributed routes. set tag — specify the tag assigned to redistributed routes. set comm-list delete To remove the specified community list from the BGP route’s COMMUNITY attribute, configure a filter.
set community — specifies a COMMUNITY attribute. set community Allows you to assign a BGP COMMUNITY attribute. C9000 Series Syntax set community {community-number | local-as | no-advertise | no-export | none} [additive] To delete a BGP COMMUNITY attribute assignment, use the no set community {community-number | local-as | no-advertise | no-export | none} command.
Related Commands ip community-list — configures community access list. match community — redistributes routes that match the COMMUNITY attribute. ]neighbor send-community — assigns the COMMUNITY attribute. show ip bgp community — displays BGP community groups. show ip community-lists — displays configured Community access lists. set level To specify the IS-IS level or OSPF area to which matched routes are redistributed, configure a filter.
set local-preference To set the BGP LOCAL_PREF attribute for routers within the local autonomous system, configure a filter. C9000 Series Syntax set local-preference value To delete a BGP LOCAL_PREF attribute, use the no set local-preference command. Parameters value Enter a number as the LOCAL_PREF attribute value. The range is from 0 to 4294967295. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.1.0 Implemented the keyword internal. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. set automatic-tag — computes the tag value of the route. set level — specifies the OSPF area for route redistribution. set metric — specifies the metric value assigned to redistributed routes. set tag — specifies the tag assigned to redistributed routes.
set origin To manipulate the BGP ORIGIN attribute, configure a filter. C9000 Series Syntax set origin {igp | egp | incomplete} To delete an ORIGIN attribute setting, use the no set origin command. Parameters egp Enter the keyword egp to set routes originating from outside the local AS. igp Enter the keyword igp to set routes originating within the same AS. incomplete Enter the keyword incomplete to set routes with incomplete routing information. Defaults Not configured.
Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. set automatic-tag — computes the tag value of the route. set level — specifies the OSPF area for route redistribution.
Version Description 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information If you do not use the set weight command, router-originated paths have a weight attribute of 32768 and all other paths have a weight attribute of zero. show config Display the current route map configuration. C9000 Series Syntax show config Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Example Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
Version Description 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information To apply the AS-PATH ACL to BGP routes, use the match as-path or neighbor filter-list commands. Example Related Commands Dell(conf)#ip as-path access-list TestPath Dell(config-as-path)# match as-path — matches on routes contain a specific AS-PATH.
IP Community List Commands Use the following commands to configure IP community lists on the switch. ip community-list Enter COMMUNITY-LIST mode and create an IP community-list for BGP. C9000 Series Syntax ip community-list comm-list-name To delete a community-list, use the no ip community-list comm-list-name command. Parameters comm-list-name Enter a text string as the name of the community-list, up to 140 characters. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Example 300 Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale.
7 Bidirectional Forwarding Detection (BFD) Bidirectional forwarding detection (BFD) is a detection protocol that provides fast forwarding path failure detection. The Dell Networking OS implementation is based on the standards specified in the IETF Draft draft-ietf-bfd-base-03.
Command Modes ROUTER OSPF ROUTER OSPFv3 ROUTER BGP ROUTER ISIS INTERFACE (BFD for VRRP only) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.11(2.1P1) Introduced support for enabling BFD on non-default VRFs for OSPFv2.
Command Modes VRRP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on S4810. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale.
bfd enable (Interface) Enable BFD on an interface. C9000 Series Syntax bfd enable Defaults BFD is enabled on all interfaces when you enable BFD from CONFIGURATION mode. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.
ip route bfd Enable BFD for all neighbors configured through static routes. Syntax ip route bfd [prefix-list prefix-list-name] [interval interval min_rx min_rx multiplier value role {active | passive}] To disable BFD for all neighbors configured through static routes, use the no ip route bfd [prefix-list prefix-list-name] [interval interval min_rx min_rx multiplier value role {active | passive}] command.
ipv6 route bfd Enable BFD for all IPv6 neighbors configured through static routes. Syntax ipv6 route bfd [vrf vrf-name] [prefix-list prefix-list-name] [interval interval min_rx min_rx multiplier value role {active | passive}] To disable BFD for all IPv6 neighbors configured through static routes, use the no ipv6 route bfd [vrf vrf-name] [prefix-list prefix-list-name] [interval interval min_rx min_rx multiplier value role {active | passive}] command.
Parameters disable (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword disable to disable BFD on this interface. interval (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interval to specify non-default BFD session parameters beginning with the transmission interval. The range is from 50 to 1000. The default is 200. milliseconds min_rx milliseconds Enter the keywords min_rx to specify the minimum rate at which the local system receives control packets from the remote system. The range is from 50 to 1000. The default is 200.
interval milliseconds min_rx milliseconds (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interval to specify non-default BFD session parameters beginning with the transmission interval. The range is from 50 to 1000. The default is 200. Enter the keywords min_rx to specify the minimum rate at which the local system receives control packets from the remote system. The range is from 50 to 1000. The default is 200.
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.1.3 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale.
• • The neighbor does not inherit the global BFD disable values configured with the bfd all-neighbors command or configured for the peer group to which the neighbor belongs. The neighbor only inherits the global timer values configured with the bfd all-neighbors command: interval, min_rx, and multiplier.
Example Dell# show bfd neighbors * - Active session role Ad Dn - Admin Down B - BGP C - CLI I - ISIS O - OSPF R - Static Route (RTM) LocalAddr * 10.1.3.2 Example (Detail) RemoteAddr 10.1.3.1 Interface State Rx-int Tx-int Mult Clients Te 1/3 Up 300 250 3 C Dell# show bfd neighbors detail Session Discriminator: 1 Neighbor Discriminator: 1 Local Addr: 10.1.3.2 Local MAC Addr: 00:01:e8:02:15:0e Remote Addr: 10.1.3.
interval milliseconds min_rx milliseconds (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interval to specify non-default BFD session parameters beginning with the transmission interval. The range is 50 to 1000. The default is 200. Enter the keyword min_rx to specify the minimum rate at which the local system would like to receive control packets from the remote system. The range is 50 to 1000. The default is 200.
8 Border Gateway Protocol BGP is an external gateway protocol that transmits interdomain routing information within and between autonomous systems (AS). BGP version 4 (BGPv4) supports classless inter-domain routing (CIDR) and the aggregation of routes and AS paths. Basically, two routers (called neighbors or peers) exchange information including full routing tables and periodically sent messages to update those routing tables.
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 6.5.1.0 Introduced aggregate-address To minimize the number of entries in the routing table, summarize a range of prefixes. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters aggregate-address ip-address mask [advertise-map map-name] [as-set] [attributemap map-name] [summary-only] [suppress-map map-name] ip-address mask Enter the IP address and mask of the route to be the aggregate address.
Usage Information At least one of the routes included in the aggregate address must be in the BGP routing table for the configured aggregate to become active. If routes within the aggregate are constantly changing, do not add the as-set parameter to the aggregate as the aggregate flaps to keep track of the changes in the AS_PATH. In route maps used in the suppress-map parameter, routes meeting the deny clause are not suppress; in other words, they are allowed.
bgp always-compare-med Allows you to enable comparison of the MULTI_EXIT_DISC (MED) attributes in the paths from different external ASs. C9000 Series Syntax bgp always-compare-med To disable comparison of MED, enter no bgp always-compare-med. Defaults Disabled (that is, the software only compares MEDs from neighbors within the same AS). Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Version Description 8.2.1.0 Introduced Usage Information Before enabling this feature, enable the enable bgp four-octet-as-supportcommand. If you disable the four-octect-support command after using dot or dot+ format, the AS numbers revert to asplain text. When you apply an asnotation, it is reflected in the running-configuration. If you change the notation type, the running-config updates dynamically and the new notation shows.
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information If you enable this command, use the clear ip bgp * command to recompute the best path. bgp bestpath as-path multipath-relax Include prefixes received from different AS paths during multipath calculation.
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Inroduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information The software compares the MEDs only if the path contains no external autonomous system numbers. If you enable this command, use the clear ip bgp * command to recompute the best path.
Defaults Disabled Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.
bgp cluster-id Assign a cluster ID to a BGP cluster with more than one route reflector. C9000 Series Syntax bgp cluster-id {ip-address | number} To delete a cluster ID, use the no bgp cluster-id {ip-address | number} command. Parameters ip-address Enter an IP address as the route reflector cluster ID. number Enter a route reflector cluster ID as a number from 1 to 4294967295. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Added support for the 4-byte format. Usage Information All the routers in the Confederation must be 4 byte or 2 byte identified routers. You cannot mix them. The autonomous systems configured in this command are visible to the EBGP neighbors. Each autonomous system is fully meshed and contains a few connections to other autonomous systems.
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information If you enter the bgp dampening command, the default values for half-life, reuse, suppress, and maxsuppress-time are applied.
bgp dmzlink-bw Enable BGP Link Bandwidth. C9000 Series Syntax bgp dmzlink-bw To disable BGP Link Bandwidth, enter the no bgp dmzlink-bw command. Parameters dmzlink-bw Defaults N/A Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Enter the keyword dmzlink-bw to enable BGP Link Bandwidth in BGP multipath. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010 Series. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048–ON and S4048–ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S-Series.
Version Description 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced. Usage Information This command is enabled by default, that is for all updates received from EBGP peers, BGP ensures that the first AS of the first AS segment is always the AS of the peer. If not, the update is dropped and a counter is increments. Use the show ip bgp neighbors command to view the “failed enforce-first-as check” counter.
Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information This feature is advertised to BGP neighbors through a capability advertisement. In Receiver Only mode, BGP saves the advertised routes of peers that support this capability when they restart. BGP graceful restart is active only when the neighbor becomes established.
Defaults Disabled (that is, paths/routes for the same destination but from different ASs do not have their MEDs compared). Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
bgp recursive-bgp-next-hop Enable next-hop resolution through other routes learned by BGP. C9000 Series Syntax bgp recursive-bgp-next-hop To disable next-hop resolution, use the no bgp recursive-bgp-next-hop command. Defaults Enabled Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced Usage Information BGP uses regular expressions (regex) to filter route information. In particular, the use of regular expressions to filter routes based on AS-PATHs and communities is common.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.
capture bgp-pdu neighbor Enable capture of an IPv4 BGP neighbor packet. C9000 Series Syntax capture bgp-pdu neighbor ipv4-address direction {both | rx | tx} To disable capture of the IPv4 BGP neighbor packet, use the no capture bgp-pdu neighbor ipv4address command. Parameters ipv4-address Enter the IPv4 address of the target BGP neighbor. direction {both | rx | tx} Enter the keyword direction and a direction — either rx for inbound, tx for outbound, or both. Defaults Not configured.
Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced capture bgp-pdu neighbor — enables capture of an IPv4 BGP neighbor packet. show capture bgp-pdu neighbor — displays BGP packet capture information for an IPv6 address on the E-Series.
ipv6 Enter the ipv6 address family to clear. peer-group Enter the peer-group to clear all members of the peer-group. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048–ON and S4048–ON. 9.7(0.0) Added the ipv4 multicast and ipv6 unicast parameters. 9.4.(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
• • • • • • • • • . = (period) any single character (including a white space). * = (asterisk) the sequences in a pattern (0 or more sequences). + = (plus) the sequences in a pattern (1 or more sequences). ? = (question mark) sequences in a pattern (either 0 or 1 sequences). NOTE: Enter an escape sequence (CTRL+v) prior to entering the ? regular expression. [ ] = (brackets) a range of single-character patterns. ( ) = (parenthesis) groups a series of pattern elements to a single element.
NOTE: You can use this attribute on a specific VRF to remove history routes corresponding to that VRF. You can also use this attribute to return the suppressed routes corresponding to a specific VRF to an active state. peer-group-name Enter the peer group name to reset the BGP sessions within that peer group. ipv4 multicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv4 followed by the keyword multicast to reset ipv4 multicast routes.
peer-group peer- group-name Enter the keywords peer-group then the name of the peer group to debug. in (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword in to view only information on inbound BGP routes. out (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword out to view only information on outbound BGP routes. A.B.C.D Enter the IP address of peer in the A.B.C.D format. X:X:X:X::X Enter the IPv6 IP address of peer in the X:X:X:X::X format. dampening Enter the keyword dampening to view BGP dampening.
debug ip bgp dampening View information on routes being dampened. C9000 Series Syntax debug ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [ipv4 {unicast | multicast} | ipv6 unicast] dampening To disable debugging, use the no debug ip bgp dampening command. Parameters vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to view information on dampened routes corresponding to that VRF.
X:X:X:X::X (OPTIONAL) Enter an IPv6 address. peer-group peer- (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword peer-group then the name of the peer group. group-name in (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword in to view only events on inbound BGP messages. out (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword out to view only events on outbound BGP messages. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048–ON and S4048–ON. 9.7(0.0) Added the ipv4 multicast and ipv6 unicast parameters. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information To remove all configured debug commands for BGP, enter the no debug ip bgp command.
Version Description 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information To remove all configured debug commands for BGP, enter the no debug ip bgp command. debug ip bgp soft-reconfiguration Enable soft-reconfiguration debug. C9000 Series Syntax debug ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [A.B.C.D | X:X:X:X::X | peer-group-name] softreconfiguration To disable, use the debug ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [A.B.C.D | X:X:X:X::X | peer-groupname] soft-reconfiguration command.
debug ip bgp updates View information about BGP updates. C9000 Series Syntax debug ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [A.B.C.D | X:X:X:X::X | peer-group peer-group-name] updates [in | out | prefix-list prefix-list-name] To disable debugging, use the no debug ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [A.B.C.D | X:X:X:X::X | peer-group peer-group-name] updates [in | out | prefix-list prefix-list-name] command.
default-metric Allows you to change the metric of redistributed routes to locally originated routes. Use this command with the redistribute command. C9000 Series Syntax default-metric number To return to the default setting, use the no default-metric command. Parameters number Enter a number as the metric to be assigned to routes from other protocols. The range is from 1 to 4294967295. Defaults 0 Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Related Commands permit bandwidth – specify link band width extended-community attribute as the matching criteria to permitting incoming or outgoing traffic.. description Enter a description of the BGP routing protocol C9000 Series Syntax description {description} To remove the description, use the no description {description} command. Parameters description Enter a description to identify the BGP protocol (80 characters maximum).
Command Modes ROUTER BGP (conf-router_bgp_af) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048–ON and S4048–ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.11.
Version Description 8.3.8.0 Support from 2 to 64 paths on the S4810. Command syntax changed to max-path (was maximum-paths). 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information If you enable this command, use the clear ip bgp * command to recompute the best path.
Parameters ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. peer-group-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of the peer group. send Enter the keyword send to indicate that the system sends multiple paths to peers. receive Enter the keyword receive to indicate that the system accepts multiple paths from peers. both Enter the keyword both to indicate that the system sends and accepts multiple paths from peers. path-count Enter the number paths supported.
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. neighbor advertisement-start To send BGP routing updates, set the minimum interval before starting.
Parameters ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group to set the advertisement interval for all routers in the peer group. number Enter a number of times to allow this neighbor ID to use the AS path. The range is from 1 to 10. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information If you apply a route map to a BGP peer or neighbor with the neighbor default-originate command configured, the software does not apply the set filters in the route map to that BGP peer or neighbor. neighbor description Assign a character string describing the neighbor or group of neighbors (peer group).
Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group to apply the distribute list filter to all routers in the peer group. prefix-list-name Enter the name of an established prefix list. If the prefix list is not configured, the default is permit (to allow all routes). in Enter the keyword in to distribute only inbound traffic. out Enter the keyword out to distribute only outbound traffic. Defaults Not configured.
Command History Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S-Series and Z-Series. Usage Information Configuring or un-configuring the command will bring down and bring up the BGP Route Manager, this will result in tear down and re-establishment of all active sessions. Link Bandwidth has to be configured on the router in order to tell it to associate Link Bandwidth with prefixes (paths) and/or to use Link Bandwidth in BGP Multipath route selection.
neighbor fall-over Enable or disable fast fall-over for BGP neighbors. C9000 Series Syntax neighbor {ipv4-address | peer-group-name} fall-over To disable, use the no neighbor {ipv4-address | peer-group-name} fall-over command. Parameters ipv4-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
out Enter the keyword out to filter outbound BGP routes. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. ROUTER BGP ROUTER BGP-address-family The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.11.
Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. bgp four-octet-as-support — enables 4-byte support for the BGP process. neighbor maximum-prefix Control the number of network prefixes received.
Usage Information If you configure the neighbor maximum-prefix command and the neighbor receives more prefixes than the neighbor maximum-prefix command configuration allows, the neighbor goes down and the show ip bgp summary command displays (prfxd) in the State/PfxRcd column for that neighbor. The neighbor remains down until you enter the clear ip bgp command for the neighbor or the peer group to which the neighbor belongs or you enter the neighbor shutdown and neighbor no shutdown commands.
Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the router to be included in the peer group. peer-group-name Enter the name of a configured peer group. encryption-type (OPTIONAL) Enter 7 as the encryption type for the password entered. 7 means that the password is encrypted and hidden. password Enter a text string up to 80 characters long. The first character of the password must be a letter. You cannot use spaces in the password. Defaults Not configured.
Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the router to be included in the peer group. peer-group-name Enter the name of a configured peer group. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.
For passive eBGP limits, the Remote AS must be different from the AS for this neighbor. Related Commands neighbor soft-reconfiguration inbound — assigns a subnet to a dynamically configured BGP neighbor. neighbor remote-as — assigns an indirectly connected AS to a neighbor or peer group. neighbor remote-as Create and specify the remote peer to the BGP neighbor.
neighbor remove-private-as Remove private AS numbers from the AS-PATH of outgoing updates. C9000 Series Syntax neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} remove-private-as To return to the default, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} removeprivate-as command. Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor to remove the private AS numbers. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group to remove the private AS numbers.
If the Route map is not configured, the default is deny (to drop all routes). in Enter the keyword in to filter inbound routes. out Enter the keyword out to filter outbound routes. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information A route reflector reflects routes to the neighbors assigned to the cluster. Neighbors in the cluster do not need not to be fully meshed. By default, when you use no route reflector, the internal BGP (IBGP) speakers in the network must be fully meshed.
Version Description 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information To configure a COMMUNITY attribute, use the set community command in ROUTE-MAP mode. Before using this command, you must execute the clear ip bgp command. neighbor shutdown Disable a BGP neighbor or peer group. C9000 Series Syntax neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} shutdown To enable a disabled neighbor or peer group, use the neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} no shutdown command.
To disable, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} soft-reconfiguration inbound command. Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group to disable or enable all routers within the peer group. Defaults Disabled Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
• • the lower of the holdtime value is the new holdtime value, and whichever is the lower value; one-third of the new holdtime value, or the configured keepalive value, is the new keepalive value. neighbor timers extended Set idle hold time for a BGP neighbor or a peer group. Syntax neighbor {ip-address | ipv6-address | peer-group-name} timers extended idle holdtime To return to the default values, use the no neighbor {ip-address | ipv6-address | peer-groupname} timers extended idle holdtime command.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced ont he C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.
If you configure the set weight command in a route map applied to this neighbor, the weight set in that command overrides the weight set in the neighbor weight command. Related Commands set weight — assigns a weight to all paths meeting the route map criteria. network Specify the networks for the BGP process and enter them in the BGP routing table. C9000 Series Syntax network ip-address mask [route-map map-name] To remove a network, use the no network ip-address mask [route-map map-name] command.
As BGP does not query next-hop information corresponding to locally originated routes, a local route with an unreachable next-hop is chosen as the best route. When a combination of locally originated and peer originated routes occurs, both these routes will exist in the RTM. However, only the best route is kept active in the RTM and the remaining route is rendered in-active. It is possible to keep only one locally originated route in the BGP database.
Parameters bandwidth Enter the keyword bandwidth to specify extended-community attribute as the matching criteria for permitting traffic. The range is from 0 to 102400. Defaults N/A Command Modes EXTENDED COMMUNITY LIST Command History Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048–ON and S4048–ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S-Series.
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced the ability to substitute IGP cost for MED when a peer/peer-group outbound route-map is set as internal. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information You can use the redistribute command to advertise the IGP cost as the MED on redistributed routes.
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced the ability to substitute IGP cost for MED when a peer/peer-group outbound route-map is set as internal. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
Version Description 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information At least one interface must be in Layer 3 mode for the router bgp command to be accepted. If all interfaces are configured under VRF, at least one interface should be in the default VRF for the router bgp command to be accepted. If no interfaces are enabled for Layer 3, an error message appears: % Error: No router id configured BGP does not allow 23456 (AS-TRANS) as a configured AS number.
This command is global for all VRFs. shutdown address-family-ipv4–multicast Disables all the BGP neighbors corresponding to the multicast IPv4 address families. Syntax shutdown address-family-ipv4–unicast Use the no shutdown address-family-ipv4–unicast command to enable all the configured BGP neighbors corresponding to the multicast IPv4 address families. Command Modes ROUTER BGP CONFIGURATION Command History Version Description 9.11.0.0 Introduced on the S-Series, Z-Series, MXL, and IOM.
Usage Information You can use this command to disable all the configured BGP neighbors corresponding to the unicast IPv6 address families. This command is global for all VRFs. show capture bgp-pdu neighbor Display BGP packet capture information for an IPv4 address on the system. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show capture bgp-pdu neighbor ipv4-address ipv4-address Enter the IPv4 address (in dotted decimal format) of the BGP address to display packet information for that address.
[. . .] Dell# Related Commands capture bgp-pdu max-buffer-size — specifies a size for the capture buffer. show config View the current ROUTER BGP configuration. C9000 Series Syntax show config Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
[next-hop] [paths] [peer-group peer-group-name] [regexp regular-expression] [summary] Parameters cluster-list cluster-id vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf and then the name of the VRF to view ipv4–unicast route information corresponding to that VRF. ipv4 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords ipv4 unicast to view information only related to ipv4 unicast routes. ipv4 multicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords ipv4 multicast to view information only related to ipv4 multicast routes.
Version Description 9.14(0.0) Introduced the [all {received-routes}] option for IPv4 and IPv6 neighbors. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048–ON and S4048–ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.4.(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.8.0 Added the add-path option to the S4810. Output on the S4810 shows the ADDPATH parameters. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
Received from : 1.1.1.2 (3.3.3.1) Best AS_PATH : Next-Hop : 1.1.1.2, Cost : 0 Origin IGP, Metric 0, LocalPref Extended Communities : DMZ-Link Bw: 2000 kbytes* Related Commands 100, Weight 0, internal show ip bgp community — views the BGP communities. neighbor maximum-prefix — controls the number of network prefixes received. show ip bgp cluster-list View BGP neighbors in a specific cluster.
Example Field Description Network Displays the destination network prefix of each BGP route. Next Hop Displays the next hop address of the BGP router. If 0.0.0.0 is listed in this column, then local routes exist in the routing table. Metric Displays the BGP route’s metric, if assigned. LocPrf Displays the BGP LOCAL_PREF attribute for the route. Weight Displays the route’s weight. Path Lists all the ASs the route passed through to reach the destination network.
communitynumber Enter the community number in AA:NN format where AA is the AS number (2 bytes) and NN is a value specific to that autonomous system. You can specify up to eight community numbers to view information on those community groups. local-AS Enter the keywords local-AS to view all routes with the COMMUNITY attribute of NO_EXPORT_SUBCONFED. All routes with the NO_EXPORT_SUBCONFED (0xFFFFFF03) community attribute must not be advertised to external BGP peers.
Field Description Weight Displays the route’s weight. Path Lists all the ASs the route passed through to reach the destination network.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048–ON and S4048–ON. 9.7(0.0) Added ipv4 multicast and ipv6 unicast parameters. 9.4.(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
Origin IGP, Metric external 4294967295 (Default), LocalPref Communities : 200:1 1000:1 100, Weight 0, 3000:1 show ip bgp dampened-paths View BGP routes that are dampened (non-active). C9000 Series Syntax show ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [ipv4 {multicast | unicast} | ipv6 unicast] dampened-paths Parameters vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords vrf and then the name of the VRF to view routes that are affected by a specific community list corresponding to that VRF.
Field Description Network Displays the network ID to which the route is dampened. From Displays the IP address of the neighbor advertising the dampened route. Reuse Displays the hour:minutes:seconds until the dampened route is available. Path Lists all the ASs the dampened route passed through to reach the destination network. Example Dell#show ip bgp dampened-paths BGP local RIB : Routes to be Added 0, Replaced 0, Withdrawn 0 BGP local router ID is 192.168.11.
NdASPTblP 0x41a19090 : NdCommTblP 0x41a19098 : NhOptTransTblP 0x41a190a0 : NdRRClsTblP 0x41a190a8 NdPktPA 0 : NdLocCBP 0x41a6f000 : NdTmpPAP 0x419efc80 : NdTmpASPAP 0x41a25000 : NdTmpCommP 0x41a25800 NdTmpRRClP 0x41a4b000 : NdTmpOptP 0x41a4b800 : NdTmpNHP : NdOrigPAP 0 NdOrgNHP 0 : NdModPathP 0x419efcc0 : NdModASPAP 0x41a4c000 : NdModCommP 0x41a4c800 NdModOptP 0x41a4d000 : NdModNHP : NdComSortBufP 0x41a19110 : NdComSortHdP 0x41a19d04 : NdUpdAFMsk 0 : AFRstSet 0x41a1a298 : NHopDfrdHdP 0x41a1a3e0 : NumNhDfrd
show ip bgp extcommunity-list View information on all routes with Extended Community attributes. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [ipv4 {multicast | unicast} | ipv6 unicast] extcommunity-list [list name] vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords vrf and then the name of the VRF to view information on all routes with extended community attributes corresponding to that VRF.
n - network, D - denied, S - stale Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete Network Next Hop Metric *> 55.0.0.0/24 172.16.0.2 *> 77.0.0.0/24 172.16.0.2 Dell#show ip bgp extcommunity-list ec % Error: Extended community list does not exist. LocPrf Weight Path 0 200 i 0 200 i Dell# show ip bgp filter-list View the routes that match the filter lists.
Field Description Path source codes Lists the path sources shown to the right of the last AS number in the Path column: • • • • • Example i = internal route entry a = aggregate route entry c = external confederation route entry n = network route entry r = redistributed route entry Next Hop Displays the next hop address of the BGP router. If 0.0.0.0 is listed in this column, then local routes exist in the routing table. Metric Displays the BGP route’s metric, if assigned.
mask (OPTIONAL) Enter the network mask (in slash prefix (/x) format) of the BGP network address. filter-list as-path- (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword filter-list then the name of a configured AS-PATH ACL. The range is 140 characters. name regexp regular- expression Enter a regular expression then use one or a combination of the following characters to match. The range is 256 characters. • • • • • • • • • . = (period) any single character (including a white space).
Example Dell#show ip bgp flap-statistics BGP local RIB : Routes to be Added 0, Replaced 0, Withdrawn 0 BGP local router ID is 192.168.11.5 Status codes: s suppressed, S stale, d dampened, h history, * valid, > best Path source: I - internal, a - aggregate, c - confed-external, r redistributed n - network, D - denied, S - stale Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete Network From Reuse Path h 77.0.0.0/24 172.16.0.2 d 55.0.0.0/24 172.16.0.2 00:30:44 200 i *> 66.0.0.0/24 172.16.0.
Example Dell>show ip bgp inconsistent-as BGP table version is 280852, local router ID is 10.1.2.100 Status codes: s suppressed, d damped, h history, * valid, > best Path source: I - internal, c - confed-external, r - redistributed, n network Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete Network Next * 3.0.0.0/8 * * *> *> 3.18.135.0/24 * * * *> 4.0.0.0/8 * * * * 6.0.0.0/20 * *> * * 9.2.0.0/16 * --More-- Hop Metric LocPrf Weight Path 63.114.8.33 0 18508 209 63.114.8.34 0 18508 209 63.114.8.
flap-statistics (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords flap-statistics to view flap statistics on the neighbor’s routes. routes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword routes to view only the neighbor’s feasible routes. received-routes [network [network-mask] (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords received-routes then either the network address (in dotted decimal format) or the network mask (in slash prefix format) to view all information received from neighbors.
The Lines Beginning with: Description BGP neighbor Displays the BGP neighbor address and its AS number. The last phrase in the line indicates whether the link between the BGP router and its neighbor is an external or internal one. If they are located in the same AS, the link is internal; otherwise the link is external. BGP version Displays the BGP version (always version 4) and the remote router ID.
Sent 18 messages, 0 in queue 1 opens, 0 notifications, 0 updates 16 keepalives, 0 route refresh requests Route refresh request: received 0, sent messages 1 Minimum time between advertisement runs is 30 seconds Minimum time before advertisements start is 0 seconds Capabilities received from neighbor for IPv4 Unicast : MULTIPROTO_EXT(1) ROUTE_REFRESH(2) Capabilities advertised to neighbor for IPv4 Unicast : MULTIPROTO_EXT(1) ROUTE_REFRESH(2) ADD_PATH(69) CISCO_ROUTE_REFRESH(128) For address family: IPv4 Uni
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.4.(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information The following describes the show ip bgp next-hop command shown in the following example. Example Field Description Next-hop Displays the next-hop IP address.
Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. EXEC EXEC Privilege The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.
Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. EXEC EXEC Privilege The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.
NOTE: You can use this attribute to view information on unique COMMUNITY numbers in a BGP database that correspond to either a default or a non-default VRF. Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. EXEC EXEC Privilege The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.
ipv4 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv4 followed by the keyword unicast to view information related only to ipv4 unicast routes. ipv6 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv6 followed by the keyword unicast to view information related only to ipv6 unicast routes. peer-group-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of a peer group to view information about that peer group only. detail (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword detail to view detailed status information of the peers in that peer group.
Example Dell#show ip bgp peer-group Peer-group port0, remote AS 200 BGP version 4 Minimum time between advertisement runs is 30 seconds For address family: IPv4 Unicast BGP neighbor is port0, peer-group external Update packing has 4_OCTET_AS support enabled Number of peers in this group 1 Maximum limit on the accepted connections 256 Peer-group members (* - outbound optimized): 172.16.0.2 Dell# Related Commands • • neighbor peer-group (assigning peers) — assigns a peer to a peer-group.
Version Description 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048–ON and S4048–ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.4.(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information The following describes the show ip bgp regexp command shown in the following example.
ipv6 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv6 and specify unicast option to view information related only to ipv6 unicast routes. Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. EXEC EXEC Privilege The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.
Field Description Dampening enabled Displayed only when you enable dampening. Displays the number of paths designated as history, dampened, or penalized. Neighbor Displays the BGP neighbor address. AS Displays the AS number of the neighbor. MsgRcvd Displays the number of BGP messages that neighbor received. MsgSent Displays the number of BGP messages that neighbor sent. TblVer Displays the version of the BGP table that was sent to that neighbor.
show running-config bgp To display the current BGP configuration, use this feature. C9000 Series Syntax show running-config bgp Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. timers bgp extended Adjust the BGP idle holdtime for all the BGP neighbors. Syntax timers bgp extended idle-holdtime To return to the default, use the no timers bgp extended command. Parameters extended idle- holdtime Enter a number for the time interval, in seconds, for the peer to be idle state. The range is from 1 to 32767.
debug ip bgp dampening View information on routes being dampened. C9000 Series Syntax debug ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [ipv4 {unicast | multicast} | ipv6 unicast] dampening To disable debugging, use the no debug ip bgp dampening command. Parameters vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to view information on dampened routes corresponding to that VRF.
local-distance Enter a number to assign to routes learned from networks listed in the network command. The range is from 1 to 255. The default is 200. Defaults • • • Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048–ON and S4048–ON. 9.7(0.0) Added the ipv4 multicast and ipv6 unicast parameters. 9.4(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
deny To reject (deny) from the two types of extended communities, route origin (rt) or site-of-origin (soo), use this feature. C9000 Series Syntax deny {rt | soo} {as4 ASN4:NN | ASN:NNNN | IPADDR:NN} To remove (delete) the rule, use the no deny {rt | soo} {as4 ASN4:NN | ASN:NNNN | IPADDR:NN} command. Parameters rt Enter the keyword rt to designate a Route Origin community. soo Enter the keyword soo to designate a Site-of-Origin community (also known as Route Origin).
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information Duplicate commands are silently accepted.
Parameters word Enter a community list name (maximum 16 characters). Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-ext-community-list) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 7.8.1.
Example Dell(config-route-map)#match extcommunity Freedombird Dell(config-route-map)# permit To add rules (permit) from the two types of extended communities, Route Origin (rt) or Site-of-Origin (soo), use this feature. C9000 Series Syntax permit {rt | soo} {as4 ASN4:NN | ASN:NNNN | IPADDR:NN} To change the rules, use the no permit {rt | soo} {as4 ASN4:NN | ASN:NNNN | IPADDR:NN} command. Parameters rt Enter the keyword rt to designate a Route Origin community.
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-ext-community-list) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.6.1.
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z-9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information If the set community rt and soo are in the same route-map entry, the behavior defines as: • • • Related Commands If the rt option comes before soo, with or without the additive option, soo overrides the communities rt sets.
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information If the set community rt and soo are in the same route-map entry, the behavior defines as: • • • Related Commands If the rt option comes before soo, with or without the additive option, soo overrides the communities rt sets. If the rt option comes after soo, without the additive option, rt overrides the communities soo sets. If the rt with the additive option comes after soo, rt adds the communities soo sets.
Received from : 100.100.1.2 (2.4.0.1) Best AS_PATH : 200 Next-Hop : 100.100.1.2, Cost : 0 Origin IGP, Metric 4294967295 (Default), LocalPref 100, Weight 0, external Communities : 300:400 500:600 Extended Communities : RT:1111:4278080 SoO:35:4 SoO:36:50529043 SoO:37:50529044 SoO:38:50529045 SoO:0.0.0.2:33 SoO:506.62106:34 0x0303:254:11223* Dell# show ip bgp paths extcommunity To display all BGP paths having extended community attributes, use this feature.
show ip extcommunity-list Display the IP extended community list. C9000 Series Syntax show ip extcommunity-list [word] Parameters word Enter the name of the extended community list you want to view. Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. EXEC EXEC Privilege The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Example Version Description 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell# show running-config extcommunity-list test ip extcommunity-list test permit rt 65033:200 deny soo 101.11.11.
Parameters ipv6 Enter the keyword ipv6 to specify the address family as IPv6. unicast Enter the keyword unicast to specify multicast as SAFI. Defaults IPv6 Unicast Command Modes ROUTER BGPV6-ADDRESS FAMILY Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 7.4.1.0 Introduced Usage Information All subsequent commands apply to this address family after you execute this command.
Do not add the as-set parameter to the aggregate if routes within the aggregate are constantly changing as the aggregate will flap to keep track of the changes in the AS_PATH. In route maps used in the suppress-map parameter, routes meeting the deny clause are not suppress; in other words, they are allowed. The opposite is true: routes meeting the permit clause are suppressed.
Usage Information If you enable this command, use the clear ip bgp * command to recompute the best path. bgp bestpath med confed Enable MULTI_EXIT_DISC (MED) attribute comparison on paths learned from BGP confederations. C9000 Series Syntax bgp bestpath med confed To disable MED comparison on BGP confederation paths, use the no bgp bestpath med confed command. Defaults Disabled Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.
bgp client-to-client reflection Allows you to enable route reflection between clients in a cluster. C9000 Series Syntax bgp client-to-client reflection To disable client-to-client reflection, use the no bgp client-to-client reflection command. Defaults Enabled when a route reflector is configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.
• • neighbor route-reflector-client – configures a route reflector and clients. show ip bgp cluster-list – views paths with a cluster ID. bgp confederation identifier Configure an identifier for a BGP confederation. C9000 Series Syntax bgp confederation identifier as-number To delete a BGP confederation identifier, use the no bgp confederation identifier as-number command. Parameters as-number Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Enter the AS number.
max-suppresstime (OPTIONAL) Enter the maximum number of minutes a route can be suppressed. The default is four times the half-life value. The range is 1 to 255. The default is 60 minutes. route-map mapname (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords route-map followed by the name of a configured route map. Only match commands in the configured route map are supported. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes ROUTER BGPV6-ADDRESS FAMILY Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.
To turn off the default, use the no bgp enforce-first-as command. Defaults Enabled. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced Usage Information This is enabled by default, that is for all updates received from EBGP peers, BGP ensures that the first AS of the first AS segment is always the AS of the peer.
Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.7.1.0 Introduced Usage Information Routers supporting 4-Byte ASNs advertise that function in the OPEN message. The behavior of a 4-Byte router is slightly different depending on whether it is speaking to a 2-Byte router or a 4-Byte router. When creating Confederations, all the routers in the Confederation must be 4– or 2–byte identified routers.
bgp log-neighbor-changes Enable logging of BGP neighbor resets. C9000 Series Syntax bgp log-neighbor-changes To disable logging, use the no bgp log-neighbor-changes command. Defaults Enabled. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced Usage Information The bgp log-neighbor-changes command appears in the show config command output.
bgp recursive-bgp-next-hop Enable next-hop resolution through other routes learned by BGP. C9000 Series Syntax bgp recursive-bgp-next-hop To disable next-hop resolution, use the no bgp recursive-bgp-next-hop command. Defaults Enabled. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.
engine performance enhancement feature optimizes the CPU usage by caching and reusing regular expression evaluation results. This caching and reuse may be at the expensive of RP1 processor memory. Related Commands show ip protocols – views information on all enabled and active routing protocols. bgp router-id Assign a user-given ID to a BGP router. C9000 Series Syntax bgp router-id ip-address To delete a user-assigned IP address, use the no bgp router-id command.
Version Description 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.2.1.0 Introduced. Usage Information When you enable soft-reconfiguration for a neighbor and you execute the clear ip bgp soft in command, the update database stored in the router is replayed and updates are re-evaluated. With this command, the replay and update process is triggered only if route-refresh request is not negotiated with the peer.
Command Modes Command History Related Commands • • EXEC EXEC Privilege Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.5.1.0 Introduced • • • clear ip bgp – enables route reflection between route reflector and clients. show capture bgp-pdu neighbor – configures a route reflector and clients. capture bgp-pdu neighbor – enables capture of an IPv4 BGP neighbor packet.
clear ip bgp * (asterisk) Reset all BGP sessions in the specified category. The soft parameter (BGP Soft Reconfiguration) clears the policies without resetting the TCP connection. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters clear ip bgp * [ipv4 multicast soft [in | out] | ipv6 unicast soft [in | out] | soft [in | out]] * Enter an asterisk ( * ) to reset all BGP sessions. ipv4 multicast soft (OPTIONAL) This keyword sequence sets options within the a specified IPv4 address [in | out] family.
Command Modes Command History soft (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword soft to configure and activate policies without resetting the BGP TCP session, that is, BGP Soft Reconfiguration. in (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword in to activate only inbound policies. out (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword out to activate only outbound policies. EXEC Privilege Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.
regexp regular- expression (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword regexp followed by regular expressions. Use one or a combination of the following: . (period) matches on any single character, including white space. * (asterisk) matches on sequences in a pattern (zero or more sequences). + (plus sign) matches on sequences in a pattern (one or more sequences). ? (question mark) matches sequences in a pattern (0 or 1 sequences). [ ] (brackets) matches a range of single-character patterns.
clear ip bgp ipv6 unicast dampening Clear information on route dampening. C9000 Series Syntax clear ip bgp dampening ipv6 unicast [network network-mask] Parameters Command Modes Command History network (OPTIONAL) Enter the IPv6 network address in x:x:x:x::x format. network-mask If you enter the network address, then enter the network mask, from 0 to 128. EXEC Privilege Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 7.4.1.
debug ip bgp keepalives Allows you to view information about BGP keepalive messages. C9000 Series Syntax debug ip bgp [ipv6-address | peer-group peer-group-name] keepalives [in | out] To disable debugging, use the no debug ip bgp [ip-address | peer-group peer-group-name] keepalives [in | out] command. Parameters ipv6-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format followed by the prefix length in the /x format. The range is /0 to /128.
Related Commands show ip bgp dampened-paths – View BGP dampened routes. debug ip bgp ipv6 unicast peer-group updates View information about BGP peer-group updates. C9000 Series Syntax debug ip bgp ipv6 unicast peer-group peer-group-name updates [in | out] To disable debugging, use the no debug ip bgp ipv6 unicast peer-group peer-group-name updates [in | out] command.
To disable debugging, use the no debug ip bgp ipv6 unicast ipv6-address prefix-length updates [in | out] command. Parameters ipv6-address prefix-length Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format followed by the prefix length in the /x format. The range is /0 to /128. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. updates Enter the keyword updates to view BGP update information. in (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword in to view only BGP updates received from neighbors.
debug ip bgp updates Allows you to view information about BGP updates. C9000 Series Syntax debug ip bgp [ipv6-address | peer-group peer-group-name | ipv6 unicast [ipv6address]] updates [in | out | prefix-list prefix-list-name] To disable debugging, use the no debug ip bgp [ip-address | peer-group peer-group-name | ipv6 unicast [ipv6-address]] updates [in | out] command. Parameters ipv6-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format followed by the prefix length in the /x format.
Usage Information The default-metric command in BGP sets the value of the BGP MULTI_EXIT_DISC (MED) attribute for redistributed routes only. Related Commands • • bgp always-compare-med – enables comparison of all BGP MED attributes. redistribute – redistributes routes from other routing protocols into BGP. description Enter a description of the BGP routing protocol. C9000 Series Syntax description {description} To remove the description, use the no description {description} command.
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced Usage Information CAUTION: Dell Networking recommends that you do not change the administrative distance of internal routes. Changing the administrative distances may cause routing table inconsistencies. The higher the administrative distance assigned to a route means that your confidence in that route is low.
number Enter a number as the maximum number of parallel paths. The range is 1 to 16. The default is 1. Defaults 1 Command Modes ROUTER BGPV6-ADDRESS FAMILY Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced Usage Information If you enable this command, use the clear ip bgp command to recompute the best path.
Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group to set the advertisement interval for all routers in the peer group. seconds Enter a number as the time interval, in seconds, between BGP advertisements. The range is 0 to 600 seconds. The default is 5 seconds for internal BGP peers and 30 seconds for external BGP peers.
neighbor default-originate Inject the default route to a BGP peer or neighbor. C9000 Series Syntax neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} default-originate [route-map mapname] To remove a default route, use the no neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} defaultoriginate [route-map map-name] command. Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros.
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced neighbor distribute-list Distribute BGP information via an established prefix list. C9000 Series Syntax neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} distribute-list prefix-list-name {in | out} To delete a neighbor distribution list, use the no neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} distribute-list prefix-list-name {in | out} command.
Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group. ttl (OPTIONAL) Enter the number of hops as the time to live (ttl) value. The range is 1 to 255. The default is 255. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.
neighbor filter-list Configure a BGP filter based on the AS-PATH attribute. C9000 Series Syntax neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} filter-list as-path-name {in | out} To delete a BGP filter, use the no neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} filter-list as-path-name {in | out} command. Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros.
Defaults threshold = 75 Command Modes ROUTER BGPV6-ADDRESS FAMILY Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.
neighbor peer-group (assigning peers) Allows you to assign one peer to a existing peer group. C9000 Series Syntax neighbor ipv6-address peer-group peer-group-name To delete a peer from a peer group, use the no neighbor ipv6-address peer-group peer-groupname command. Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. peer-group peer- group-name Defaults Not configured.
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced Usage Information When a peer group is created, it is disabled (shut mode). Related Commands • • • neighbor peer-group (assigning peers) – assigns routers to a peer group. neighbor remote-as – assigns an indirectly connected AS to a neighbor or peer group.
NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group to enter the remote AS into routing tables of all routers within the peer group. number Enter a number of the AS. The range is 1 to 65535. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.
Private AS numbers are 64512 to 65535. neighbor route-map Apply an established route map to either incoming or outbound routes of a BGP neighbor or peer group. C9000 Series Syntax neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} route-map map-name {in | out} To remove the route map, use the no neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} route-map map-name {in | out} command. Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format.
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGPV6-ADDRESS FAMILY Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced Usage Information The first time you enter this command it configures the neighbor as a route reflector and members of the routereflector cluster. Internal BGP (IBGP) speakers do not need to be fully meshed if you configure a route reflector.
peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group for which you want to start storing inbound routing updates. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes ROUTER BGPv6 ADDRESS FAMILY (conf-router_bgpv6_af) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010.
neighbor shutdown Disable a BGP neighbor or peer group. C9000 Series Syntax neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} shutdown To enable a disabled neighbor or peer group, use the no neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-groupname} shutdown command. Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group to disable or enable all routers within the peer group.
Command Modes Command History ROUTER BGP Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced Usage Information Timer values configured with the neighbor timers command override the timer values configured with the timers bgp command.
neighbor weight Assign a weight to the neighbor connection, which is used to determine the best path. C9000 Series Syntax neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} weight weight To remove a weight value, use the no neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} weight weight command. Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros.
network Specify the networks for the BGP process and enter them in the BGP routing table. C9000 Series Syntax network ipv6-address prefix-length [route-map map-name] To remove a network, use the no network ip-address mask [route-map map-name] command. Parameters ipv6-address prefix-length Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format followed by the prefix length in the /x format. The range is /0 to /128. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros.
Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced Usage Information Though the software does not generate a route due to backdoor config, there is an option for injecting/ sourcing a local route in presence of network backdoor config on a learned route. redistribute Redistribute routes into BGP.
redistribute ospf Redistribute OSPFv3 routes into BGP. C9000 Series Syntax redistribute ospf process-id [[match external {1 | 2}] [match internal]] [route-map map-name] To stop redistribution of OSPF routes, use the no redistribute ospf process-id command. Parameters process-id Enter the number of the OSPFv3 process. The range is 1 to 65535. match external {1 | (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords match external to redistribute OSPF external 2} routes.
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced show capture bgp-pdu neighbor Display BGP packet capture information for an IPv6 address. C9000 Series Syntax show capture bgp-pdu neighbor ipv6-address Parameters Command Modes Command History Related Commands ipv6-address • • Enter the IPv6 address (X:X:X:X::X) of a BGP neighbor. EXEC EXEC Privilege Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.
neighbor 1109::33 no shutdown neighbor 2222::220 remote-as 18508 neighbor 2222::220 route-reflector-client neighbor 2222::220 update-source Loopback 100 neighbor 2222::220 no shutdown neighbor 4000::33 remote-as 18508 neighbor 4000::33 no shutdown neighbor 4000::60 remote-as 18508 neighbor 4000::60 no shutdown neighbor 9000::1:2 remote-as 640 no neighbor 9000::1:2 activate neighbor 9000::1:2 no shutdown ! Dell# show ip bgp next-hop View all next hops (via learned routes only) with current reachability and
• • • • • • Command Modes Command History • • * = (asterisk) the sequences in a pattern (0 or more sequences). + = (plus) the sequences in a pattern (1 or more sequences). ? = (question mark) sequences in a pattern (either 0 or 1 sequences). You must enter an escape sequence (CTRL+v) prior to entering the ? regular expression. [ ] = (brackets) a range of single-character patterns. ^ = (caret) the beginning of the input string.
Version Description 7.4.1.0 Introduced show ip bgp paths extcommunity View all unique Extended community information in the BGP database. C9000 Series Syntax show ip bgp paths extcommunity Command Modes • • Command History EXEC EXEC Privilege Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.
show ipv6 prefix-list Displays the specified IPv6 prefix list. C9000 Series Syntax show ipv6 prefix-list detail {prefix-list name} | summary Parameters detail Display a detailed description of the selected IPv6 prefix list. prefix-list name Enter the name of the prefix list. NOTE: There is a 140-character limit for prefix list names. summary Display a summary of RPF routes. Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific.
show ip bgp ipv6 unicast cluster-list View BGP neighbors in a specific cluster. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History show ip bgp ipv6 unicast cluster-list [cluster-id] cluster-id • • (OPTIONAL) Enter the cluster id in dotted decimal format. EXEC EXEC Privilege Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.
show ip bgp ipv6 unicast community-list View routes that are affected by a specific community list. C9000 Syntax show ip bgp ipv6 unicast community-list community-list-name [exact-match] Parameters Command Modes Command History community-listname Enter the name of a configured IP community list. exact-match (OPTIONAL) Enter exact-match to display only for an exact match of the communities. • • EXEC EXEC Privilege Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced show ip bgp ipv6 unicast extcommunity-list View information on all routes with Extended Community attributes. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History show ip bgp ipv6 unicast extcommunity-list [list name] list name • • Enter the extended community list name you wish to view. EXEC EXEC Privilege Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.
show ip bgp ipv6 unicast flap-statistics View flap statistics on BGP routes. C9000 Series Syntax show ip bgp ipv6 unicast flap-statistics [ipv6-address prefix-length] [filterlist as-path-name] [regexp regular-expression] Parameters ipv6-address prefix-length Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format followed by the prefix length in the /x format. The range is /0 to /128. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros.
Version Description 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced show ip bgp ipv6 unicast neighbors Allows you to view the information exchanged by BGP neighbors.
Command Modes Command History detail (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword detail to view peer-group-specific information for the IPv6 address family. summary (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword summary to view status information of the peers in that peer group. The output is the same as that found in show ip bgp summary command • • EXEC EXEC Privilege Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.
6 BGP path attribute entrie(s) using 392 bytes of memory 6 BGP AS-PATH entrie(s) using 294 bytes of memory 6 BGP community entrie(s) using 234 bytes of memory Neighbor AS MsgRcvd MsgSent TblVer InQ OutQ Up/Down State/Pfx 1109::33 2222::220 4000::33 4000::60 9000::4:2 9000::5:2 9000::6:2 9000::7:2 9000::8:2 9000::9:2 9000::a:2 9000::b:14 Dell# 18508 18508 18508 18508 18508 1 2 3 18508 18508 18508 18508 0 0 0 0 0 35 35 35 35 44 35 29 0 0 0 0 0 32 32 32 32 19 32 29 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
IPv6 MBGP Commands Multiprotocol BGP (MBGP) is an enhanced BGP that enables the multicast routing policy throughout the internet and connecting multicast topologies between BGP and autonomous systems (AS). MBGP is implemented as per IETF RFC 1858. show ipv6 mbgproutes Display the selected IPv6 MBGP route or a summary of all MBGP routes in the table.
9 Content Addressable Memory (CAM) You can use Content Addressable Memory (CAM) commands to configure the amount of memory allocated to CAM memory partitions. NOTE: Not all CAM commands are supported on all platforms. Be sure to note the platform when looking for a command. NOTE: If you are using these features for the first time, contact Dell Networking Technical Assistance Center (TAC) for guidance.
Parameters default Use the default CAM profile settings and set the CAM as follows: • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • l2acl number Enter the keyword l2acl and then the number of l2acl blocks. The range is from 1 to 8. ipv4acl number Enter the keyword ipv4acl and then the number of FP blocks for IPv4. The range is from 0 to 8. ipv6acl number Enter the keyword ipv6acl and then the number of FP blocks for IPv6. The range is from 0 to 2.
vrfv4acl number Enter the keyword vrfv4acl and then the number of FP blocks for VRF IPv4 ACL. The range is from 0 to 2. l2acl number ipv4acl number ipv6acl number, ipv4qos number l2qos numberl2pt number ipmacacl number ecfmacl Allocate space to each CAM region. Enter 4 or 8 for the number of OpenFlow FP blocks.
If you enable BMP, to perform a reload on the chassis to upgrade any configuration changes that have changed the NVRAM content, use the command reload conditional nvram-cfg-change. cam-acl-egress Allocate CAM for egress ACLs. C9000 Series Syntax cam-acl-egress default | l2acl number ipv4acl number ipv6acl number} Parameters Command Modes default Reset egress CAM ACL entries to default settings. l2acl number ipv4acl number ipv6acl number Allocate space to each CAM region.
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. Usage Information Enter the CAM profile name and specify the amount of CAM space. The total space allocated must be equal to 13. The range for ipv4acl is from 1 to 4. The ipv6acl range must be a factor of 2. Related Commands show cam-acl-egress-pe cam-acl-pe Allocate content addressable memory (CAM) for the port extender.
Parameters qos Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Optimize CAM usage for QoS. CONFIGURATION TERMINAL BATCH Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced the Configuration Terminal Batch mode on C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.
Command History Version Description 9.13.0.0 Introduced on the MXL, FN IOM, S5000, S4048-ON, S6000, S6000-ON, S3048-ON, S3100 Series, C9010, S4048T-ON, Z9500, Z9100-ON, S6100-ON, S6010-ON. Usage Information The no cam-threshold command will set the CAM threshold to 90 percent and silence period to 0. The CAM threshold and silence period configuration is applicable only for Ingress L2, IPv4, IPv6 and Egress L2, IPv4, and IPv6 ACL CAM groups.
Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Version Description 9.11.0.0 The show cam-usage command is updated to display ECMP group count information. 9.5.(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.3.(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, Z9000 and MXL. Usage Information The following regions must be provided in the show cam-usage output: • • • L3AclCam L2AclCam V6AclCam The following table describes the output fields of the show cam-usage command. Table 2.
Example 2: Output of the show camusage acl Command Dell#show cam-usage acl Stackunit|Portpipe| CAM Partition | Total CAM | Used CAM |Available CAM ========|========|=================|=============|=============|============ 11 | 0 | IN-L2 ACL | 1008 | 0 | 1008 | | IN-L3 ACL | 12288 | 2 | 12286 | | OUT-L2 ACL | 1024 | 2 | 1022 | | OUT-L3 ACL | 1024 | 0 | 1024 | | IN-L3 ECMP GRP | 1024 | 0 | 1024 Example 3: Output of the show camusage router Command Example 4: Output of the show camusage switch Command sho
show cam-acl-egress-pe Display details of the global egress CAM ACL profiles for the port extender. C9000 Series Syntax show cam-acl-egress-pe Defaults None Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. EXEC EXEC Privilege The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced. Usage Information This command applies to both IPv4 and IPv6 CAM Profiles, but is best used when verifying QoS optimization for IPv6 ACLs. QoS Optimization for IPv6 ACLs does not impact the CAM usage for applying a policy on a single (or the first of several) interfaces.
show hardware forwarding-table mode Display the hardware forwarding table mode in the current boot and in the next boot. Syntax show hardware forwarding-table mode Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.
• L3 route entries: 16K OpenFlow does not support the scaled-l3-routes forwarding-table mode (UFT mode 4) on the C9010. Related Commands show hardware forwarding-table mode — displays the hardware forwarding table mode in the current boot and in the next boot.
10 Control Plane Policing (CoPP) Control plane policing (CoPP) uses access control list (ACL) rules and quality of service (QoS) policies to create filters for a system’s control plane. The CoPP filters prevent traffic that is not identified as legitimate from reaching the control plane, and rate-limit traffic to an acceptable level.
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. Usage Information To display the per-protocol counters of rate-limited control-plane traffic at the aggregated (switch) or line card and port set level, use the show control-traffic protocol command. clear control-traffic queue Clear per-queue counters of rate-limited control-plane traffic.
control-plane-cpuqos To manage control-plane traffic, enter control-plane mode and configure the switch. C9000 Series Syntax control-plane-cpuqos Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION CONFIGURATION TERMINAL BATCH Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.
Related Commands qos-policy-input cpu-qos — creates a QoS input-policy map for CoPP. policy-map-input cpu-qos — creates an input-policy map for CoPP. service-policy rate-limit-protocols Apply a QoS input policy-map that rate-limits protocol traffic on the control plane. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters service-policy rate-limit-protocols policy-name policy-name Enter the service-policy name, using a string up to 32 characters. Defaults Not configured.
linecard slot-id portset port-pipe Enter the slot ID and port pipe to display counters for rate-limited traffic on a specified line card and port set. The slot ID range is from 0 to 11. The port-pipe ID value is 0. pe pe-id Enter the keyword pe and the port extender ID. Range is from 0 to 255. stack-unit unit Enter the keyword stack-unit and the stack unit number. Range is from 0 to 7. number portset port-pipe Enter the keyword portset and the port-pipe ID. Port pipe ID value is 0.
NTP 0 MULTICAST CATCH ALL 0 v6 MULTICAST CATCH ALL 0 DHCP RELAY/DHCP 0 v6 ICMP NA/v6 ICMP RA 0 v6 ICMP NS/v6 ICMP RS 0 v6 ICMP/ICMP 0 MLD 0 MSDP 0 FTP/TELNET/SSH/ L3 LOCAL TERMINATED 0 L3 UNKNOWN/UNRESOLVED ARP 0 iSCSI 0 FCoE 0 SFLOW 0 VLT CTRL/VLT IPM PDU 0 HYPERPULL 0 OPENFLOW 0 L2 DST HIT/BROADCAST 0 VLT TTL1/TRACEFLOW/TTL0/ STATION MOVE/TTL1/IP OPTION/ L3 MTU FAIL/SOURCE MISS 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Related Command clear control-traffic protoc
Usage Information In the show output, Rx Bytes displays the number of bytes of control-plane traffic received, on which queuebased rate limiting is applied. Tx Counters displays the number of bytes transmitted to a control-plane CPU after queue-based rate limiting is applied. Drop Counters displays the number of bytes of control-plane traffic that have been dropped as a result of queue-based rate limiting.
Q6 Q7 Q8 Q9 Q10 Q11 Q12 Q13 Q14 Q15 Q16 Q17 Q18 Q19 Q20 1200 800 600 600 3200 2600 2300 1800 1 1 1200 1200 7000 800 5000 3000 1000 1000 1000 1000 6000 3000 3000 4000 100 100 1000 1000 7000 1000 Dell#show cpu-queue rate queue-id 8 Service-Queue Rate (kbps) -----------------------Q8 600 Burst (kb) ---------1000 Dell#show cpu-queue rate range 8 12 Service-Queue Rate (kbps) -----------------------Q8 600 Q9 600 Q10 3200 Q11 2600 Q12 2300 Burst (kb) ---------1000 1000 1000 6000 3000 show ip protocol-queue-
--------------TCP (BGP) any/179 UDP (DHCP) 67/68 UDP (DHCP-R) 67 TCP (FTP) any ICMP any IGMP any TCP (MSDP) any/639 UDP (NTP) any OSPF any PIM any UDP (RIP) any TCP (SSH) any TCP (TELNET) any VRRP any -------179/any 68/67 67 21 any any 639/any 123 any any 520 22 23 any ------_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ----Q13 Q6 Q6 Q3 Q5 Q12 Q12 Q3 Q13 Q12 Q13 Q3 Q3 Q13 -----RP CP CP CP CP RP RP CP RP RP RP CP CP RP ----------2500 1200 1200 400 300 300 100 200 2500 300 200 400 400 400 show ipv6 protocol-queue-mapping
show mac protocol-queue-mapping Display the CPU queue mapping for MAC protocols. C9000 Series Syntax show mac protocol-queue-mapping Defaults Not configured. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010.
Usage Information The show output displays information on CPU traffic flows for all protocols, including the ingress queue at which the traffic is queued and the CPU to which protocol traffic is sent with the applied rate limits (configured or default) in kilobits per second (kbps). The egress port queues on CPUs are abbreviated as: RP (Route Processor), CP (Control Processor), and LC (line card). Command History This guide is platform-specific.
BGP 2500 2000 OSPF 2500 2000 RIP 200 1000 VRRP 400 2000 ICMP 300 2000 IGMP 300 2000 PIM 300 2000 MSDP 100 2000 BFD 7000 3000 802.
IP OPTION/TTL1 100 500 VLAN L3 MTU FAIL 200 500 Physical L3 MTU FAIL 200 500 SOURCE MISS 200 500 STATION MOVE 200 500 SFLOW_EGRESS 5000 3000 SFLOW_INGRESS 5000 3000 Dell# Q0 Q0 Q0 Q16 Q16 Q20 Q20 500 500 500 500 500 3000 3000 CP 100 CP 200 CP 200 LP 200 LP 200 LP 5000 LP 5000 Dell#show protocol-queue-mapping queue-id 3 Protocol Queue EgPort Rate(kbps) CommitBurst(kb) Peak Burst(kb) ------------------------------------------ -----------NTP Q3 CP 200 2000 2000 FTP Q3 CP 400 3000 3000 TELNET Q
11 Data Center Bridging (DCB) Data center bridging (DCB) refers to a set of IEEE Ethernet enhancements that provide data centers with a single, robust, converged network to support multiple traffic types, including local area network (LAN), server, and storage traffic. The Dell Networking operating software commands for data center bridging features include 802.1Qbb priority-based flow control (PFC), 802.1Qaz enhanced transmission selection (ETS), and the data center bridging exchange (DCBX) protocol.
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.7(0.1) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON . 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T.
clear pfc counters Clear the PFC TLV counters and PFC statistics on an interface or stack unit. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters clear pfc counters [port-type slot/port | stack-unit {unit number | all } all stack-ports all}] | interface {statistics}] port-type Enter the keywords port-type then the slot/port information. stack-unit unit Enter the keywords stack-unit then the stack-unit number to be cleared.
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.6(0.0) Removed from the S-series. Replaced by the dcb-map commands. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.16.0 Introduced on the MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module. Usage Information As soon as you apply a DCB policy with PFC enabled on an interface, DCBx starts exchanging information with PFC-enabled peers. The IEEE802.1Qbb, CEE, and CIN versions of PFC TLV are supported.
• You already enabled link-level flow control. PFC and link-level flow control cannot be enabled at the same time on an interface. In a switch stack, configure all stacked ports with the same PFC configuration. A DCB input policy for PFC applied to an interface may become invalid if you reconfigure the dot1p-queue mapping. This situation occurs when the new dot1p-queue assignment exceeds the maximum number (2) of lossless queues supported globally on the switch.
pfc no-drop queues Configure the port queues that still function as no-drop queues for lossless traffic. C9000 Series Syntax pfc no-drop queues queue-range To remove the no-drop port queues, use the no pfc no-drop queues command. Parameters queue-range Enter the queue range. Separate the queue values with a comma; specify a priority range with a dash; for example, pfc no-drop queues 1,3 or pfc no-drop queues 7 or pfc no-drop queues 0,7. The range is from 0 to 3. queue-range Enter the queue range.
pfc-nodrop-priority l2-dlf drop Configure to drop the unknown unicast packets flooding on lossless priorities. Syntax pfc-nodrop-priority l2-dlf drop To disable the feature, use the no pfc-nodrop-priority l2-dlf drop command. Parameters l2-dlf Enter the keywords l2-dlf to drop flooding traffic on lossless priorities. drop Enter the keyword drop to enable the drop action. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
The maximum number of lossless queues supported on the switch is two. A PFC peer must support the configured priority traffic (as DCBX detects) to apply PFC. show dcb Display the data center bridging status, the number of PFC-enabled ports, and the number of PFC-enabled queues. C9000 Series Syntax show dcb [stack-unit unit-number] [port-set port-set-number] Parameters unit-number Enter the DCB unit number. port-set-number Enter the port-set number.
Command History Example Related Commands Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the C9010, S6000, S6000–ON, Z9100–ON and S6100–ON. Dell#show hardware pfc-nodrop-priority l2-dlf drops stack-unit 0 port-set 0 --------------------------------------------------Priority DropCount --------------------------------------------------0 0 1 0 2 0 3 0 4 0 5 0 6 0 7 0 pfc-nodrop-priority l2-dlf drop — configures to drop the unknown unicast packets flooding on lossless priorities.
Field Description Interface Interface type with stack-unit and port number. Admin mode is on Admin is enabled PFC admin mode is on or off with a list of the configured PFC priorities. When the PFC admin mode is on, PFC advertisements are enabled to be sent and received from peers; received PFC configuration take effect. The admin operational status for a DCBX exchange of PFC configuration is enabled or disabled.
Example (Summary) Field Description PFC TLV Statistics: Pause Tx pkts Number of PFC pause frames transmitted. PFC TLV Statistics: Pause Rx pkts Number of PFC pause frames received.
FCOE TLV Tx Status is disabled ISCSI TLV Tx Status is disabled Local FCOE PriorityMap is 0x0 Local ISCSI PriorityMap is 0x0 Interface TenGigabitEthernet 10/1 Admin mode is on Admin is enabled Remote is disabled Local is enabled Oper status is init PFC DCBX Oper status is Down Reason: Port Shutdown State Machine Type is Symmetric TLV Tx Status is enabled PFC Link Delay 65535 pause quantams Application Priority TLV Parameters : -------------------------------------FCOE TLV Tx Status is disabled ISCSI TLV Tx S
Example (Summary) Dell (conf-if-te-0/1)#show int te 0/1 pfc statistics Interface TenGigabitEthernet 0/1 Priority Rx XOFF Frames Rx Total Frames Tx Total Frames -------------------------------------------------------------------0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Example (port range) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Dell#show interfaces tengigabitethernet 10/0-1 pfc statistics Interface TenGigabitEthernet 10/0 Interface Priority Rx XOFF Frames Rx Total Frames Tx Total Frames --------------------------------
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.7(0.1) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON . 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.
Usage Information To associate a priority group with an ETS output policy with scheduling and bandwidth configuration, create a DCB output policy. You can apply a DCB output policy on multiple egress ports. When you apply an ETS output policy on an interface, ETS-configured scheduling and bandwidth allocation take precedence over any configured settings in QoS output policies. The ETS configuration associated with 802.1 priority traffic in a DCB output policy is used in DCBX negotiation with ETS peers.
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.7(0.1) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.
Field Description Interface Interface type with stack-unit and port number. Max Supported TC Maximum number of priority groups supported. Group Number of Traffic Classes Number of 802.1p priorities currently configured. Admin mode ETS mode: on or off. When on, the scheduling and bandwidth allocation configured in an ETS output policy or received in a DCBX TLV from a peer can take effect on an interface.
5 6 7 - - Remote Parameters : ------------------Remote is disabled Local Parameters : -----------------Local is enabled TC-grp Priority# Bandwidth TSA -----------------------------------------------0 1 0,1,2 100% ETS 2 3 0 % SP 3 4,5,6,7 0 % SP 4 5 6 7 Oper status is init ETS DCBX Oper status is Down State Machine Type is Asymmetric Conf TLV Tx Status is enabled Reco TLV Tx Status is enabled 0 Input Conf TLV Pkts, 1955 Output Conf TLV Pkts, 0 Error Conf TLV Pkts 0 Input Reco TLV Pkts, 1955 Output Reco TL
Oper status is init ETS DCBX Oper status is Down State Machine Type is Asymmetric Conf TLV Tx Status is enabled Reco TLV Tx Status is enabled 0 Input Conf TLV Pkts, 1955 Output Conf TLV Pkts, 0 Error Conf TLV Pkts 0 Input Reco TLV Pkts, 1955 Output Reco TLV Pkts, 0 Error Reco TLV Pkts Dell(conf)# show interfaces tengigabitethernet 0/0 ets detail Interface TenGigabitEthernet 0/0 Max Supported TC Groups is 4 Number of Traffic Classes is 8 Admin mode is on Admin Parameters : -----------------Admin is enabled T
Example (Detail) Dell(conf)# show interfaces tengigabitethernet 0/0 ets detail Interface TenGigabitEthernet 0/0 Max Supported TC Groups is 4 Number of Traffic Classes is 8 Admin mode is on Admin Parameters : -----------------Admin is enabled TC-grp Priority# Bandwidth TSA 0 0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7 100% ETS 1 0% ETS 2 0% ETS 3 0% ETS 4 0% ETS 5 0% ETS 6 0% ETS 7 0% ETS Priority# 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Remote Parameters: ------------------Remote is disabled Local Parameters : -----------------Local is enabled TC-grp Priori
-----------------Admin is enabled PG-grp Priority# BW-% BW-COMMITTED BW-PEAK TSA % Rate(Mbps) Burst(KB) Rate(Mbps) Burst(KB) -----------------------------------------------------------------------0 0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7 100 ETS 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Remote Parameters : ------------------Remote is disabled Local Parameters : -----------------Local is enabled PG-grp Priority# BW-% BW-COMMITTED BW-PEAK TSA % Rate(Mbps) Burst(KB) Rate(Mbps) Burst(KB) -----------------------------------------------------------------------
PG-grp Priority# BW-% BW-COMMITTED BW-PEAK TSA % Rate(Mbps) Burst(KB) Rate(Mbps) Burst(KB) ------------------------------------------------------------------------0 0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7 100 ETS 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Oper status is init ETS DCBX Oper status is Down Reason: Port Shutdown State Machine Type is Asymmetric Conf TLV Tx Status is enabled Reco TLV Tx Status is enabled DCBX Commands The following DCBX commands are supported on the Dell Networking OS.
Usage Information You can configure the transmission of more than one TLV type at a time; for example: advertise dcbx-tlv ets-conf ets-reco. You can enable ETS recommend TLVs (ets-reco) only if you enable ETS configuration TLVs (ets-conf). To disable TLV transmission, use the no form of the command; for example, no advertise dcbx-tlv pfc ets-reco. DCBX requires that you enable LLDP to advertise DCBX TLVs to peers. Configure DCBX operation at the INTERFACE level on a switch or globally on the switch.
NOTE: The dcbx port-role command is not supported on cascade interfaces or extended ports. dcbx version Configure the DCBX version used on the interface. C9000 Series Syntax dcbx version {auto | cee | cin | ieee-v2.5} To remove the DCBX version, use the no dcbx version command. Parameters auto | cee | cin | ieee-v2.5 Enter the DCBX version type used on the interface, where: • • • • auto: configures the port to operate using the DCBX version received from a peer.
mgmt | resource | sem | tlv} • • • • • • config-exchng: enables traces for DCBX configuration exchanges. fail: enables traces for DCBX failures. mgmt: enables traces for DCBX management frames. resource: enables traces for DCBX system resource frames. sem: enables traces for the DCBX state machine. tlv: enables traces for DCBX TLVs. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
iscsi priority-bits Configure the iSCSI priority advertised for the iSCSI protocol in application priority TLVs. C9000 Series Syntax iscsi priority-bits priority-bitmap To remove the configured iSCSI priority, use the no iscsi priority-bits command. Parameters priority-bitmap Enter the priority-bitmap range. The range is from 1 to FF. Defaults 0x10 Command Modes PROTOCOL LLDP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.16.0 Introduced on the MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module. Usage Information To clear DCBX frame counters, use the clear dcbx counters interface stack-unit/port command. To view the DCBX show output for multiple ports of a specified slot, you can specify any random number of ports separated by commas or a hyphenated range of ports.
Field Description Local DCBX Status: Protocol State Current operational state of the DCBX protocol: ACK or IN-SYNC. Peer DCBX Status: DCBX Operational Version DCBX version advertised in Control TLVs received from the peer device. Peer DCBX Highest DCBX version supported in Control TLVs received from the peer device. Status: DCBX Max Version Supported Peer DCBX Status: Sequence Number Sequence number transmitted in Control TLVs received from the peer device.
Port Role is Manual DCBX Operational Status is Disabled Reason: Port Shutdown Is Configuration Source? FALSE Local DCBX Compatibility mode is AUTO Local DCBX Configured mode is AUTO Peer Operating version is Not Detected Local DCBX TLVs Transmitted: ERPfi Total DCBX Frames transmitted 0 Total DCBX Frames received 0 Total DCBX Frame errors 0 Total DCBX Frames unrecognized 0 E-ETS Configuration TLV enabled e-ETS Configuration TLV disabled R-ETS Recommendation TLV enabled r-ETS Recommendation TLV disabled P-PF
To display the PFC and ETS settings in DCB maps, enter the show qos dcb-map command. Use the dcb-map command to create a DCB map to specify PFC and ETS settings and apply it on Ethernet ports. After you apply a DCB map to an interface, the PFC and ETS settings in the map are applied when the Ethernet port is enabled. DCBx is enabled on Ethernet ports by default. The dcb-map command is supported only on physical Ethernet interfaces.
Parameters priority-group group-num bandwidth percentage Enter the keyword bandwidth followed by a bandwidth percentage allocated to the priority group. The range of valid values is 1 to 100. The sum of all allocated bandwidth percentages in priority groups in a DCB map must be 100%. strict-priority Configure the priority-group traffic to be handled with strict priority scheduling. Strictpriority traffic is serviced first, before bandwidth allocated to other priority groups is made available.
Parameters dcb-map-name Defaults None Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Enter the name of the DCB map. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.7(0.1) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON.. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S4810 and S6000 platforms. Usage Information The dcb-map stack-unit all stack-ports all command overwrites any previous DCB maps applied to stack ports.
Example Dell(conf)#dcb pfc-shared-buffer-size 5000 dcb-buffer-threshold Configure the profile name for the DCB buffer threshold. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters dcb buffer—threshold profile-name profile-name Enter the name of the profile, which can be a string of up to 32 characters in length. Default None Command Modes CONFIGURATION mode Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.7(0.1) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.
size Weightage of the priorities on the shared buffer size in the system. Enter a number in the range of 0 to 9. The default shared threshold weight is 10. Default The default size of the ingress buffer is 45 KB. The default buffer limit at which the port sends the pause to peer and recommences the sending of packets to the peer is 10 KB. The default threshold weight of the shared buffer space is 10. Command Modes DCB-BUFFER-THRESHOLD mode Command History Version Description 9.9(0.
size Size of the ingress buffer in KB. Enter a number in the range of 0 to 7787. The default is 45 KB. pause-threshold Buffer limit for pause frames to be sent threshold-value Buffer limit at which the port sends the pause to peer in KB. Enter a number in the range of 0 to 7787. The default is 10 KB. resume-offset Buffer offset limit for resuming in KB threshold-value Buffer offset limit at which the port resumes the peer in KB. Enter a number in the range of 1 to 7787. The default is 10 KB.
dcb-policy buffer-threshold (Interface Configuration) Assign the DCB policy to the DCB buffer threshold profile on interfaces. This setting takes precedence over the global buffer-threshold setting. C9000 Series Syntax dcb-policy buffer-threshold profile-name Parameters buffer-threshold Configure the profile name for the DCB buffer threshold profile-name Enter the name of the profile, which can be a string of up to 32 characters in length.
Version Description 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S6000 platform.
Version Description 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S6000 platform. Usage Information When you enter the instance all option, show hardware stack-unit unit-number bufferstats-snapshot unit 0 resource X output for all available instances on the history collection is displayed. When you enter the instance id option, show hardware stack-unit unit-number bufferstats-snapshot unit 0 resource X for specified instance alone is displayed.
UCAST UCAST UCAST UCAST UCAST UCAST UCAST UCAST UCAST MCAST MCAST MCAST MCAST MCAST MCAST MCAST MCAST MCAST 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Stack-unit: 0 unit: 0 port: 5 (interface Fo 0/4) --------------------------------------PG# SHARED CELLS HEADROOM CELLS --------------------------------------0 0 0 1 0 0 2 0 0 3 0 0 4 0 0 5 0 0 6 0 0 7 0 0 --------------------------------------Q# TYPE Q# TOTAL BUFFERED CELLS --------------------------------------UCAST 0 0 UCAS
--------------------------------------UCAST 0 0 UCAST 1 0 UCAST 2 0 UCAST 3 0 UCAST 4 0 UCAST 5 0 UCAST 6 0 UCAST 7 0 UCAST 8 0 UCAST 9 0 UCAST 10 0 UCAST 11 1 MCAST 0 0 MCAST 1 0 MCAST 2 0 MCAST 3 0 MCAST 4 0 MCAST 5 0 MCAST 6 0 MCAST 7 0 MCAST 8 0 Example: Number of instances If only two instances are available when the show command is issued, only two instances are displayed in the summary output.
MCAST MCAST MCAST MCAST MCAST MCAST MCAST MCAST MCAST Dell# 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 To examine the port that is congested and monitor all multicast queues on that port: Dell#show hardware stack-unit 0 buffer-stats-snapshot unit 0 resource port 1 queue mcast all Stack-unit: 0 unit: 0 port: 1 (interface Fo 0/0) --------------------------------------Q# TYPE Q# TOTAL BUFFERED CELLS --------------------------------------MCAST 0 0 MCAST 1 0 MCAST 2 0 MCAST 3 0 MCAST 4 0 MCAST 5 0 MCAST 6 0 MCAST 7
7 Dell# 0 0 To determine the specific priority group, unicast or multicast queue that is congested and monitor that queue separately: Dell#show hardware stack-unit 0 buffer-stats-snapshot unit 0 resource port 1 prio 6 Stack-unit: 0 unit: 0 port: 1 (interface Fo 0/0) --------------------------------------PG# SHARED CELLS HEADROOM CELLS --------------------------------------6 0 0 Example: Headroom Cells Dell#show hardware stack-unit 0 buffer-stats-snapshot unit 0 resource all Stack-unit: 0 unit: 0 port: 1
--------------------------------------UCAST 0 0 UCAST 1 0 UCAST 2 0 UCAST 3 0 UCAST 4 0 UCAST 5 0 UCAST 6 0 UCAST 7 0 UCAST 8 0 UCAST 9 0 UCAST 10 0 UCAST 11 0 MCAST 0 0 MCAST 1 0 MCAST 2 0 MCAST 3 0 MCAST 4 0 MCAST 5 0 MCAST 6 0 MCAST 7 0 MCAST 8 0 <… snip …> Stack-unit: 0 unit: 0 port: 104 (interface Te 0/124) --------------------------------------PG# SHARED CELLS HEADROOM CELLS --------------------------------------0 0 0 1 0 0 2 0 0 3 0 0 4 0 0 5 0 0 6 0 0 7 0 0 --------------------------------------Q# T
Parameters KB Enter a number in the range of 0 to 7787. Default The default is 1 KB for S6000 platforms. Command Modes CONFIGURATION mode Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S6000 platform. Usage Information Configure the maximum buffer available for PFC traffic. You can choose to increase or decrease the buffer size that is currently allocated in the system by default.
Field Description Priority The priority of the queue for which the buffer space settings apply buffer-size Ingress buffer size pause-thresholdvalue Buffer limit at which the port sends the pause to peer in KB. resume-threshold- Buffer offset limit at which the port resumes the peer in KB.
2 3 4 5 6 7 - Yes 20 Yes 52 25 15 Yes 45 25 No No No Denotes dynamic buffering is enabled in respective queues 9 0 5 - On interface on which PFC is enabled: Show interface tengigabitethernet 1/1/1 pfc buffer-threshold -------------------------------------------------------------------------Queue# Lossless Buffer-size Pause-threshold Resume-offset Shared threshold (KB) (KB) (KB) weight --------------------------------------------------------------------------0 No 1 No 2 Yes 20 9 3 Yes 52 25 15 0 4 Yes 45
Usage Information You can configure up to a maximum of four lossless (PFC) queues. By configuring four lossless queues, you can configure four different priorities and assign a particular priority to each application that your network is used to process. For example, you can assign a higher priority for time-sensitive applications and a lower priority for other services, such as file transfers.
12 Debugging and Diagnostics Use the debugging and diagnostics commands described in this chapter to troubleshoot switch operation. This chapter contains the following sections: • • Offline Diagnostic Commands Hardware Commands Topics: • • Offline Diagnostic Commands Hardware Commands Offline Diagnostic Commands Use the offline diagnostics test suite to isolate faults and debug switch hardware. While tests are running, the system results are saved as a text file in the flash directory: TestReport-N.
level0 Enter the keyword level0 to run Level 0 diagnostics. Level 0 diagnostics check for the presence of various components and perform essential path verifications. In addition, they verify the identification registers of the components on the board. level1 Enter the keyword Level1 to run Level 1 diagnostics. Level 1 diagnostics is a smaller set of diagnostic tests with support for automatic partitioning.
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010 and C1048P. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced the verbose option. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. offline system— bring a switch offline to run diagnostic tests.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Added a warning message to the off-line diagnostic.
testcase Enter the keyword testcase to display the diag testcases available for CP, PE, or the Linecard. Defaults View a summary of the offline diagnostic test results that ran on all CPUs (Control Processor, Route Processor, line cards, and Port Extenders). Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Available free memory: 1,705,611,264 bytes LEVEL 0 DIAGNOSTIC Starting test: bcm56854AccessTest ...... + Access Test for unit 0 : PASSED bcm56854AccessTest .......................................... PASS biosVerGetTest .............................................. PASS boardRevisionTest ........................................... PASS cpldAccessTest .............................................. PASS Starting test: CpuGbeLinkStatusTest ......
temperature monitor 6: current= 55.8, peak= 57.4 temperature monitor 7: current= 56.3, peak= 58.5 temperature monitor 8: current= 56.3, peak= 58.5 average current temperature is 54.1 maximum peak temperature is 58.5 spiFlashAccessTest .......................................... Starting test: udfLinkStatus ...... ERROR: Unit 0 xe port 25 is DOWN udfLinkStatus ............................................... xeLinkSpeedTest ............................................. Starting test: xeLinkStatusTest ......
poepLoad: poeUARTStress: powerRailStatus: psuEepromAccess: psuEepromRW: psuEpsLEDStatus: psuEpsPresence: psuEpsStatusMonitor: psuFanAirFlowType: psuFanStatus: psuInputType: psuLEDStatus: psuStatusMonitor: psuTemp: rtcBattery: rtcFunctional: rtcPresence: rtcRollover: rtcRW: sevendigitStackLED: sfpPlusEepromAccess: sfpPlusEepromRW: sfpPlusPhyExtLink: sfpPlusPhyExtSpeed: sfpPlusPhyRW: sfpPlusPortLED: sfpPlusPresence: snakeOneGMac: snakeOneGPhy: snakeSfpPlusMac: snakeSfpPlusPhy: snakeStackMac: snakeStackPhy: st
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010 and C1048P. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced the verbose option. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Usage Information Use the show diag information command to view the progress of offline diagnostics in the system.
stack-unit Member 5: Not present. stack-unit Member 6: Not present. stack-unit Member 7: Not present. ------------------------------------------------------------------- show diag testcase Display the offline diagnostic tests available for the CPUs at each level.
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced the verbose option. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Usage Information Offline diagnostics tests are grouped into three levels: • • • Example Level 0 — Level 0 diagnostics check for the presence of various components and perform essential path verifications.
fePortLED: flashAccess: flashRW: gpioAccess: hotswapControllerAccess: i2cScan: i2cTool: InterruptStatus: ixiaSnake: macAccess: oneGAccess: oneGPhyExtLink: oneGPhyExtSpeed: oneGPhyRW: poeControllerPresence: poeControllerRW: poedetails: poeManagerPresence: poeManagerTemp: poeManagerVolt: poepLED: poepLoad: poeUARTStress: powerRailStatus: psuEepromAccess: psuEepromRW: psuEpsLEDStatus: psuEpsPresence: psuEpsStatusMonitor: psuFanAirFlowType: psuFanStatus: psuInputType: psuLEDStatus: psuStatusMonitor: psuTemp: rt
-----------------------------------------boardRevision: ALL RUN cpldAccess: ALL RUN cpuSnakeStackExt: ALL RUN cpuType: ALL RUN deviceShutPhy: ALL RUN deviceShutPoe: ALL RUN fanControllerSpeedGet: ALL RUN fanStatusLED: ALL RUN fanStatusMonitor: ALL RUN fePortLED: ALL RUN flashAccess: ALL RUN flashRW: ALL RUN gpioAccess: ALL RUN hotswapControllerAccess: ALL RUN i2cScan: ALL RUN i2cTool: ALL RUN InterruptStatus: ALL RUN ixiaSnake: ALL RUN macAccess: ALL RUN oneGAccess: ALL RUN oneGPhyExtLink: ALL RUN oneGPhyEx
tsensorAccess: usbAccess: usbPowerEnable: usbRW: usbStatus: watchdogTimer: ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL RUN RUN RUN RUN RUN RUN YES YES YES NO YES NO NO NO NO YES NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO YES Hardware Commands The hardware commands supported on the switch allow you to display information from a hardware sub-component or ASIC. clear control-traffic Clear control-traffic statistics from the CPU.
unit} | rp {cpu {data-plane | i2c | sata-interface} statistics} | sfm sfm-unitnum {counters}} Parameters cp Enter the keywords cp with a command option to clear the hardware statistics for the Control Processor. The command options are: • • • cp-switch Enter the keyword cp-switch with a command option to clear the hardware statistics for control-plane and protocol control traffic. The command options are: • linecard slot-id • • counters: Clears traffic counters on line-card ports.
Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
Related Commands Version Description 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. show hardware — displays the data plane or management plane input and output statistics for a specified hardware component. remote-exec Debug and troubleshoot switch hardware using remote commands. NOTE: Use the remote-exec command only with the guidance of an engineer from Dell Networking Technical Support.
show hardware Display input and output traffic statistics and other operational information about a specified hardware component.
• • • • • • • • • • buffer total-buffer: Displays the total number of buffers allocated for a specified line card. buffer unit unit-num port statistics: Displays the number of buffers allocated for a specified NPU. The range of port-pipe unit numbers is 0–3. buffer unit unit-num total-buffer : Displays the number of buffers allocated for a specified NPU. The range of NPU numbers is 0–3.
rp Enter the keyword rp with a command option to display hardware statistics from the Route Processor. The command options are: • • • • cpu data-plane statistics: Displays data-plane statistics, including the HiGig port statistics with input/output counters to which the stacking module is connected. cpu i2c statistics: Displays active i2c-address statistics. cpu management statistics: Displays management port counters. cpu sata-interface statistics: Displays sata-interface error counterstatistics.
Version Description added: drops [unit 0-1 [port 0-27]] and unit 0-1 {counters | details | port-stats [detail] | register} 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
tx_cols = 0 tx_single_cols = 0 tx_multi_cols = 0 tx_late_cols = 0 tx_excess_cols = 0 tx_deferred = 0 tx_discarded = 0 Party Bus Receive Counters for port 0: Rx Octets = 219885483 Rx Undersize Packets = 0 Rx Oversize Packets = 0 Rx Pause Packets = 0 Rx 64 Octet Packets = 115814 Rx 65to127octets Packets = 13278 Rx 128to255octets Packets = 523 Rx 256to511octets Packets = 3382 Rx 512to1023octets Packets = 2530 Rx 1024toMaxoctets Packets = 141767 Rx Jabbers = 0 Rx align errors = 0 Rx fcs errors = 0 Rx good octet
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 24 28 32 36 40 44 Internal Internal Internal Internal Internal Internal Internal Internal Internal Internal Internal Internal Example (Linecard Unit Port: Drops) 25 29 33 37 41 45 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Dell#show hardwar
HOL DROPS on COS14 HOL DROPS on COS15 HOL DROPS on COS16 HOL DROPS on COS17 HOL DROPS on COS18 HOL DROPS on COS19 HOL DROPS on COS20 TxPurge CellErr Aged Drops --- Egress MAC counters--Egress FCS Drops --- Egress FORWARD PROCESSOR IPv4 L3UC Aged & Drops TTL Threshold Drops INVALID VLAN CNTR Drops L2MC Drops PKT Drops of ANY Conditions Hg MacUnderflow TX Err PKT Counter --- Error counters--Internal Mac Transmit Errors Unknown Opcodes Internal Mac Receive Errors Example (Linecard Unit: Port-Stats) Example (L
0x0400014b 0x0400014c 0x0400014d 0x0400014e 0x0400014f 0x04000150 0x04000151 0x04000106 0x04000108 0x0400010a 0x04000140 0x04000142 0x04000143 0x0400010c 0x04000144 0x04000145 0x04000147 0x04000146 0x04000149 0x04000148 0x04000100 0x04000101 0x04000103 0x04000102 0x04000105 0x04000104 0x04000174 0x77000000 0x77010000 0x16004a00 0x16004b00 0x16004c00 0x16005300 0x0a009900 0x16004900 0x26001500 0x26001600 0x26001000 0x26001100 0x32000900 0x32000800 0x32000700 0x56002000 0x56002001 0x56002002 0x56002003 0x5600
0x02001a00 CELL_ASM_0_CONTROL.pgw_cl6 = 0x0000000000000000 0x02001a00 CELL_ASM_0_CONTROL.pgw_cl7 = 0x0000000000000000 0x02004500 CELL_ASM_CUT_THRU_THRESHOLD.pgw_cl0 = 0x00000000000318c6 0x02004500 CELL_ASM_CUT_THRU_THRESHOLD.pgw_cl1 = 0x00000000000318c6 0x02004500 CELL_ASM_CUT_THRU_THRESHOLD.pgw_cl2 = 0x00000000000318c6 0x02004500 CELL_ASM_CUT_THRU_THRESHOLD.pgw_cl3 = 0x00000000000318c6 0x02004500 CELL_ASM_CUT_THRU_THRESHOLD.pgw_cl4 = 0x00000000000318c6 0x02004500 CELL_ASM_CUT_THRU_THRESHOLD.
The total no of CSF Devices in the Card is 0 The number of ports in device 0 is - 18 The number of Hg ports in devices 0 is - 12 The CPU Port of the device is 0 The starting unit no the SWF in the device is 0 ****************************************************** bcmLinkMonStatusShow: The Current Link Status Is Front End Link Status 0x00080800 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000 Front End Port Presence 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000 Backplane Link Status
The tm-tp for Index 9 is The tm-tp for Index 10 is The tm-tp for Index 11 is : : : -1 | -1 -1 | -1 -1 | -1 ************************************************* ModPort Table for Device - 0 For Destination Mod Id 0 Destination Port is 50 For Destination Mod Id 1 Destination Port is 50 For Destination Mod Id 2 Destination Port is 50 For Destination Mod Id 3 Destination Port is 50 For Destination Mod Id 4 Destination Port is 50 For Destination Mod Id 5 Destination Port is 50 For Destination Mod Id 6 Destinati
NpuId/PortId Example (Linecard: Backplane-link Status) Example (Linecard Unit Port: HiGig Port Statistics) Example (Port Extender Statistics) 580 0/49 1/49 2/49 Dell#show hardware linecard 0 bp-link-state Total valid Links - 39 Valid Link bmp - 0xfc0003f0-000fc000-3f0000fc-0003f000-00380000 Valid Link bmp State - 0xf40003f0-000fc000-3d0000fc-0003f000-00380000 Dell#show hardware linecard 0 hg-stats unit 1 port 50 Higig Port Statistics: HiGigabitEthernet 0/1/50, Input Statistics: 0 packets, 0 by
txPkt(COS3 ) txPkt(COS4 ) txPkt(COS5 ) txPkt(COS6 ) txPkt(COS7 ) txPkt(COS8 ) txPkt(COS9 ) txPkt(COS10) txPkt(COS11) txPkt(UNIT0) :0 :0 :0 :0 :0 :0 :0 :0 :0 :0 Dell>show hardware pe 0 stack-unit 0 drops user-port 1 Dell#sho hardware pe 255 stack-unit 3 drops user-port 47 Drops in Interface PeGi 255/3/47: --- Ingress Drops --Ingress Drops : 13049 IBP CBP Full Drops : 0 PortSTPnotFwd Drops : 13049 IPv4 L3 Discards : 0 Policy Discards : 0 Packets dropped by FP : 0 (L2+L3) Drops : 0 Port bitmap zero Drops : 1
• • • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE. For a port extender (PE) Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword peGigabitEthernet then the pe-id, stack-unit unit number, and port-id. The pe-id range is 0–255; the stack unit number range is 0–7; and the port-ID range is 0 –47. For a port extender 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword peTenGigE then the pe-id / stack-unit / port-id information.
----- Buffer Stats for Interface PeGi 10/1/1 Queue Maximum Shared Limit: 4637 Default Packet Buffer allocate for the Queue: 8 Used Packet Buffer: 0 ----- Buffer Stats for Interface PeGi 10/1/1 Queue Maximum Shared Limit: 4637 Default Packet Buffer allocate for the Queue: 8 Used Packet Buffer: 0 ----- Buffer Stats for Interface PeGi 10/1/1 Queue Maximum Shared Limit: 4637 Default Packet Buffer allocate for the Queue: 8 Used Packet Buffer: 0 ----- Buffer Stats for Interface PeGi 10/1/1 Queue Maximum Shared Li
port-set port-pipe Enter the keywords port-set port-pipe parameters to specify a port pipe (set of ports) on a line card. The range of port-pipe numbers is 0. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.
MASK=0x00000001 IpType Offset: 192 Width: 4 DATA=0x00000000 MASK=0x0000000e L3Routable Offset: 156 Width: 1 DATA=0x00000001 MASK=0x00000001 OutPort Offset: 185 Width: 7 DATA=0x00000005 MASK=0x0000007f action={act=Drop, param0=0(0), param1=0(0), param2=0(0), param3=0(0)} policer= statistics={stat id 111 slice = 2 idx=4 entries=1}{Packets} Example Dell#show hardware ip in-acl pe 1 stack-unit 0 port-set 0 EID 0x00000fff: gid=0x1, slice=0, slice_idx=0, part =0 prio=0xfff, flags=0x10602, Installed, Enabled tcam
Offset: 71 Width: 2 DATA=0x00000001 MASK=0x00000001 action={act=CopyToCpuCancel, param0=0(0), param1=0(0), param2=0(0), param3=0(0)} action={act=EtagNew, param0=327687(0x50007), param1=0(0), param2=0(0), param3=0(0)} policer= statistics={stat id 167 slice = 6 idx=0 entries=1}{Packets} show hardware ipv6 Display information about IPv6 ACLs used on a line card and port pipe.
L3Routable Offset: 166 Width: 1 DATA=0x00000001 MASK=0x00000001 OutPort Offset: 195 Width: 7 DATA=0x00000001 MASK=0x0000007f action={act=Drop, param0=0(0), param1=0(0), param2=0(0), param3=0(0)} policer= statistics=NULL EID 0x0000130d: gid=0xd, slice=0, slice_idx=0x1, part =0 prio=0x130d, flags=0x10202, Installed, Enabled tcam: color_indep=0, StageEgress slice=1, slice_idx=0x1, part =1 prio=0x130d, flags=0x10204, Installed, Enabled tcam: color_indep=0, IpType Offset: 208 Width: 5 DATA=0x00000004 MASK=0x0000
counters Enter the keyword counters to display counter statistics. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
action={act=DropCancel, param0=0(0), param1=0(0), param2=0(0), param3=0(0)} policer= statistics=NULL show hardware system-flow This command displays hardware system-flow information. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show hardware system-flow {cp-switch | linecard slot-id port-set port number | pe pe-id stack-unit unit–number port-set port-pipe-id } counters cp-switch Enter the keyword cp-switch to display the counters for control traffic on the control plane.
DstIp Offset: 105 Width: 32 DATA=0x7f080141 MASK=0xffffffff OuterVlanId Offset: 8 Width: 12 DATA=0x00000ffc MASK=0x00000fff action={act=CosQNew, param0=8(0x8), param1=0(0), param2=0(0), param3=0(0)} action={act=RedirectPort, param0=4(0x4), param1=0(0), param2=0(0), param3=0(0)} policer= statistics={stat id 58 slice = 0 idx=15 entries=1}{Packets} ######### FP Entry for IPC traffic destined to stack_unit 5 PE CPU####### EID 0x000003fa: gid=0xd, slice=11, slice_idx=0x6, part =0 prio=0x3fa, flags=0x10602, Insta
EID 0x000003f8: gid=0xd, slice=11, slice_idx=0x8, part =0 prio=0x3f8, flags=0x10602, Installed, Enabled tcam: color_indep=1024, Stage InPorts DATA=0x0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000c000000000000 MASK=0x0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000dffffffffffff HiGig Offset: 320 Width: 1 DATA=0x00000000 MASK=0x00000001 DstIp Offset: 105 Width: 32 DATA=0x7f080171 MASK=0xffffffff OuterVlanId Offset: 8 Width: 12 DATA=0x00000ffc MASK=0x00000fff action={act=CosQNew, param0=8(0x8), param1=0(0), para
• • • • flash://filepath ftp://userid:password@hostip/filepath scp://userid:password@hostip/filepath tftp://hostip/filepath Defaults TCP dumps are disabled. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.
13 Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) Dynamic host configuration protocol (DHCP) is an application layer protocol that dynamically assigns IP addresses and other configuration parameters to network end-stations (hosts) based on the configuration policies the network administrators determine.
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820t. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Usage Information Entering after the clear ip dhcp binding command clears all the IPs from the binding table. debug ip dhcp client events Activate the debugging and display of log messages on DHCP client interfaces for IP address acquisition, IP address release, and IP address and lease time renewal.
Jan 7 01:38:41: %SYSTEM:CP %DHCLIENT-5-DHCLIENT-LOG: DHCLIENT_DBG_EVT: Interface Fo 2/0 :Transitioned to state START Jan 7 01:38:41: %SYSTEM:CP %DHCLIENT-5-DHCLIENT-LOG: DHCLIENT_DBG_EVT: Interface Fo 2/0 :DHCP DISABLE CMD Received in state BOUND Jan 7 01:38:07: %SYSTEM:CP %DHCLIENT-5-DHCLIENT-LOG: DHCLIENT_DBG_EVT: Interface Fo 2/0 :DHCP ENABLE CMD Received in state START Message BOOTREPLY DHCPOFFER DHCPACK DHCPNAK Sent 0 10 16 0 debug ip dhcp client packets Activate the debugging and display of log mess
RELEASE sent in Interface Fo 2/0 Jan 7 01:41:39: %SYSTEM:CP %DHCLIENT-5-DHCLIENT-LOG: DHCLIENT_DBG_PKT: Received DHCPACK packet in InterfaceFo 2/0 with Lease-IP:100.1.1.253, Mask:255.255.255.0, Server-Id:100.1.1.2 Jan 7 01:41:39: %SYSTEM:CP %DHCLIENT-5-DHCLIENT-LOG: DHCLIENT_DBG_PKT: DHCP REQUEST sent in Interface Fo 2/0 Jan 7 01:41:36: %SYSTEM:CP %DHCLIENT-5-DHCLIENT-LOG: DHCLIENT_DBG_PKT: Received DHCPOFFER packet in Interface Fo 2/0 with Lease-Ip:100.1.1.253, Mask:255.255.255.0,Server-Id:100.1.1.
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. disable Disable the DHCP server. C9000 Series Syntax disable DHCP Server is disabled by default. To enable the system to be a DHCP server, use the no disable command.
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. domain-name Assign a domain to clients based on the address pool. C9000 Series Syntax domain-name name Parameters name Give a name to the group of addresses in a pool.
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. hardware-address For manual configurations, specify the client hardware address.
Version Description 9.14.1.3 This command replaces host command. Introduced on S3048–ON, S4048–ON, S4048T-ON, S6000–ON, S6010–ON, S6100–ON, Z9100–ON, S3100, S6000, S4810, S4820T, S5048F-ON, MXL, FN-IOM, and C9010. Usage Information When you upgrade the Dell EMC Networking OS from an earlier version to 9.14.1.3 or later, the system converts the DHCP CONFIGURATION host command in the running configuration to the host-address command. If you downgrade the Dell EMC Networking OS from version 9.14.1.
ip address dhcp relay information-option Include the relay-information option (option 82) in DHCP packets sent by the client. Some DHCP servers can be configured to allocate IP addresses based on option 82. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters ip address dhcp relay information-option [remote-id [hostname | mac | remoteid] remote-id Set the hostname as the remote ID in Option 82. hostname remote-id remote- Enter the name to be used as the remote ID in Option 82; maximum: 64 characters.
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Usage Information Use this command to include the vendor-class identifier (option 60) in DHCP packets sent by the client. This option is used by DHCP clients to identify the vendor type and configuration of a DHCP client. The vendor-class identifier includes hardware-related information that identifies the switch and includes a user-configurable text string .
Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2.(0.0) Introduced on the S4810 and S4820T. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series.
Usage Information You can add multiple DHCP servers by entering the ip helper-address command multiple times. If multiple servers are defined, an incoming request is sent simultaneously to all configured servers and the reply is forwarded to the DHCP client. The system uses standard DHCP ports, that is UDP ports 67 (server) and 68 (client) for DHCP relay services.
minutes Enter the number of minutes of the lease. The range is from 0 to 59. infinite Specify that the lease never expires. Defaults 24 hours Command Modes DHCP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Inroduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.
netbios-node-type Specify the NetBIOS node type for a Microsoft DHCP client. Dell Networking recommends specifying clients as hybrid. C9000 Series Syntax netbios-node-type type Parameters type Enter the NETBIOS node type: • • • • Broadcast: Enter the keyword b-node. Hybrid: Enter the keyword h-node. Mixed: Enter the keyword m-node. Peer-to-peer: Enter the keyword p-node. Defaults Hybrid Command Modes DHCP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. pool Create an address pool. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters pool name name Enter the address pool’s identifying name. Defaults none Command Modes DHCP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Example Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Dell# show ip dhcp client statistics interface fortyGigE 2/0 Interface Name Fo 2/0 Message Received DHCPOFFER 9 DHCPACK 9 DHCPNAK 0 Message Sent DHCPDISCOVER 53 DHCPREQUEST 9 DHCPDECLINE 0 DHCPRELEASE 6 DHCPREBIND 0 DHCPRENEW 0 DHCPINFORM 0 show ip dhcp configuration Display the DHCP configuration.
Pool Type Domain Name Lease Time DNS Servers Default Routers Network : : : : : : Dynamic dell.com 2Days 0Hrs 0Mins 10.11.0.1 1.1.1.1 1.1.1.0 255.255.255.0 show ip dhcp conflict Display the address conflict log. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show ip dhcp conflict address address Display a particular conflict log entry. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. show ip dhcp server statistics Display statistical information about a DHCP server. C9000 Series Syntax show ip dhcp server statistics Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Example 610 Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
Configure Secure DHCP and DHCP Relay DHCP, as defined by RFC 2131, provides no authentication or security mechanisms. Secure DHCP is a suite of features that protects networks that use dynamic address allocation from spoofing and attacks, including using the switch as a DHCP relay agent. arp inspection Enable dynamic arp inspection (DAI) on a VLAN. C9000 Series Syntax arp inspection Defaults Disabled Command Modes INTERFACE VLAN Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. arp inspection — enables dynamic ARP inspection on a VLAN. clear ip dhcp snooping Clear the DHCP binding table. C9000 Series Syntax clear ip dhcp snooping binding Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4.(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
Related Commands Version Description 9.14(1.0) Introduced on the C9010, MXL, FN IOM, S3100 series, S4810, S4820T, S3048–ON, S4048–ON, S4048T-ON, S5048F-ON, S6000, S6000–ON, S6010–ON, S6100–ON, and Z9100–ON. • ipv6 dhcp relay source-interface— Configure DHCP relay source IPv6 interface. ipv6 dhcp relay source-interface Configure DHCP relay source IPv6 interface.
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2.(0.0) Introduced on the S4810 and S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 8.2.1.
Version Description 9.13(0.0) Enhanced the command to map multiple IP addresses to one MAC address. Enhanced to support DHCP snooping in a VLT setup. 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.
Version Description 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. ip dhcp snooping database renew Renew the binding table. C9000 Series Syntax ip dhcp snooping database renew Defaults none Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. EXEC EXEC Privilege The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Version Description 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. ip dhcp snooping verify mac-address Validate a DHCP packet’s source hardware address against the client hardware address field (CHADDR) in the payload. C9000 Series Syntax [no] ip dhcp snooping verify mac-address Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Version Description 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Usage Information When enabled, the system begins creating entries in the binding table for the specified VLANs. NOTE: Learning only happens if there is a trusted port in the VLAN. Related Commands ip dhcp snooping trust — configures an interface as trusted. ip dhcp source-address-validation Enable the IP Source Guard.
Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.
Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. clear ip dhcp snooping — clears the contents of the DHCP binding table.
14 Equal Cost Multi-Path (ECMP) ecmp-group Provides a mechanism to monitor traffic distribution on an ECMP link bundle. A system log is generated when the standard deviation of traffic distribution on a member link exceeds a defined threshold. C9000 Series Syntax ecmp-group {ecmp-group-id interface interface | link-bundle-monitor} To remove the selected interface, use the ecmp-group no interface command. To disable link bundle monitoring, use the ecmp-group no link-bundle-monitor command.
hash-algorithm ecmp Changes the hash algorithm used to distribute traffic flows across an ECMP.
xor2 | xor4 | xor8 | • xor16} • • • • • • seed seed-value crc32MSB: Use CRC32_UPPER — MSB 16 bits of computed CRC32 crc32LSB: Use CRC32_LOWER — LSB 16 bits of computed CRC32 xor1: Use CRC16_BISYNC_AND_XOR1 — Upper 8 bits of CRC16-BISYNC and lower 8 bits of xor1 xor2: Use CRC16_BISYNC_AND_XOR2 — Upper 8 bits of CRC16-BISYNC and lower 8 bits of xor2 xor4: Use CRC16_BISYNC_AND_XOR4 — Upper 8 bits of CRC16-BISYNC and lower 8 bits of xor4 xor8: Use CRC16_BISYNC_AND_XOR8 — Upper 8 bits of CRC16-BISYNC and lower
• hash-algorithm linecard 2 ip-sa-mask 00 ip-da-mask aa The different hash algorithms are based on the number of Port Channel members and packet values. The default hash algorithm (number 0) yields the most balanced results in various test scenarios, but if the default algorithm does not provide a satisfactory distribution of traffic, use the hash-algorithm command to designate another algorithm.
hash-algorithm hg-seed Select the seed value used in HiGig hashing. C9000 Series Syntax [no] hash-algorithm hg-seed number [linecard slot-id port-set port-pipe] Parameters hg-seed number Enter the keywords hg-seed then the hash algorithm seed value. The range is from 0 to 2147483646. linecard slot-id (Optional) Enter the line-card slot ID and port-pipe number for the set of ports for which port-set port-pipe you configure HiGig hashing. The range of slot IDs is 0 to 11.
Version Description 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information Deterministic ECMP sorts ECMPs in order even though RTM provides them in a random order. However, the hash algorithm uses as a seed the lower 12 bits of the chassis MAC, which yields a different hash result for every chassis. This behavior means that for a given flow, even though the prefixes are sorted, two unrelated chassis select different hops.
ip ecmp weighted Enables weighted ECMP calculations. C9000 Series Syntax ip ecmp weighted To disable weighted ECMP calculations, enter the no ip ecmp weighted command. Defaults N/A Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S-Series. Usage Information Enabling this CLI would inform the FIB to re-program the destination prefix paths with weights in the HW/CAM on the fly.
Version Description 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. link-bundle-monitor enable Provides a mechanism to enable monitoring of traffic distribution on an ECMP link or LAG bundle. C9000 Series Syntax link-bundle-monitor enable To exit from ECMP group mode or Port- Channel mode, use the exit command. Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Related Commands show running-config ecmp-group — displays interfaces, LAG, or LAG link bundles being monitored for uneven traffic distribution. show link-bundle distribution Display the link-bundle distribution for the interfaces in the bundle, type of bundle (LAG or ECMP), and the most recently calculated interface utilization (either bytes per second rate or maximum rate) for each interface.
15 FCoE Transit To enable the FCoE Transit feature and configure FIP snooping, use the following Dell Networking Operating System commands on the C9000 platform. In a converged Ethernet network, a switch can operate as an intermediate Ethernet bridge to snoop on FIP packets during the login process on Fibre Channel over Ethernet (FCoE) forwarders (FCFs).
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. clear fip-snooping statistics Clears the statistics on the FIP packets snooped on all VLANs, a specified VLAN, or a specified port interface. C9000 Series Syntax clear fip-snooping statistics [interface vlan vlan-id | interface port-type port/slot | interface port-channel port-channel-number] Parameters vlan-id Enter the VLAN ID of the FIP packet statistics to be cleared.
tx Enter the keyword tx for packet transmit-specific debugging. rx Enter the keyword rx for packet receive-specific debugging. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.x.x.x Introduced on the C9000 Series. 9.2(0.2) Added the tx parameter.
Version Description 9.2(0.2) Introduced on the S4810 and S4820T. Added the receive parameters packet-type and interfaces and their options. feature fip-snooping Enable FCoE transit and FIP snooping on a switch. C9000 Series Syntax feature fip-snooping To disable the FCoE transit feature, use the no feature fip-snooping command. Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
fip-snooping fc-map Configure the FC-MAP value FIP snooping uses on all VLANs. C9000 Series Syntax fip-snooping fc-map fc-map-value To return the configured FM-MAP value to the default value, use the no fip-snooping fc-map command. Parameters fc-map-value Enter the FC-MAP value FIP snooping uses. The range is from 0EFC00 to 0EFCFF. Defaults 0x0EFC00 Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific.
fip-snooping port-mode fcf Configure the port for bridge-to-FCF links. C9000 Series Syntax fip-snooping port-mode fcf To disable the bridge-to-FCF link on a port, use the no fip-snooping port-mode fcf command. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.
show fip-snooping config Display the FIP snooping status and configured FC-MAP values. C9000 Series Syntax show fip-snooping config Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. EXEC EXEC Privilege The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 8.3.19.
Usage Information The following describes the show fip-snooping enode command shown in the following example. Field Description ENode MAC MAC address of the ENode. ENode Interface Slot/ port number of the interface connected to the ENode. FCF MAC MAC address of the FCF. VLAN VLAN ID number the session uses. FC-ID Fibre Channel session ID the FCF assigns.
Example Dell# show fip-snooping fcf FCF MAC FCF Interface VLAN FC-MAP FKA_ADV_PERIOD No.
aa:bb:ce:00:00:00 Te 2/0 aa:bb:cf:00:00:00 Te 10/1 2 0e:fc:00:01:00:03 01:00:03 31:00:0e:fc:00:00:00:02 21:00:0e:fc:00:00:00:02 Dell# show fip-snooping sessions Enode MAC Enode Intf FCF MAC FCF Intf VLAN FCoE MAC FC-ID Port WWPN Port WWNN ---------------------------------------------00:00:c9:f1:e1:37 Te 0/28 54:7f:ee:34:77:4e Te 1/47 111 0e:fc:00:b5:00:07 b5:00:07 10:00:00:00:c9:f1:e1:37 20:00:00:00:c9:f1:e1:37 00:c0:dd:12:c0:05 Te 1/26 54:7f:ee:34:77:4e Te 1/47 111 0e:fc:00:b5:00:75 b5:00:75 21:00:00:c0:dd
Field Description Number of FDISC Number of FIP-snoop FDISC request frames received on the interface. Number of FLOGO Number of FIP-snoop FLOGO frames received on the interface Number of ENode Keep Alives Number of FIP-snoop ENode keep-alive frames received on the interface.
Number of FLOGO Rejects :0 Number of CVL :0 Number of FCF Discovery Timeouts :0 Number of VN Port Session Timeouts :0 Number of Session failures due to Hardware Config :0 Dell(conf)# Dell# show fip-snooping statistics int tengigabitethernet 0/11 Number of Vlan Requests :1 Number of Vlan Notifications :0 Number of Multicast Discovery Solicits :1 Number of Unicast Discovery Solicits :0 Number of FLOGI :1 Number of FDISC :16 Number of FLOGO :0 Number of Enode Keep Alive :4416 Number of VN Port Keep Alive :3136
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810.
16 FIPS Cryptography To configure federal information processing standards (FIPS) cryptography, use the commands described in this chapter. Topics: • • • • fips mode enable show fips status show ip ssh ssh fips mode enable Enable the FIPS cryptography mode on the platform. C9000 Series Syntax [no] fips mode enable To disable the FIPS cryptography mode, use the no fips mode enable command.
Command Modes Example Command History EXEC Dell#show fips status FIPS Mode: Enabled Dell# This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.1(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.
RSA Vty 0 Authentication : disabled. Encryption HMAC aes128-ctr hmac-md5 Remote IP 10.16.150.185 With FIPS Mode enabled: Dell#show ip ssh SSH server : enabled. SSH server version : v2. SSH server vrf : default. SSH server ciphers : aes256-ctr,aes256-cbc,aes192-ctr,aes192cbc,aes128-ctr,aes128-cbc,3des-cbc. SSH server macs : hmac-sha2-256,hmac-sha1,hmac-sha1-96. SSH server kex algorithms : diffie-hellman-group14-sha1. Password Authentication : enabled. Hostbased Authentication : disabled.
-m HMAC algorithm Enter one of the following HMAC algorithms to use. (For v2 clients only.): Without the FIPS mode enabled: • • • • • hmac-sha2-256 : Force ssh to use the hmac-sha2-256 HMAC algorithm. hmac-sha1: Force ssh to use the hmac-sha1 HMAC algorithm. hmac-shal-96: Force ssh to use the hmac-sha1–96 HMAC algorithm. hmac-md5: Force ssh to use the hmac-md5 HMAC algorithm. hmac-md5–96: Force ssh to use the hmac-md5–96 HMAC algorithm.
-v SSH protocol version Dell#ssh 10.11.8.12 -c ? 3des-cbc Force ssh to use 3des-cbc encryption cipher aes128-cbc Force ssh to use aes128-cbc encryption cipher aes192-cbc Force ssh to use aes192-cbc encryption cipher aes256-cbc Force ssh to use aes256-cbc encryption cipher aes128-ctr Force ssh to use aes128-ctr encryption cipher aes192-ctr Force ssh to use aes192-ctr encryption cipher aes256-ctr Force ssh to use aes256-ctr encryption cipher Dell#ssh 10.11.8.
17 Flex Hash and Optimized Boot-Up This chapter describes the Flex Hash and fast-boot enhancements. Topics: • • • • encapsulation dot1q lacp fast-switchover load-balance flexhash load-balance ingress-port enable encapsulation dot1q Configures lite-subinterfaces. This command is supported on the S6000 platform. Syntax encapsulation dot1q vlan-id To remove a previously configured lite-subinterface, use the no version of this command.
Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S6000. Usage Information You can configure the optimal switchover functionality for LACP even if you do not enable the fast boot mode on the system. You must configure the long timeout mechanism for the LACP session to enable the fast boot capability to operate properly. This command applies to dynamic port-channel interfaces only.
Usage Information With the introduction of various overlay technologies such as network virtualization using generic routing encapsulation (NVGRE) segments and Routable Remote Direct Memory Access (RRDMA) over Converged Ethernet (RRoCE), information related to a traffic flow is contained in the L4 header. The fields in the L2 and L3 headers are not sufficient to distinguish the flows. Therefore, the fields in the L4 header are processed when hashing is performed for packets over LAG and ECMP links.
18 Force10 OS Resilient Ring Protocol (FRRP) Force10 OS resilient ring protocol (FRRP) is a proprietary protocol for that offers fast convergence in a Layer 2 network without having to run the spanning tree protocol (STP). The resilient ring protocol is an efficient protocol that transmits a high-speed token across a ring to verify the link status. All the intelligence is contained in the master node with practically no intelligence required of the transit mode.
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced. Usage Information Executing this command without the optional ring-id command clears the statistics counters on all the available rings. The system requires a command line confirmation before the command executes.
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced. Usage Information Because the resilient ring protocol can potentially transmit 20 packets per interface, restrict debug information. description Enter an identifying description of the ring.
To enable the Resilient Ring Protocol, use the no disable command. Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-frrp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
control-vlan vlan- id Enter the keyword control-vlan then the VLAN ID. The range is from 1 to 4094. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-frrp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced. mode Set the Master or Transit mode of the ring. C9000 Series Syntax mode {master | transit} To reset the mode, use the no mode {master | transit} command. Parameters master Enter the keyword master to set the Ring node to Master mode. transit Enter the keywordtransit to set the Ring node to Transit mode.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.
Example (Summary) Dell# show frrp summary Ring-ID State Mode Ctrl_Vlan Member_Vlans ---------------------------------------------2 UP Master 2 11-20, 25,27-30 31 UP Transit 31 40-41 50 Down Transit 50 32 Dell# Example (1) Example (2 Summary) Dell# show frrp 1 Ring protocol 1 is in Master mode Ring Protocol Interface: Primary : TenGigabitEthernet 0/16 State: Forwarding Secondary: Port-channel 100 State: Blocking Control Vlan: 1 Ring protocol Timers: Hello-Interval 50 msec Dead-Interval 150 msec Ring Mast
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced. Usage Information The hello interval command is the interval at which ring frames are generated from the primary interface of the master node.
19 GARP VLAN Registration (GVRP) The Dell Networking OS supports basic GVRP commands on the switch. The generic attribute registration protocol (GARP) mechanism allows the configuration of a GARP participant to propagate through a network quickly. A GARP participant registers or de-registers its attributes with other participants by making or withdrawing declarations of attributes. At the same time, based on received declarations or withdrawals, GARP handles attributes of other participants.
• • • show garp timers show gvrp show gvrp statistics clear gvrp statistics Clear GVRP statistics on an interface. C9000 Series Syntax clear gvrp statistics interface interface Parameters interface interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • • • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
• • • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. The range is from 1 to 4096. For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/ port information. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific.
garp timers Set the intervals (in milliseconds) for sending GARP messages. C9000 Series Syntax garp timers {join | leave | leave-all} To return to the previous setting, use the no garp timers {join | leave | leave-all} command. Parameters join Enter the keyword join then the number of milliseconds to configure the join time. The range is from 100 to 147483647 milliseconds. The default is 200 milliseconds. NOTE: Designate the milliseconds in multiples of 100.
gvrp enable Enable GVRP on physical interfaces and LAGs. C9000 Series Syntax gvrp enable To disable GVRP on the interface, use the no gvrp enable command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION-INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on C-Series, E-Series, and S-Series Usage Information Fixed registration prevents an interface, configured using the command line, to belong to a VLAN (static configuration) from being unconfigured when it receives a Leave message. Therefore, Registration mode on that interface is fixed.
show config Display the global GVRP configuration. C9000 Series Syntax show config Command Modes CONFIGURATION-GVRP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
Example Related Commands Dell# show garp timers GARP Timers Value (milliseconds) ---------------------------------------Join Timer 200 Leave Timer 600 LeaveAll Timer 10000 Dell# garp timers — sets the intervals (in milliseconds) for sending GARP messages. show gvrp Display the GVRP configuration. C9000 Series Syntax show gvrp [brief | interface] Parameters brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to display a brief summary of the GVRP configuration.
Te 1/2 Te 1/3 Te 1/4 Te 1/5 Te 1/6 Te 1/7 Te 1/8 R3# show gvrp brief Related Commands Enabled Disabled Disabled Disabled Disabled Disabled Disabled No No No No No No No show gvrp statistics — displays the GVRP statistics. show gvrp statistics Display the GVRP configuration statistics.
• Example An entry for a new GVRP VLAN could not be created in the GVRP database.
20 High Availability (HA) High availability (HA) in the Dell Networking operating software is configuration synchronization to minimize recovery time in the event of a route processor module (RPM) failure. In general, a protocol is defined as “hitless” in the context of an RPM failure/failover and not failures of a line card, SFM, or power module. A protocol is defined as hitless if an RPM failover has no impact on the protocol. You must specifically enable some protocols for HA.
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series Usage Information If you disable auto failover, enter the redundancy auto-failover-limit (without any parameters) to set auto failover to the default parameters (Count 3, Period 60 minutes). To view the redundancy status, use the show redundancy command. When you change one or both of the optional parameters, Dell Networking OS checks that the interval between auto failovers is more than five (5) minutes.
Example: PE Dell(conf)#redundancy disable-auto-reboot pe 1 stack-unit redundancy force-failover Force the standby unit to become the primary or master unit. You can also use this command to upgrade the software on one unit from the other when the other has been loaded with the upgraded software. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters redundancy force-failover { rpm | pe pe-id } rpm Enter the keyword rpm to force the standby RPM to become the primary RPM.
rpm1 Enter the keyword rpm1 to set the RPM in slot R1 as the primary RPM. Default The RPM in slot R0 is the Primary RPM. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.
redundancy synchronize Manually synchronize data between the RPMs and PEs at any time. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters redundancy synchronize [full] full Enter the keyword full to synchronize all data. Default Not configured. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010 and C1048P. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
Field Description This field only appears when you enter the command from the Primary RPM. Example Dell# show redundancy -- RPM Status ------------------------------------------------RPM Slot ID: 1 RPM Redundancy Role: Primary RPM State: Active RPM SW Version: 7.5.1.0 Link to Peer: Up -- PEER RPM Status ------------------------------------------------RPM State: Standby RPM SW Version: 7.5.1.
-----------------------------------------------Failover Count: 0 Last failover timestamp: None Last failover Reason: None Last failover type: None -- Last Data Block Sync Record: ------------------------------------------------stack-unit Config: succeeded Jun 26 2015 16:39:41 Runtime Event Log: succeeded Jun 26 2015 16:39:41 Running Config: succeeded Jun 26 2015 16:39:41 678 High Availability (HA)
21 ICMP Message Types This section lists and describes the possible ICMP message type resulting from a ping. The first three columns list the possible symbol or type/code. For example, you would receive a ! or 03 as an echo reply from your ping. Table 3. ICMP messages and their definitions Symbol Type Code . 0 U 3 3 Error echo reply . destination unreachable: 0 network unreachable . 1 host unreachable . 2 protocol unreachable . 3 port unreachable .
Symbol Type Code 12 680 Description Query Error parameter problem: 1 IP header bad (catchall error) . 2 required option missing . 13 0 timestamp request . 14 0 timestamp reply . 15 0 information request (obsolete) . 16 0 information reply (obsolete) . 17 0 address mask request . 18 0 address mask reply .
22 Interfaces The Dell Networking OS supports the interface configuration commands described in this chapter.
• • For a port extender Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword peGigE then the pe-id / stack-unit / port-id information. The pe-id range is from 0 to 255; the stackunit unit-number range is from 0 to 7; and the port-id range is from 1 to 48. For a port extender 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword peTenGigE then the pe-id / stack-unit / port-id information.
You can use the vlan, learning-limit, and vrrp keyword options for multiple ports. NOTE: The port-range option is only available for 1 Gigabit Ethernet, 10-Gigabit Ethernet, 40Gigabit Ethernet, Port Channel, and VLAN interfaces.
clear dampening Clear the dampening counters on all the interfaces or just the specified interface. C9000 Series Syntax clear dampening [interface] Parameters interface (OPTIONAL) Enter any of the following keywords and slot/port or number to clear counters from a specified interface: • • • • • • For a Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128.
combo-port-type You can pre-provision the medium of combo ports as copper or fiber. Syntax Parameters combo-port-type{copper | fiber} copper Enter the keyword copper to provision the combo port as a copper port. fiber Enter the keyword fiber to provision the combo port as a fiber port. Defaults None Command Modes INTERFACE Command History Version Description 9.11(0.0) Introduced on the N20xx and N30xx series port extenders. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3100 series.
dampening Configure dampening on an interface. C9000 Series Syntax dampening [[[[half-life] [reuse-threshold]] [suppress-threshold]] [maxsuppress-time]] Parameters half-life Enter the number of seconds after which the penalty is decreased. The penalty decreases half after the half-life period expires. The range is from 1 to 30 seconds. The default is 5 seconds. reuse-threshold Enter a number as the reuse threshold, the penalty value below which the interface state is changed to “up”.
description Assign a descriptive text string to the interface. C9000 Series Syntax description desc_text To delete a description, use the no description command. Parameters desc_text Enter a text string up to 240 characters long. Defaults none Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Parameters interface slot/ port-range Enter one of the following interface types and port information to specify a single port or a range of ports. To specify a port range, you can enter a hyphenated range and/or individual port numbers separated with commas; for example, default interface tengigabitethernet 1/0-4,7,9-11.
encapsulation dot1q Configures lite-subinterfaces. Syntax encapsulation dot1q vlan-id To remove a previously configured lite-subinterface, use the no encapsulation dot1q vlan-id command. Parameters Command Modes Command History dot1q vlan-id Enter the keyword dot1q followed by the VLAN ID to which the host belongs. The range is from 1 to 4094.
monitor Enter the keyword monitor then the session-ID to enable mirror flow control frames on the interface. The range is from 0 to 65535. Defaults An interface ignores flow-control frames received from other network devices (rx off) and does not transmit pause frames (tx off). Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
NOTE: The flow control feature is not supported on the Port Extender Gigabit Ethernet (peGigE) interface. Example Related Commands Dell(conf-if-te-0/1)# show config ! interface TengigabitEthernet 0/1 no ip address switchport no negotiation auto flowcontrol rx off tx on monitor 9 no shutdown ... • • show running-config — displays the flow configuration parameters (non-default values only). show interfaces — displays the negotiated flow control parameters.
• • • • range peGigE for a PE Gigabit Ethernet interface. peTenGigE for a PE 10–Gigabit Ethernet interface. TengigabitEthernet for a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface. vlan for a VLAN interface. (Optional) Enter the keyword range to configure an interface range. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
164432 64-byte pkts, 0 over 64-byte pkts, 0 over 127-byte pkts 0 over 255-byte pkts, 4985572 over 511-byte pkts, 0 over 1023-byte pkts 0 Multicasts, 0 Broadcasts, 5150004 Unicasts 0 runts, 0 giants, 0 throttles 0 CRC, 0 overrun, 0 discarded Output Statistics: 11165065 packets, 714564160 bytes, 0 underruns 11165065 64-byte pkts, 0 over 64-byte pkts, 0 over 127-byte pkts 0 over 255-byte pkts, 0 over 511-byte pkts, 0 over 1023-byte pkts 309 Multicasts, 0 Broadcasts, 11164756 Unicasts 0 throttles, 0 discarded,
interface vlan — configures a VLAN. interface ManagementEthernet Configure the Management port on the system (either the Primary or Standby RPM). C9000 Series Syntax interface ManagementEthernet slot/port Parameters slot/port Enter the keyword ManagementEthernet, then the slot number (0 or 1) and port number zero (0). Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Defaults Not configured; number = 0 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
• • • • • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/ port information. For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. For a Tunnel interface, enter the keyword Tunnel then a number from 1 to 16383. For a Port Extender Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword peGigE then the pe-id / stack-unit / port-id information. The pe-id range is from 0 to 255; the stackunit unit-number range is from 0 to 7; and the port-id range is from 1 to 48.
Example (Bulk) Example (Multiple Ports) Example (Overlapping Ports) Example (If atleast one port is configured) Example (If no ports are configured within the specified interface range) Dell EMC(conf)# interface range te 10/0, fo 0/0, te 2/0 % Warning: Non-existing ports (not configured) are ignored by interface-range Dell EMC(conf)# interface range te 2/0 - 23, te 2/1 - 10 Dell(conf-if-range-te-2/0-23# Dell EMC(conf)# interface range te 2/1 - 11, te 2/1 - 23 Dell(conf-if-range-te-2/1-23# DellEMC(conf)#
Related Commands • • • • • interface port-channel — configures a port channel group. interface vlan — configures a VLAN interface. show config (from INTERFACE RANGE mode) — shows the bulk configuration interfaces. show range — shows the bulk configuration ranges. interface range macro (define) — defines a macro for an interface-range. interface range macro (define) Defines a macro for an interface range and then saves the macro in the running configuration.
Example (Single Range) Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.2.1.0 Added support for 4093 VLANs on E-Series ExaScale. Prior releases supported 2094. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. This example shows how to define an interface range macro named test.
Example (Single Range) Version Description 6.2.1.0 Introduced This example displays the macro named test. Dell(config)# interface range macro test Dell(config-if-range-te-0/0-3,te-1/0-47,te-2/0-89)# Dell Related Commands • • interface range — configures a range of command (bulk configuration). interface range macro (define) — defines a macro for an interface range (bulk configuration). interface vlan Configure a VLAN. You can configure up to 4094 VLANs.
To stop sending keepalive packets, use the no keepalive command. Parameters seconds (OPTIONAL) For interfaces with PPP encapsulation enabled, enter the number of seconds between keepalive packets. The range is from 0 to 23767. The default is 10 seconds. Defaults Enabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
You must save and reload the system for the 40G to 4x10G port change to take effect. This command cannot be used if LR4 optics are inserted in the 40G port. monitor interface Monitor counters on a single interface or all interfaces on a line card. The screen is refreshed every five seconds and the CLI prompt disappears. C9000 Series Syntax monitor interface [interface] [linecard slot-id] To disable monitoring and return to the CLI prompt, press the q key.
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information In the Examples, the delta column displays changes since the last screen refresh. The following are the monitor command menu options. Example Key Description systest-3 Displays the host name assigned to the system. monitor time Displays the amount of time since the monitor interface command was entered. time Displays the amount of time the chassis is up (since last reboot).
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Fo 2/60 Fo 2/64 Fo 2/68 Fo 2/72 Fo 2/76 Fo 2/80 Fo 2/84 Fo 2/88 Fo 2/92 Fo 2/96 sec 0 Down 0 Down 0 Down 0 Down 0 Down 0 Down 0 Down 0 Down 0 Down 0 Down 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 m - Change mode b - Display bytes c - Clear screen r - Display pkts/bytes per l - Page up T - Increase refresh interval interval q - Quit a - Page down t - Decrease refresh Dell# monitor interface Dell Networking operating system uptime is 9 minute(s) Monitor time
sec b - Display bytes l - Page up T - Increase refresh interval interval q - Quit r - Display pkts/bytes per a - Page down t - Decrease refresh Dell# monitor interface managementethernet 0/0 Dell Networking operating system uptime is 4 minute(s) Monitor time: 00:00:00 Refresh Intvl.
mtu Set the link maximum transmission unit (MTU) (frame size) for an Ethernet interface. C9000 Series Syntax mtu value To return to the default MTU value, use the no mtu command. Parameters value Enter a maximum frame size in bytes. The range is from 594 to 9216. The default is 1554. Defaults 1554 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Layer 2 Overhead Link MTU and IP MTU Delta Ethernet (untagged) 18 bytes VLAN Tag 22 bytes Untagged Packet with VLAN-Stack Header 22 bytes Tagged Packet with VLAN-Stack Header 26 bytes portmode hybrid To accept both tagged and untagged frames, set a physical port or port-channel. A port configured this way is identified as a hybrid port in report displays.
The following describes the interface vlan command shown in the following example. This example shows unconfiguration of the hybrid port using the no portmode hybrid command. NOTE: Remove all other configurations on the port before you can remove the hybrid configuration from the port.
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced Usage Information The output of the show interfaces command displays the configured rate interval, along with the collected traffic data.
show config Display the interface configuration. C9000 Series Syntax show config Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
• For a port extender 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword peTenGigE then the pe-id / stack-unit / port-id information. The pe-id range is from 0 to 255; the stack-unit unit-number range is from 0 to 7; and the port-id range is 25 to 28 or 49 to 52 depending on the PE. NOTE: The peGigE or peTenGigE option is only visible when the feature extended bridge feature is enabled. linecard slot-id Enter the linecard slot-id parameters to specify the switch ports on a line card.
Line Description TenGigabitEthern et 0/0... Interface type, slot/port, and administrative and line protocol status. Hardware is... Interface hardware information, assigned MAC address, and current address. Pluggable media present... Present pluggable media wavelength, type, and rate.
Line Description • • • • Example throttles = packets containing PAUSE frames discarded = number of packets discarded without any processing collisions = number of packet collisions wred=count both packets discarded in the MAC and in the hardware-based queues Rate information... Estimate of the input and output traffic rate over a designated interval (30 to 299 seconds). Traffic rate is displayed in bits, packets per second, and percent of line rate. Time since...
NOTE: The port-range option is only available for 1 Gigabit Ethernet, 10-Gigabit Ethernet, 40Gigabit Ethernet, Fast Ethernet, FC, Port Channel, and VLAN interfaces. Example (TenGigabit Interface) Dell# show interfaces tengigabitethernet 2 TenGigabitEthernet 2/0 is down, line protocol is down Hardware is DellForce10Eth, address is 74:86:7a:ff:6f:18 Current address is 74:86:7a:ff:6f:18 Pluggable media present, Media type is unknown Wavelength is 0.
TenGigabitEthernet 2/2 is down, line protocol is down Hardware is DellForce10Eth, address is 74:86:7a:ff:6f:18 Current address is 74:86:7a:ff:6f:18 Example (TenGigabit Interface— range of ports) Dell#show interface tengigabitethernet 6/1-4 TenGigabitEthernet 6/1 is up, line protocol is up Port is part of Port-channel 513 Hardware is DellEth, address is 34:17:eb:00:20:94 Current address is 34:17:eb:00:20:94 Pluggable media present, SFP+ type is 10GBASE-SR Medium is MultiRate, Wavelength is 850nm SFP+ recei
0 over 255-byte pkts, 0 over 511-byte pkts, 0 over 1023-byte pkts 0 Multicasts, 0 Broadcasts, 0 Unicasts 0 throttles, 0 discarded, 0 collisions, 0 wreddrops Rate info (interval 299 seconds): Input 00.00 Mbits/sec, 0 packets/sec, 0.00% of line-rate Output 00.00 Mbits/sec, 0 packets/sec, 0.
Last clearing of "show interface" counters 02:27:42 Queueing strategy: fifo Input Statistics: 0 packets, 0 bytes 0 64-byte pkts, 0 over 64-byte pkts, 0 over 127-byte pkts 0 over 255-byte pkts, 0 over 511-byte pkts, 0 over 1023-byte pkts 0 Multicasts, 0 Broadcasts, 0 Unicasts 0 runts, 0 giants, 0 throttles 0 CRC, 0 overrun, 0 discarded Output Statistics: 0 packets, 0 bytes, 0 underruns 0 64-byte pkts, 0 over 64-byte pkts, 0 over 127-byte pkts 0 over 255-byte pkts, 0 over 511-byte pkts, 0 over 1023-byte pkts
Internet address is not set Mode of IPv4 Address Assignment : NONE DHCP Client-ID :3417eb002096 MTU 1554 bytes, IP MTU 1500 bytes LineSpeed auto Flowcontrol rx off tx off ARP type: ARPA, ARP Timeout 04:00:00 Last clearing of "show interface" counters 02:34:38 Queueing strategy: fifo Input Statistics: 0 packets, 0 bytes 0 64-byte pkts, 0 over 64-byte pkts, 0 over 127-byte pkts 0 over 255-byte pkts, 0 over 511-byte pkts, 0 over 1023-byte pkts 0 Multicasts, 0 Broadcasts, 0 Unicasts 0 runts, 0 giants, 0 throttl
Received 0 errors, 0 discarded Output 21 packets, 3300 bytes, 20 multicast Output 0 errors, 0 invalid protocol Time since last interface status change: 00:06:03 Example (PE Gigabit Ethernet Interface) Example (PE TenGigabit Ethernet Interface) 720 Interfaces Dell#show interfaces peGigE 0/0/1 peGigE 0/0/1 is up, line protocol is up Hardware is DellEth, address is a0:68:00:3f:92:bd Current address is a0:68:00:3f:92:bd Pluggable media not present Interface index is 536870919 Internet address is not set Mod
Output 00.00 Mbits/sec, 0 packets/sec, 0.
Pluggable media present, SFP+ type is 10GBASE-SR Medium is MultiRate, Wavelength is 850nm No power Interface index is 2103306 Internet address is not set Mode of IPv4 Address Assignment : NONE DHCP Client-ID :f8b15662610a MTU 16364 bytes, IP MTU 16346 bytes LineSpeed 10000 Mbit ARP type: ARPA, ARP Timeout 04:00:00 Last clearing of "show interface" counters 6d20h19m Queueing strategy: fifo Input Statistics: 4062996 packets, 799504603 bytes 0 64-byte pkts, 193370 over 64-byte pkts, 3869429 over 127-byte pkts
LineSpeed 1000 Mbit ARP type: ARPA, ARP Timeout 04:00:00 Last clearing of "show interface" counters 00:00:00 Queueing strategy: fifo Input Statistics: 0 packets, 0 bytes 0 64-byte pkts, 0 over 64-byte pkts, 0 over 127-byte pkts 0 over 255-byte pkts, 0 over 511-byte pkts, 0 over 1023-byte pkts 0 Multicasts, 0 Broadcasts, 0 Unicasts 0 runts, 0 giants, 0 throttles 0 CRC, 0 overrun, 0 discarded Output Statistics: 0 packets, 0 bytes, 0 underruns 0 64-byte pkts, 0 over 64-byte pkts, 0 over 127-byte pkts 0 over 25
• • show interfaces switchport – displays Layer 2 information about the interfaces. show inventory (S-Series and Z-Series) – displays the S Series and Z-Series switch types, components (including media), Dell Networking OS version including hardware identification numbers, and configured protocols. show ip interface – displays Layer 3 information about the interfaces. show range – displays all interfaces configured using the interface range command.
0 64-byte pkts, 744 over 64-byte pkts, 1 over 127-byte pkts 1 over 255-byte pkts, 6 over 511-byte pkts, 1 over 1023-byte pkts 184 Multicasts, 0 Broadcasts, 569 Unicasts 0 throttles, 0 discarded, 0 collisions, 0 wreddrops Rate info (interval 299 seconds): Input 00.00 Mbits/sec, 0 packets/sec, 0.00% of line-rate Output 00.00 Mbits/sec, 0 packets/sec, 0.
110 Multicasts, 0 Broadcasts, 0 Unicasts 0 throttles, 0 discarded, 0 collisions, 0 wreddrops Rate info (interval 299 seconds): Input 00.00 Mbits/sec, 0 packets/sec, 0.00% of line-rate Output 00.00 Mbits/sec, 0 packets/sec, 0.
• For a port extender 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword peTenGigE then the pe-id / stack-unit / port-id information. The pe-id range is from 0 to 255; the stack-unit unit-number range is from 0 to 7; and the port-id range is 25 to 28 or 49 to 52 depending on the PE. NOTE: The peGigE or peTenGigE output is only visible when the feature extended bridge feature is enabled.
PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi 728 Interfaces 255/1/12 255/1/13 255/1/14 255/1/15 255/1/16 255/1/17 255/1/18 255/1/19 255/1/20 255/1/21 255/
PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi Example show interfaces dampening detail Related Commands 255/2/44 255/2/45 255/2/46 255/2/47 255/2/48 255/3/1 255/3/2 255/3/3 255/3/4 255/3/5 255/3/6 255/3/7 255/3/8 255/3/9 255/3/10 255/3/11 255/3/12 255/3/13 255/3/14 255/3/15 255/3/16 255/3/
show interfaces phy Display auto-negotiation and link partner information. C9000 Series Syntax show interfaces gigabitethernet slot/port phy Parameters gigabitethernet Enter the keyword gigabitethernet then the slot/port information. tengigabitetherne t Enter the keyword tengigabitethernet then the slot or port information. Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific.
• • Phy Specific Status 2 - N/A 3 - Auto MDI/MDIX Displays PHY-specific status information.
JabberDetect AutoNegotiation Advertise 100MegFullDplx 100MegHalfDplx 10MegFullDplx 10MegHalfDplx Asym Pause Sym Pause : False : : : : : : True False True False False False AutoNegotiation Remote Partner's Ability 100MegFullDplx : False 100MegHalfDplx : False 10MegFullDplx : False 10MegHalfDplx : False Asym Pause : False Sym Pause : False AutoNegotiation Expansion ParallelDetectionFault : False 1000Base-T Control MasterSlave_Mode 1000MegFullDplx 1000MegHalfDplx : Auto : True : False 1000Base-T Status
1000Base-T Control MasterSlave_Mode 1000MegFullDplx 1000MegHalfDplx : Auto : True : False 1000Base-T Status Master/Slave Fault Master/Slave Local RX OK Remote RX OK Link Partner 1G FD Link Partner 1G HD Idle Err Cnt : : : : : : : PHY Extended Control MDI Crossover_mode : Enabled No Slave False False False False 0 Example Related Commands show interfaces — displays information on a specific physical interface or virtual interface.
Version Description 9.13.0.1P1 Introduced peTenGigE interface support on the C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
Fo 5/20 Te 6/0 Te 6/1 Te 6/2 Te 6/3 Te 6/4 Te 6/5 Te 6/6 Te 6/7 Te 6/8 Te 6/9 Te 6/10 Te 6/11 Te 6/12 Te 6/13 Te 6/14 Te 6/15 Te 6/16 Te 6/17 Te 6/18 Te 6/19 Te 6/20 Te 6/21 Te 6/22 Te 6/23 Fo 9/0 Fo 9/4 Fo 9/8 Fo 9/12 Fo 9/16 Fo 9/20 Te 10/0 Te 10/1 Te 10/2 Te 10/3 Te 11/0 Te 11/1 Te 11/2 Te 11/3 PeGi 255/1/1 PeGi 255/1/2 PeGi 255/1/3 PeGi 255/1/4 PeGi 255/1/5 PeGi 255/1/6 PeGi 255/1/7 PeGi 255/1/8 PeGi 255/1/9 PeGi 255/1/10 PeGi 255/1/11 PeGi 255/1/12 PeGi 255/1/13 PeGi 255/1/14 PeGi 255/1/15 PeGi 255/1/1
PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi 736 Interfaces 255/1/34 255/1/35 255/1/36 255/1/37 255/1/38 255/1/39 255/1/40 255/1/41 255/1/42 255/1/43 255/1/44 255/1/45 255/1/46 255/1/47 255/1/48
PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi Related Commands 255/3/10 255/3/11 255/3/12 255/3/13 255/3/14 255/3/15 255/3/16 255/3/17 255/3/18 255/3/19 255/3/20 255/3/21 255/3/22 255/3/23 255/3/24 255/3/25 255/3/26 255/3/27 255/3/28 255/3/29 255/3/30 255/3/31 255/3/32 255/3/33 255/3/34 255/3/35 255/3/36 255/3/37 255/3/38 255/3/39 255/3/40 255/3/41 255/3/42 25
• For a port extender 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword peTenGigE then the pe-id / stack-unit / port-id information. The pe-id range is from 0 to 255; the stack-unit unit-numberrange is from 0 to 7; and the port-id range is 25 to 28 or 49 to 52 depending on the PE. NOTE: The peGigE or peTenGigE interface option is only visible when the feature extended bridge is enabled. linecard slot-id Enter the linecard slot-id parameters to specify the switch ports on a line card.
Name: TenGigabitEthernet 10/3 802.1QTagged: False Vlan membership: Q Vlans U 1 Name: peGigE 255/1/36 (Port-channel 111) 802.1QTagged: True Vlan membership: Q Vlans T 111 Name: peGigE 255/1/37 (Port-channel 111) 802.1QTagged: True Vlan membership: Q Vlans T 111 Name: peGigE 255/1/46 802.1QTagged: True Vlan membership: Q Vlans T 111 Name: peGigE 255/1/47 802.1QTagged: True Vlan membership: Q Vlans T 111 Name: peGigE 255/2/1 802.1QTagged: True Vlan membership: Q Vlans T 111 Name: peGigE 255/2/2 802.
802.1QTagged: True Vlan membership: Q Vlans T 111 Name: peGigE 255/3/45 (Port-channel 111) 802.1QTagged: True Vlan membership: Q Vlans T 111 Name: peGigE 255/3/47 802.1QTagged: True Vlan membership: Q Vlans T 111 Name: Port-channel 22 802.1QTagged: True Vlan membership: Q Vlans T 222 Name: Port-channel 111 802.
show interfaces transceiver Display the physical status and operational status of an installed transceiver. The output also displays the transceiver’s serial number. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show interfaces [tengigabitethernet slot/port | fortyGigE slot/port | peGigE pe-id/stack-unit/port | peTenGigE pe-id/stack-unit/port] transceiver tengigabitetherne t For a 10G interface, enter the keyword tengigabitethernet then the slot/port (ports or port range) information.
Line Description Voltage High Alarm threshold Displays the interface index number that SNMP uses to identify the interface. Bias High Alarm threshold Factory-defined setting. Value can differ between SFP and SFP+. TX Power High Alarm threshold Factory-defined setting. Value can differ between SFP and SFP+. RX Power High Alarm threshold Factory-defined setting. Value can differ between SFP and SFP+. Temp Low Alarm threshold Factory-defined setting. Value can differ between SFP and SFP+.
Line Description Rx Power Present receiving (Rx) power of the SFP. This value is either average Rx power or OMA. This depends on the Rx Power measurement type displayed above. If this crosses Rx power alarm/warning thresholds, the Rx power high alarm/warning flag is set to true. If it falls below the low alarm/warning thresholds, the Rx power low alarm/warning flag is set to true. Data Ready state Bar This field indicates that the transceiver has achieved power up and data is ready.
Line Description Tx Bias Low Warning Flag This can be either true or false, depending on the present Tx bias current value displayed above. Tx Power Low Warning Flag This can be either true or false, depending on the Current Tx power value displayed above. Rx Power Low Warning Flag This can be either true or false, depending on the Current Rx power value displayed above.
SFP 1 Tx Bias Current = 6.894mA SFP 1 Tx Power = 0.328mW SFP 1 Rx Power = 0.
SFP+ 0 RX Power High Warning threshold SFP+ 0 Temp Low Warning threshold SFP+ 0 Voltage Low Warning threshold SFP+ 0 Bias Low Warning threshold SFP+ 0 TX Power Low Warning threshold SFP+ 0 RX Power Low Warning threshold =================================== SFP+ 0 Temperature SFP+ 0 Voltage SFP+ 0 Tx Bias Current SFP+ 0 Tx Power SFP+ 0 Rx Power =================================== SFP+ 0 Data Ready state Bar SFP+ 0 Rx LOS state SFP+ 0 Tx Fault state SFP+ 0 Rate Select state SFP+ 0 RS state SFP+ 0 Tx Disable st
SFP+ 1 Temp High Alarm threshold SFP+ 1 Voltage High Alarm threshold SFP+ 1 Bias High Alarm threshold SFP+ 1 TX Power High Alarm threshold SFP+ 1 RX Power High Alarm threshold SFP+ 1 Temp Low Alarm threshold SFP+ 1 Voltage Low Alarm threshold SFP+ 1 Bias Low Alarm threshold SFP+ 1 TX Power Low Alarm threshold SFP+ 1 RX Power Low Alarm threshold =================================== SFP+ 1 Temp High Warning threshold SFP+ 1 Voltage High Warning threshold SFP+ 1 Bias High Warning threshold SFP+ 1 TX Power High
show interfaces vlan Display VLAN statistics. C9000 Series Syntax show interfaces vlan {vlan-id} [LINE] {description} Parameters Command Modes Command History Example Related Commands vlan-id Enter the interface VLAN number. The range is from 1 to 4094. LINE (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of the VLAN. description Displays the VLAN interface information with description. • • EXEC EXEC Privilege Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.7(0.0) Introduced this command.
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Added support for 4093 VLANs on E-Series ExaScale. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced. Example Related Commands Dell(conf)#interface range peGigE 255/1/2 Dell(conf-if-range-pegi-255/1/2)#show range interface peGigE255/1/2 - 0 • • • interface — configures a physical interface on the switch.
Defaults The interface is disabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
NOTE: When this setting is enabled, only 1000Base-FX optics are supported on the LC-EH-GE-50P or the LC-EJ-GE-50P card. 10000 Enter the keyword 10000 to set the interface’s speed to 10000 Mb/s. Auto-negotiation is enabled. For more information, refer to negotiation auto. auto Enter the keyword auto to set the interface to auto-negotiate its speed. Autonegotiation is enabled. For more information, refer to negotiation auto.
speed (Management interface) Set the speed for the Management interface. C9000 Series Syntax speed {10 | 100 | auto} To return to the default setting, use the no speed {10 | 100} command. Parameters 10 Enter the keyword 10 to set the interface’s speed to 10 Mb/s. 100 Enter the keyword 100 to set the interface’s speed to 10/100 Mb/s. auto Enter the keyword auto to set the interface to auto-negotiate its speed.
fails, the backup port changes to the up state. If the primary later comes up, it becomes the backup. tengigabit Enter the keyword tengigabit if the backup port is a 10G port. fortyGigE Enter the keyword fortyGigE if the backup port is a 40G port. port-channel Enter the keywords port-channel if the backup port is a static or dynamic port channel. slot/port Specify the line card and port number of the backup port. Defaults Disabled (The interface is in Layer 3 mode.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6000, S6000–ON, S5000, S4810, S4820T, S3048–ON, S4048–ON, M I/O Aggregator, FN I/O Module, MXL, C9010, S3100 series, and Z9100-ON. Usage Information The wavelength can be configured only on a tunable 10–Gigabit SFP+ optic. The wavelength range is from 1528.3 nm to 1568.77nm.
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2.(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000, S4810, and S4820T. clear management application pkt-cntr Clear management application packet counters for all management application types. C9000 Series Syntax clear management application pkt-cntr Defaults None. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
show ip management-eis-route Display the management routes used by EIS. C9000 Series Syntax show ip management-eis-route Defaults None. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.
telnet tftp : : 0 0 show management application pkt-fallback-cntr Display the number of packets for each application type that have been rerouted to the default routing table due to management port or route lookup failure. C9000 Series Syntax show management application pkt—fallback-cntr Defaults None. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
channel-member Add an interface to the Port Channel, while in INTERFACE PORTCHANNEL mode. C9000 Series Syntax channel-member interface To delete an interface from a Port Channel, use the no channel-member interface command. Parameters interface (OPTIONAL) Enter any of the following keywords and slot/port, peid/stack-unit/port-id, or number information: • • • • • For a Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
• The Port Channel link MTU and IP MTU must be less than or equal to the link MTU and IP MTU values configured on the channel members. For example, if the members have a link MTU of 2100 and an IP MTU 2000, the Port Channel’s MTU values cannot be higher than 2100 for link MTU or 2000 bytes for IP MTU. When an interface is removed from a Port Channel with the no channel-member command, the interface reverts to its configuration prior to joining the Port Channel.
To delete a Port Channel, use the no interface port-channel channel-number command. Parameters channel-number Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. CONFIGURATION TERMINAL BATCH Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
interface loopback — configures a Loopback interface. interface null — configures a null interface. interface vlan — configures a VLAN. shutdown — disables/enables the port channel. minimum-links Configure the minimum number of links in a LAG (Port Channel) that must be in “oper up” status for the LAG to be also in “oper up” status. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters minimum-links number number Enter the number of links in a LAG that must be in “oper up” status. The range is from 1 to 16. The default is 1.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.
show interfaces port-channel Display information on configured Port Channel groups. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show interfaces port-channel [channel-number] [brief] channel-number For a Port Channel interface, enter the keyword port-channel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to display only the port channel number, the state of the port channel, and the number of interfaces in the port channel.
Field Description Members in this... Displays the interfaces belonging to this port channel. Example (peGigE) Example 764 Interfaces ARP type:... Displays the ARP type and the ARP timeout value for the interface. Last clearing... Displays the time when the show interfaces counters were cleared. Queueing strategy. States the packet queuing strategy. FIFO means first in first out. packets input... Displays the number of packets and bytes into the interface. Input 0 IP packets...
Internet address is 1.1.120.
Related Commands show lacp — displays the LACP matrix. show port-channel-flow Display an egress port in a given port-channel flow.
Version Description 9.13.0.1P1 Introduced peTenGigE interface support on the C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. Usage Information Because this command calculates based on a Layer 2 hash algorithm, use this command to display flows for switched Layer 2 packets, not for routed packets (use the show ip flow command to display routed packets).
• A line-card NPU supports 24 front-end I/O ports and six backplane HiGig ports. The six backplane links are members of two HiGig port channel that connects the line-card NPU to each SFM NPU. Three HiGig links in the port channel are used to connect to each SFM NPU. clear hardware hg-stats Clear traffic statistics from a HiGig port in a HiGig link bundle/port channel on a line-card or switch fabric module (SFM) NPU.
hg-link-bundle-monitor enable Enable the monitoring of link utilization and traffic distribution in backplane HiGig link bundles/port channels on a line-card or switch fabric module (SFM) NPU. C9000 Series Syntax hg-link-bundle-monitor {sfm npu-id hg-port—channel hg-port—channel-id | slot slot npuUnit npu-id hg-port—channel 0} enable To disable HiGig link-bundle monitoring, use the no version of this command.
hg-link-bundle-monitor trigger-threshold Specify the bandwidth-percentage threshold used in HiGig link-bundle monitoring to determine uneven traffic distribution and when an alarm is generated. C9000 Series Syntax hg-link-bundle-monitor trigger-threshold percentage To restore the default value, use the no version of this command. Parameters Command Modes Command History Defaults percentage Trigger threshold (in percentage of link-bundle bandwidth) at which an SNMP trap is generated.
Example (Linecard HiGig Port) Example (SFM HiGig Port) Example (SFM HiGig Port) Version Description 9.2.1.0 Introduced on the Z9500.
HiGigabitEthernet 3/5/19, Input Statistics: 0 packets, 0 bytes 0 64-byte pkts, 0 over 64-byte pkts, 0 over 127-byte pkts 0 over 255-byte pkts, 0 over 511-byte pkts, 0 over 1023-byte pkts 0 Multicasts, 0 Broadcasts 0 runts, 0 giants, 0 throttles 0 CRC, 0 overrun, 0 discarded Output Statistics: 63970532045 packets, 5117642582960 bytes 0 underruns 0 64-byte pkts, 63970531981 over 64-byte pkts, 0 over 127-byte pkts 0 over 255-byte pkts, 0 over 511-byte pkts, 0 over 1023-byte pkts 0 Multicasts, 0 Broadcasts 6397
Field Description Utilization (In Percent) Percentage of total bandwidth usage by the traffic transmitted on the HiGig link bundle. Alarm State Indicates whether an alarm has been generated if uneven traffic distribution occurs in a HiGig link bundle. Possible values are Active and Inactive.
• • • The interface on the far-end device must be shut down before running TDR. Because TDR is an intrusive test on an interface that is not establishing a link, do not run TDR on an interface that is passing traffic. When testing between two devices, do not run the test on both ends of the cable. tdr-cable-test Test the condition of copper cables on 100/1000 Base-T modules.
Parameters interface Enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet , peGigE or peTenGigE then the slot/ port information for the 100/1000 Ethernet interface. Defaults None Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.13.0.1P1 Introduced peTenGigE interface support on the C9010. 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.
23 Intermediate System to Intermediate System (IS-IS) The intermediate system to intermediate system (IS-IS) is an interior gateway protocol that uses a shortest-path-first algorithm. IS-IS facilitates the communication between open systems, supporting routers passing both IP and OSI traffic. A router is considered an intermediate system. Networks are partitioned into manageable routing domains, called areas.
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • isis ipv6 metric isis metric isis network point-to-point isis password isis priority is-type log-adjacency-changes lsp-gen-interval lsp-mtu lsp-refresh-interval max-area-addresses max-lsp-lifetime maximum-paths metric-style multi-topology net passive-interface redistribute redistribute bgp redistribute ospf router isis set-overload-bit show config show isis database show isis graceful-restart detail show isis hostname show isis interface show is
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information To perform protocol-support consistency checks on hello packets, use this command. The adjacency-check is enabled by default. If a BFD session goes down indicating that IPv4 or IPv6 connectivity to its neighbor is lost, it does not imply that the adjacency is lost altogether.
Usage Information You cannot disable leaking from one level to another; however, you can regulate the rate flow from one level to another using an IP Prefix list. If you do not configure the IP Prefix list, all routes are leaked. You cannot enable leaking from Level 2 to Level 1, conditional route leaking can be enabled via IP prefix-list. You can find more information in IETF RFC 2966, Domain-wide Prefix Distribution with Two-Level IS-IS.
Parameters vrf vrf-name (Optional) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to restart the IS-IS process corresponding to that VRF. tag (Optional) Enter an alphanumeric string to specify the IS-IS routing tag area. * Enter the keyword * to clear all IS-IS information and restart the IS-IS process. This command removes IS-IS neighbor information and IS-IS LSP database information and the full SPF calculation is done. database Clears IS-IS LSP database information.
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Usage Information To configure a shortcut name that you can use instead of entering a long string of numbers associated with an NSAP address, use this command. Related Commands hostname dynamic — enables dynamic learning of host names from routers in the domain and allows the routers to advertise the host names in LSPs. debug isis Enable debugging for all IS-IS operations.
• • • • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/ port information. For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. Introduced on the S6000-ON. debug isis local-updates To debug IS-IS local update packets, enable debugging on a specific interface and provides diagnostic information. C9000 Series Syntax debug isis local-updates [interface][vrf vrf-name] To turn off debugging, use the no debug isis [vrf vrf—name] updates [interface] command.
debug isis snp-packets To debug IS-IS complete sequence number PDU (CSNP) and partial sequence number PDU (PSNP) packets, enable debugging on a specific interface and provides diagnostic information. C9000 Series Syntax debug isis snp-packets [interface][vrf vrf-name] To turn off debugging, use the no debug isis [vrf vrf-name] snp-packets [interface] command.
Parameters vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to enable debugging information on IS-IS corresponding to that VRF. This information contains spf trigger detail tied to the VRF that you specify. When SPF is triggered, this debugging information is displayed. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms,refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.2) Introduced on the Z9000. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 6.3.1.0 Introduced. default-information originate Generates a default route into an IS-IS routing domain and controls the distribution of default information.
Usage Information When you use this command to redistribute routes into a routing domain, the router becomes an autonomous system (AS) boundary router. An AS boundary router does not always generate a default route into a routing domain. The router still requires its own default route before it can generate one. How a metric value assigned to a default route advertises depends on the metric-style command configuration.
ip-address mask (OPTIONAL) Enter next-hop IP address in dotted decimal format and enter a mask in either dotted decimal or /prefix format. prefix-list (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of a prefix list name. Defaults weight = 115 Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.5.1.0 Added IPv6 ISIS support. 6.3.
Version Description 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.5.1.0 Added IPv6 ISIS support. 6.3.1.0 Introduced. Usage Information You can assign a name to a routing process so a prefix list IS applied to only the routes derived from the specified routing process. Related Commands • • distribute-list in — filters the networks received in updates. redistribute — redistributes routes from one routing domain to another routing domain.
Parameters hmac-md5 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords hmac-md5 to encrypt the password using MD5. encryption-type (OPTIONAL) Enter 7 to encrypt the password using DES. password Enter an alphanumeric string up to 16 characters long. If you do not specify an encryption type or hmac-md5 keywords, the password is processed as plain text which provides limited security. Defaults No default password. Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 6.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information Every graceful restart enabled router’s HELLO PDUs includes a restart TLV. This restart enables (re)starting as well as the existing ISIS peers to detect the GR capability of the routers on the connected network.
graceful-restart restart-wait Enable the graceful restart maximum wait time before a restarting peer comes up. C9000 Series Syntax NOTE: Set the t3 timer to adjacency on the restarting router when implementing this command. graceful-restart restart-wait seconds To return to the default, use the no graceful-restart restart-wait command. Parameters seconds Enter the graceful restart time in seconds. The range is from 5 to 300 seconds. The default is 30 seconds.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.
graceful-restart t3 Configure the overall wait time before graceful restart completes. C9000 Series Syntax graceful-restart t3 {adjacency | manual} seconds To return to the default, use the no graceful-restart t3 command. Parameters adjacency Enter the keyword adjacency so that the restarting router receives the remaining time value from its peer and adjusts its T3 value so if you have configured this option. manual Enter the keyword manual to specify a time value that the restarting router uses.
Parameters multi-point (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords multi-point to pad only LAN hello PDUs. point-to-point (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords point-to-point to pad only point-to-point PDUs. Defaults Both LAN and point-to-point hello PDUs are padded. Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Related Commands clns host — defines a name-to-NSAP mapping. ignore-lsp-errors Ignore LSPs with bad checksums instead of purging those LSPs. C9000 Series Syntax ignore-lsp-errors To return to the default values, use the no ignore-lsp-errors command. Defaults In IS-IS, the default deletes LSPs with internal checksum errors (no ignore-lsp-errors). Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific.
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.5.1.0 Introduced.
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information Configure a network entity title (the net command) to specify the area address and the router system ID. To establish adjacencies and establish dynamic routing, enable routing on one or more interfaces. You can configure only one IS-IS routing process to perform Level 2 routing. A level-1-2 designation performs Level 1 and Level 2 routing at the same time.
isis csnp-interval Configure the IS-IS complete sequence number PDU (CSNP) interval on an interface. C9000 Series Syntax isis csnp-interval seconds [level-1 | level-2] To return to the default values, use the no isis csnp-interval [seconds] [level-1 | level-2] command. Parameters seconds Interval of transmission time between CSNPs on multi-access networks for the designated intermediate system. The range is from 0 to 65535. The default is 10.
level-2 (OPTIONAL) Select this value to configure the hello interval for Level 2. Defaults seconds = 10; level-1 (if not otherwise specified) Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Usage Information The holdtime (the product of the hello-multiplier multiplied by the hello-interval) determines how long a neighbor waits for a hello packet before declaring the neighbor is down so routes can be recalculated. Related Commands isis hello-interval — specifies the length of time between hello packets.
Parameters default-metric Metric assigned to the link and used to calculate the cost from each other router via the links in the network to other destinations. You can configure this metric for Level 1 or Level 2 routing. The range is from 0 to 16777215. The default is 10. level-1 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords level-1 to configure the shortest path first (SPF) calculation for Level 1 (intra-area) routing. This value is the default.
Defaults default-metric = 10; level-1 (if not otherwise specified) Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.
isis password Configure an authentication password for an interface. C9000 Series Syntax isis password [hmac-md5] password [level-1 | level-2] To delete a password, use the no isis password [password] [level-1 | level-2] command. Parameters encryption-type (OPTIONAL) Enter 7 to encrypt the password using DES. hmac-md5 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords hmac-md5 to encrypt the password using MD5. password Assign the interface authentication password.
Parameters value This value sets the router priority. The higher the value, the higher the priority. The range is from 0 to 127. The default is 64. level-1 (OPTIONAL) Specify the priority for Level 1. This setting is the default. level-2 (OPTIONAL) Specify the priority for Level 2. Defaults value = 64; level-1 (if not otherwise specified). Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Usage Information The IS-IS protocol automatically determines area boundaries and are able to keep Level 1 and Level 2 routing separate. Poorly planned use of this feature may cause configuration errors, such as accidental area partitioning.
Parameters level-l (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords level-1 to apply the configuration to generation of Level-1 LSPs. level-2 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords level-2 to apply the configuration to generation of Level-2 LSPs. interval seconds Enter the maximum number of seconds between LSP generations. The range is from 0 to 120 seconds. The default is 5 seconds. initial_wait_interv (OPTIONAL) Enter the initial wait time, in seconds, before running the first LSP al seconds generation.
Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
Version Description 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.5.1.0 Added support for LSP Throttling Enhancement. Usage Information The refresh interval determines the rate at which route topology information is transmitted preventing the information from becoming obsolete. The refresh interval must be less than the LSP lifetime specified with the max-lsp-lifetime command.
max-lsp-lifetime Set the maximum time that link-state packets (LSPs) exist without being refreshed. C9000 Series Syntax max-lsp-lifetime seconds To restore the default time, use the no max-lsp-lifetime command. Parameters seconds The maximum lifetime of LSP in seconds. This value must be greater than the lsprefresh-interval command. The higher the value the longer the LSPs are kept. The range is from 1 to 65535. The default is 1200.
Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. ROUTER ISIS (for IPv4) CONFIGURATION-ROUTER-ISIS-ADDRESS-FAMILY-IPV6 (for IPv6) The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.
Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Usage Information If you enter the metric-style wide command, the Dell Networking OS generates and accepts only new-style TLVs. The router uses less memory and other resources rather than generating both old-style and new-style TLVs. The new-style TLVs have wider metric fields than old-style TLVs.
net To configure an IS-IS network entity title (NET) for a routing process, use this mandatory command. If you did not configure a NET, the IS-IS process does not start. C9000 Series Syntax net network-entity-title To remove a net, use the no net network-entity-title command. Parameters network-entitytitle Specify the area address and system ID for an IS-IS routing process. The first 1 to 13 bytes identify the area address. The next 6 bytes identify the system ID.
Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.5.1.0 Added support for IPv6 ISIS. 6.3.1.
metric-type {external| internal} (OPTIONAL) The external link type associated with the default route advertised into a routing domain. The two options are: route-map map- map-name is an identifier for a configured route map. The route map filters imported routes from the source routing protocol to the current routing protocol. name • • external internal If you do not specify a map-name, all routes are redistributed. If you specify a keyword, but fail to list route map tags, no routes are imported.
Parameters process-id Enter a number that corresponds to the OSPF process ID to be redistributed. The range is from 1 to 65355. metric metric- (OPTIONAL) The value used for the redistributed route. Use a metric value that is consistent with the destination protocol. The range is from 0 to 16777215. The default is 0. value metric-type {external | internal} (OPTIONAL) The external link type associated with the default route advertised into a routing domain.
router isis Enable the IS-IS routing protocol and specify an IP IS-IS process. C9000 Series Syntax router isis [tag][vrf vrf-name] To disable IS-IS routing, use the no router isis [tag] command. Parameters vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to enable the IS-IS routing protocol and to specify an IP IS-IS process on that VRF. tag (OPTIONAL) This is a unique name for a routing process. A null tag is assumed if the tag option is not specified.
To return to the default values, use the no set-overload-bit command. Defaults Not set. Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. ROUTER ISIS (for IPv4) CONFIGURATION-ROUTER-ISIS-ADDRESS-FAMILY-IPV6 (for IPv6) The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.
Example (RouterIsis) Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.1 Introduced on the S4810. The bold section identifies that Multi-Topology IS-IS is enabled in Transition mode. Dell(conf-router_isis)# show config ! router isis clns host ISIS 49.0000.0001.F100.E120.0013.00 log-adjacency-changes net 49.0000.0001.F100.E120.0013.
Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. EXEC EXEC Privilege The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added supported for VRF. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Inroduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.
Example The bold sections identify that MultiTopology IS-IS is enabled. Dell#show isis database IS-IS Level-1 Link State Database LSPID LSP Seq Num LSP Checksum LSP Holdtime ATT/P/OL ISIS.00-00 * 0x00000006 0xCF43 580 0/0/0 IS-IS Level-2 Link State Database LSPID LSP Seq Num LSP Checksum LSP Holdtime ATT/P/OL ISIS.00-00 * 0x00000006 0xCF43 580 0/0/0 ! Dell#show isis database detail ISIS.00-00 IS-IS Level-1 Link State Database LSPID LSP Seq Num LSP Checksum LSP Holdtime ATT/P/OL ISIS.
Command Modes Parameters Command History • • EXEC EXEC Privilege vrf vrf-name (Optional) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name if the VRf to display IS-IS graceful restart details corresponding to that VRF. NOTE: If you do not specify this option, the IS-IS graceful restart details corresponding to the default VRF are displayed. This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. EXEC EXEC Privilege The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.2) Introduced on the Z9000. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810.
Hello Interval: 10, Hello Multiplier: 3, CSNP Interval: 10 --More-Dell>show isis int TenGigabitEthernet 1/7/1 is up, line protocol is up MTU 1497, Encapsulation SAP Routing Protocol: IS-IS Circuit Type: Level-1-2 Interface Index 37847070, Local circuit ID 1 Level-1 Metric: 10, Priority: 64, Circuit ID: systest-3.01 Hello Interval: 10, Hello Multiplier: 3, CSNP Interval: 10 Number of active level-1 adjacencies: 1 Level-2 Metric: 10, Priority: 64, Circuit ID: systest-3.
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
Link Local Address: fe80::201:e8ff:fe00:492c Topology: IPv4 IPv6 , Common (IPv4 IPv6 ) Adjacency being used for MTs: IPv4 IPv6 Dell# Dell#show isis neighbors System Id Interface State Type Priority Uptime Circuit Id TEST Te 7/1/1 Up L1L2(M) 127 09:28:01 TEST.02 ! Dell#show isis neighbors detail System Id Interface State Type Priority Uptime Circuit Id TEST Te 7/1/1 Up L1L2(M) 127 09:28:04 TEST.02 Area Address(es): 49.0000.0001 IP Address(es): 25.1.1.3* MAC Address: 0000.0000.
Routing for area address(es): 49.0000.0001 Interfaces supported by IS-IS: GigabitEthernet 1/1 - IP - IPv6 GigabitEthernet 1/2 - IP - IPv6 GigabitEthernet 1/10 - IP - IPv6 Loopback 0 - IP - IPv6 Redistributing: Distance: 115 Generate narrow metrics: level-1-2 Accept narrow metrics: level-1-2 Generate wide metrics: none Accept wide metrics: none Multi Topology Routing is enabled in transition mode. Dell# Dell#show isis protocol IS-IS Router: System Id: F100.E120.
Parameters interface (OPTIONAL) Identifies the interface type slot/port as one of the following: • • • • • vrf vrf-name For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/ port information. For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number.
Item Description Level-1/Level-2 SPF Calculations Displays the number of shortest path first calculations. LSP checksum errors received Displays the number of checksum errors LSPs received. LSP authentication failures Displays the number of LSP authentication failures.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.
24 Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) IGMP and IGMP snooping commands are supported by the Dell Networking OS on the switch. This chapter contains the following sections: • • IGMP Commands IGMP Snooping Commands Topics: • • IGMP Commands IGMP Snooping Commands IGMP Commands The system supports IGMPv1/v2/v3 and is compliant with RFC-3376.
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command debug ip igmp Enable debugging of IGMP packets.
ip igmp access-group Specify access control list for packets in access-group. C9000 Series Syntax ip igmp access-group access-list To remove the feature, use the no ip igmp access-group access-list command. Parameters access-list Enter the name of the extended ACL (16 characters maximum). Defaults Not configured Command Modes INTERFACE (conf-if-interface-slot/port) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Version Description 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. ip igmp immediate-leave Enable IGMP immediate leave.
ip igmp last-member-query-interval Change the last member query interval, which is the Max Response Time inserted into Group-Specific Queries sent in response to Leave Group messages. This interval is also the interval between Group-Specific Query messages. C9000 Series Syntax ip igmp last-member-query-interval milliseconds To return to the default value, use the no ip igmp last-member-query-interval command.
Parameters seconds Enter the number of seconds the router must wait to become the new querier. The range is from 60 to 300. The default is 125 seconds. Defaults 125 seconds Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. Maximum range of the Hello interval value is changed to 18000. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.6.1.
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series in Interface VLAN mode only to enable the system to act as an IGMP Proxy Querier. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series in Interface VLAN mode only to enable the system to act as an IGMP Proxy Querier.
ip igmp static-group Configure an IGMP static group. C9000 Series Syntax ip igmp static-group {group address [exclude [source address]] | [include {source address}]} To delete a static address, use the no ip igmp static-group {group address [exclude [source address]] | [include {source address}]} command. Parameters group address Enter the group address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D). exclude source (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword exclude then the source address, in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.
Parameters 2 Enter the number 2 to set the IGMP version number to IGMPv2. 3 Enter the number 3 to set the IGMP version number to IGMPv3. Defaults 2 (that is, IGMPv2) Command Modes INTERFACE INTERFACE (BATCH Mode) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.10(0.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series and C-Series. 7.5.1.
Example (Details) 225.0.0.3 Vlan 100 IGMPv2 00:00:05 00:02:04 3.0.0.51 225.0.0.4 Vlan 100 IGMPv2 00:00:05 00:02:04 3.0.0.51 Dell#show ip igmp group details Interface Vlan 20 Group 232.1.1.5 Uptime 00:11:22 Expires Never Router mode INCLUDE Last reporter 35.0.0.2 Group source list Source address Expires 65.0.0.1 00:01:22 65.0.0.2 00:01:22 65.0.0.3 00:01:22 65.0.0.4 00:01:22 65.0.0.5 00:01:22 show ip igmp interface View information on the interfaces participating in IGMP.
The show ip igmp interface command does not display information corresponding to the loop-back interfaces.
Source address 65.0.0.1 65.0.0.2 65.0.0.3 65.0.0.4 65.0.0.5 Related Commands Expires 00:01:22 00:01:22 00:01:22 00:01:22 00:01:22 ip igmp ssm-map — uses a statically configured list to translate (*,G) memberships to (S,G) memberships. IGMP Snooping Commands IGMP Snooping version 2 and 3 are supported on the switch. Important Points to Remember for IGMP Snooping • • • • • • • • • • The Dell Networking OS supports version 1, version 2, and version 3 hosts.
• • • • For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/ port information. For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, Z9000, and Z9500. Usage Information IGMP commands accept only non-VLAN interfaces — specifying VLAN does not yield results. This command displays packets for IGMP and IGMP snooping. ip igmp snooping enable Enable IGMP snooping on all or a single VLAN. This command is the master on/off switch to enable IGMP snooping.
To disable IGMP snooping fast leave, use the no igmp snooping fast-leave command. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE INTERFACE (BATCH Mode) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced the Configuration Terminal Batch mode on C9010. 9.9(0.
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Seris and S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information On the C-Series and S-Series, unregistered multicast data traffic drops when you disable flooding; they do not forward the packets to multicast router ports. On the C-Series and S-Series, in order to disable Layer 2 multicast flooding, disable Layer 3 multicast (no ip multicast-routing).
ip igmp snooping mrouter Statically configure a VLAN member port as a multicast router interface. C9000 Series Syntax ip igmp snooping mrouter interface interface To delete a specific multicast router interface, use the no igmp snooping mrouter interface interface command. Parameters interface interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • • • Defaults Not configured.
To disable IGMP querier processing for the VLAN interface, use the no ip igmp snooping querier command. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE INTERFACE (BATCH Mode) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.10(0.
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information If the port channel is a VLT port channel, an asterisk (*) after the port channel number (Po 100*) indicates the port channel is locally down and that a remote VLT port is up.
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.13.0.1P1 Introduced peTenGigE interface support on the C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.7(0.1) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S5000, S6000, Z9000, and Z9500.
25 Internet Protocol Security (IPSec) Internet protocol security (IPSec) is an end-to-end security scheme for securing IP communications by authenticating and encrypting all packets in a session. Use IPSec between hosts, gateways, or hosts and gateways. IPSec uses a series of protocol functions to achieve information security: • • • Authentication Headers (AH) — connectionless integrity and origin authentication for IP packets.
• • • espauthentication Enter the keywords esp-authentication then the transform type of operation to apply to traffic. The transform type represents the encryption or authentication applied to traffic. • • • esp-encryption md5 — Use Message Digest 5 (MD5) authentication. sha1 — Use Secure Hash Algorithm 1 (SHA-1) authentication. null — Causes an encryption policy configured for the area to not be inherited on the interface. md5 — Use Message Digest 5 (MD5) authentication.
Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000, S4810, and S4820T.
To remove the match filter for the crypto map, use the no match seq-num tcp [source ip address | ipv6 address {mask} {source-port number}] [destination ip address | ipv6 address {mask} {destination-port number}] command. Parameters seq-num Enter the match command sequence number. sourceip-address | Enter the keyword source then the IPv4 or IPv6 address for the source. ipv6 address mask Enter the mask prefix length in /nn format. source-port number Enter the source port number.
ah Use the AH protocol when you select the AH transform set in the crypto policy. esp Use the ESP protocol when you select the ESP transform set in the crypto policy. spi Enter the security parameter index number. hex-key-string Enter the session key in hex format (a string of 8, 16, or 20 bytes). For DES algorithms, specify at least 16 bytes per key. For SHA algorithms, specify at least 20 bytes per key. encrypt Indicates the ESP encryption transform set key string.
ESP Encry Transform Dell# : 3des show crypto ipsec policy Display the crypto policy configuration. C9000 Series Syntax show crypto ipsec policy Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.
Source port Destination address Destination mask Destination port source-interface name source-interface num : : : : : : 23 a::2 /128 0 Match sequence Num Protocol type IP or IPv6 Source address Source mask Source port Destination address Destination mask Destination port source-interface name source-interface num : : : : : : : : : : : 2 tcp IPv6 a::1 /128 0 a::2 /128 21 Match sequence Num Protocol type IP or IPv6 Source address Source mask Source port Destination address Destination mask Destination
26 IPv4 Routing The basic IPv4 commands are supported by Dell Networking operating system on the switch.
• • show ip traffic show tcp statistics arp To associate an IP address with a MAC address in the switch, use address resolution protocol (ARP). C9000 Series Syntax arp [vrf vrf-name]ip-address mac-address interface To remove an ARP address, use the no arp ip-address command. Parameters vrf vrf-name Enter a VRF name to configure an ARP entry for that VRF. Use the VRF option after the keyword arp to configure a static arp on that particular VRF.
Version Description 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information You cannot use Class D or Class E IP addresses or zero IP address (0.0.0.0) when creating a static ARP. Zero MAC addresses (00:00:00:00:00:00) are also invalid. Use this command in Configuration Terminal Batch mode to associate an IP address with a MAC address in a dual-homing setup.
arp learn-enable Enable ARP learning using gratuitous ARP. C9000 Series Syntax arp learn-enable Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
Related Commands show arp retries — displays the configured number of ARP retries. arp timeout Set the time interval for an ARP entry to remain in the ARP cache. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters arp timeout minutes minutes Enter the number of minutes. The range is from 0 to 35790. The default is 4 hours (240 minutes). Defaults 240 minutes (4 hours) Command Modes • • • Command History This guide is platform-specific.
• • • • • • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. The range is from 1 to 4096. For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/ port information. For a VLAN, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094.
clear host Remove one or all dynamically learned host table entries. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters clear host name name Enter the name of the host to delete. Enter * to delete all host table entries. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
CAUTION: Executing this command causes traffic disruption. Related Commands show ip fib linecard — shows FIB entries on a specified stack-unit. clear ip route Clear one or all routes in the routing table. C9000 Series Syntax clear ip route {* | ip-address mask} Parameters * Enter an asterisk (*) to clear all learned IP routes. ip-address mask Enter a specific IP address and mask in dotted decimal format to clear that IP address from the routing table.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.
debug arp View information on ARP transactions. C9000 Series Syntax debug arp [interface] [count value] To stop debugging ARP transactions, use the no debug arp command. Parameters interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • • • • • • • count value For the Management interface, enter the keyword ManagementEthernet then the slot/port information. The slot range is from 0 to 1 and the port range is 0.
debug ip dhcp Enable debug information for dynamic host configuration protocol (DHCP) relay transactions and display the information on the console. C9000 Series Syntax debug ip dhcp To disable debug, use the no debug ip dhcp command. Defaults Debug disabled Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
to 14.4.4.2 00:12:42 : %RELAY-I-PACKET: BOOTP REPLY (Unicast) received at interface 14.4.4.1 BOOTP Reply, hops = 0, XID = 0xda4f9503, secs = 0, hwaddr = 00:60:CF:20:7B:8C, teaddr = 113.3.3.17 00:12:42 : %RELAY-I-BOOTREPLY: Forwarded BOOTREPLY for 00:60:CF:20:7B:8C to 113.3.3.254 Dell# Related Commands • • ip helper-address – specifies the destination broadcast or host address for the DHCP server request. ip helper-address hop-count disable – disables the hop-count increment for the DHCP relay agent.
Example Version Description 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Added support for 4094 VLANs on the E-Series ExaScale (the prior limit was 2094). 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.3.1.0 Added the count option. ICMP: ICMP: ICMP: ICMP: ICMP: ICMP: ICMP: ICMP: echo request rcvd from src 40.40.40.40 src 40.40.40.40, dst 40.40.40.40, echo src 40.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.13.0.1P1 Introduced peTenGigE interface support on the C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.
IP: s=40.40.40.40 (local), d=224.0.0.5 multicast proto=89 IP: s=40.40.40.40 (local), d=224.0.0.6 multicast proto=2 IP: s=0.0.0.0, d=30.30.30.30, len 100, ICMP type=8, code=0 IP: s=0.0.0.0, d=30.30.30.30, len 100, ICMP type=8, code=0 (Te 2/11), len 64, sending broad/ (Te 2/11), len 28, sending broad/ unroutable unroutable Usage Information To stop packets from flooding the user terminal when debugging is turned on, use the count option.
Command Modes interval minutes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interval followed by the time period in minutes at which ACL logs must be generated. The time interval range is from 1 to 10 minutes. monitor (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword monitor when the rule is describing the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface. CONFIGURATION-EXTENDED-ACCESS-LIST Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.
ip address Assign a primary and secondary IP address to the interface. C9000 Series Syntax ip address {ip-address mask [secondary] | dhcp} To delete an IP address from an interface, use the no ip address [ip-address] command. Parameters ip-address Enter an IP address in dotted decimal format. mask Enter the mask of the IP address in slash prefix format (for example, /24). secondary (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword secondary to designate the IP address as the secondary address.
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. ip domain-list Configure ip domain names to complete unqualified host names.
• enable DNS with the ip domain-lookup command To view current bindings, use the show hosts command. To view a DNS-related configuration, use the show running-config resolve command. Related Commands ip domain-name — specifies a DNS server. ip domain-lookup Enable dynamic host-name to address resolution (that is, DNS). C9000 Series Syntax ip domain-lookup To disable DNS lookup, use the no ip domain-lookup command. Defaults Disabled.
Parameters name Enter one domain name to complete unqualified names (that is, incomplete domain names that cannot be resolved). Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.3.1.0 Introduced for the E-Series. Usage Information This command disables the hop field increments when boot requests are relayed to a DHCP server through the system. If the incoming boot request already has a non-zero hops field, the message is relayed with the same value for hops.
ip max-frag-count Set the maximum number of fragments allowed in one packet for packet re-assembly. C9000 Series Syntax ip max-frag-count count To place no limit on the number of fragments allowed, use the no ip max-frag-count command. Parameters count Enter a number for the number of fragments allowed for re-assembly. The range is from 2 to 256. Defaults No limit is set on number of fragments allowed. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The system does not support sending DNS queries over a VLAN.
ip route Assign a static route to the switch. C9000 Series Syntax ip route {destination mask {ip-address | interface [slot/port] | [tunnel tunnel-id] [distance] [name description] [permanent] | tag tag-value}}[vrf vrfname ] To delete a specific static route, use the no ip route destination mask command. To delete all routes matching a certain route, use the no ip route destination mask command. Parameters destination Enter the IP address in dotted decimal format of the destination device.
vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF. Use this VRF option after the next hop to specify which VRF the next hop belongs to. This setting is used in route leaking cases. Refer to the Route Leaking VRFs section in the Virtual Routing and Forwarding (VRF) chapter of the Configuration guide. weight weight- Enter the keyword weight followed by a weight value. The range is from 0 to 255.
You can specify a weight for an IPv4 or IPv6 static route. If the weight value of a path is 0, then that path is not used for forwarding when weighted ECMP is in effect. Also, if a path corresponding to a static route (destination) has a non-zero weight assigned to it and other paths do not have any weight configured, then regular ECMP is used for forwarding. You can specify the weight value only to destination address and not on the egress port.
ip unreachables Enable the generation of internet control message protocol (ICMP) unreachable messages. C9000 Series Syntax ip unreachables To disable the generation of ICMP messages, use the no ip unreachables command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Example Dell(conf)#ipv4 unicast-host-route Warning: Command will take effect for existing routes only when IPv4 route prefixes are cleared from RTM Dell(conf)#no ipv4 unicast-host-route load-balance By default, the system uses an IP 4-tuple (IP SA, IP DA, Source Port, and Destination Port) to distribute IP traffic over members of a Port Channel as well as equal-cost paths. To designate another method to balance traffic over Port Channel members, use the loadbalance command.
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.10.0 Added the ingress-port parameter for the S4810. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.7(0.1) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.1) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.7(0.
• • • • • • linecard slot-id For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/ port information. For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. For a tunnel interface, enter the keyword tunnel. For a port extender (PE) Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword peGigE then the pe-id/ stack-unit unit number /port-ID information.
The following example shows two VLANs that are associated with a private VLAN (PVLAN) (refer to Private VLAN (PVLAN)). The following describes the show arp command shown in the following example. Field Description Protocol Displays the protocol type. Address Displays the IP address of the ARP entry. Age(min) Displays the age (in minutes) of the ARP entry. Hardware Address Displays the MAC address associated with the ARP entry.
83 Dell Related Commands • • 0 83 CP ip local-proxy-arp — enables/disables Layer 3 communication in secondary VLANs. switchport mode private-vlan — sets PVLAN mode of the selected port. show arp retries Display the configured number of ARP retries. C9000 Series Syntax show arp retries Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The following describes the show hosts command in the following example. Field Description Default domain... Displays the domain name (if configured). Name/address lookup... States if DNS is enabled on the system.
show ip cam linecard View CAM entries for a port pipe on a line card.. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show ip cam linecard number port-set pipe-number [ip-address mask [longerprefixes] | index index-number | summary | vrf vrf instance] number Enter the number of the line card. pipe-number Enter the number of the line card’s port-pipe. The range is from 0 to 1. ip-address mask [longer-prefix] (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address and mask of a route to CAM entries for that route only.
Field Description Next-Hop Displays the next hop IP address of the entry. VId Displays the VLAN ID. If the entry is 0, the entry is not part of a VLAN. Mac Addr Displays the next-hop router’s MAC address. Port Displays the egress interface. Use the second half of the entry to determine the interface. For example, in the entry 17cl CP, the CP is the pertinent portion.
Addr Port VId EC ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------------- -----------1.1.32.140/32 via 1.1.32.140, PeGigE PE‐ID/Slot/Port 1.1.32.140 00:00:00:00:1f:8a PeGigE PE‐ID/Slot/Port 200 0 show ip flow Show how a Layer 3 packet is forwarded when it arrives at a particular interface.
Usage Information This command provides egress port information for a given IP flow. This information is useful in identifying which interface the packet follows in the case of Port-channel and Equal Cost Multi Paths. Use this command for routed packed only. For switched packets, use the show port-channel-flow command. The show ip flow command does not compute the egress port information when load-balance mac hashing is also configured due to insufficient information (the egress MAC is not available).
Version Description 9.11(0.0) Updated the command output to include the unicast reverse path forwarding (uRPF) status. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.2 Supported on the E-Series ExaScale E600i. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
IP unicast RPF check is not supported TenGigabitEthernet 2/2 is down, line protocol is down Internet address is not set IP MTU is 1500 bytes Directed broadcast forwarding is disabled Proxy ARP is enabled Split Horizon is enabled Poison Reverse is disabled ICMP redirects are not sent ICMP unreachables are not sent IP unicast RPF check is not supported TenGigabitEthernet 2/3 is down, line protocol is down Internet address is not set IP MTU is 1500 bytes Directed broadcast forwarding is disabled Proxy ARP is e
Fields Description Interface Displays type of interface and the associated slot and port number. IP-Address Displays the IP address for the interface, if configured. Ok? Indicates if the hardware is functioning properly. Method Displays “Manual” if the configuration is read from the saved configuration. Status States whether the interface is enabled (up) or disabled (administratively down). Protocol States whether IP is enabled (up) or disabled (down) on the interface.
Example Version Description 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell#show ip management-route Destination ----------10.1.2.0/24 172.16.1.0/24 Dell# Gateway ------ManagementEthernet 0/0 10.1.2.4 State ----Connected Active show ipv6 management-route Display the IPv6 static routes configured for the management interface.
2001:68::0/64 Dell# 2001:34::16 Active show ip protocols View information on all routing protocols enabled and active on the switch. C9000 Series Syntax show ip protocols Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. EXEC EXEC Privilege The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.
show ip route View information, including how they were learned, about the IP routes on the switch. C9000 Series Syntax show ip route hostname | ip-address [mask] [longer-prefixes] | list prefix-list | protocol [process-id | routing-tag] | all | connected | static | summary] [vrf vrf-name] Parameters vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf and then the VRF name to list the routes in the route table of a specific VRF.
Example Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.9.1.0 Introduced VRF on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. EXEC EXEC Privilege The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The following describes the show ip route summary shown in the following example.
rp (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword rp to view only IP traffic statistics from the Route Processor. Default View IP traffic statistics from all processors. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.
Keyword Definition ...socket full The applications buffer is full and the incoming packet are dropped. The F10 Monitoring MIB provides access to the following statistics. • • • • • • • • • Example IP Statistics: Bcast: Received: Object = f10BcastPktRecv, OIDs = 1.3.6.1.4.1.6027.3.3.5.1.1 IP Statistics: Bcast: Sent: Object = f10BcastPktSent, OIDs = 1.3.6.1.4.1.6027.3.3.5.1.2 IP Statistics: Mcast: Received: Object = f10McastPktRecv, OIDs = 1.3.6.1.4.1.6027.3.3.5.1.
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Default Display TCP information from all processors. Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
Example Field Description 0 window probe... Displays the number of window probe and update packets sent. 7 Connections initiated... Displays the number of TCP connections initiated, accepted, and established. 14 Connections closed... Displays the number of TCP connections closed, dropped. 20 Total rxmt... Displays the number of times the switch tried to re-send data and the number of connections dropped during the TCP retransmit timeout period. 0 Keepalive....
27 IPv6 Access Control Lists (IPv6 ACLs) IPv6 ACLs and IPv6 Route Map commands are supported on Dell Networking operating system. NOTE: For IPv4 ACL commands, refer to the Access Control Lists (ACL) chapter. Important Points to Remember • • • • • • • • • Certain platforms require manual CAM usage space allotment. For more information, see the cam-acl command. Egress IPv6 ACL and IPv6 ACL on the Loopback interface is not supported. Reference to an empty ACL permits any traffic.
Parameters default Use the default CAM profile settings and set the CAM as follows: • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • l2acl number L3 ACL (ipv4acl): 4 L2 ACL(l2acl): 5 IPv6 L3 ACL (ipv6acl): 0 L3 QoS (ipv4qos): 2 L2 QoS (l2qos): 1 OpenFlow: 0 (disabled) FCoE (fcoeacl): 0 (disabled) iSCSI Optimization (iscsioptacl): 0 (disabled) L2 PT : 0 IP-MAC ACL : 0 Vman QoS : 0 ECFM ACL: 0 IPv4 PBR : 0 VRFv4 ACL : 0 FedGov ACL : 0 NLB Cluster ACL : 0 Allocate space to each CAM region.
nlbclusteracl number ipv4pbr number Enter nlbclusteracl and the FP block number for NLB Cluster ACL. The FP block number range is 0 to 6. Enter ipv4pbr and the FP block number for IPv4 PBR ACL. The FP block number range is 0 to 6. iscsioptacl number Enter iscsioptacl and the FP block number for ISCSI optimization ACL. The FP block number range is 0 to 6. Command Modes openflow number Enter openflow and the FP block number for OpenFlow ACL. The FP block number range is 0 to 6.
cam-acl-egress Allocate space for IPv6 egress ACLs. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters cam-acl-egress {default | l2acl 1-3 ipv4acl 1-3 ipv6acl 0-2} default Use the default CAM profile settings, and set the CAM as follows: • • • L2 ACL(l2acl): 1 L3 ACL (ipv4acl: 1 IPv6 L3 ACL (ipv6acl): 2 l2acl 1-3 ipv4acl 1- Allocate space to support IPv6 ACLs. Enter all of the profiles and a range. Enter the CAM 3 ipv6acl 0-2 profile name then the allocation amount. The ipv6acl range must be a factor of 2.
clear counters ipv6 access-group Erase all counters maintained for the IPv6 access lists. C9000 Series Syntax clear counters ipv6 access-group [access-list-name] Parameters Command Modes Command History access-list-name • • (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of a configured access-list, up to 140 characters. EXEC EXEC Privilege Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
The default frequency at which ACL logs are generated is five minutes. By default, flow-based monitoring is not enabled. Command Modes Command History ACCESS-LIST Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4(0.0) Added support for flow-based monitoring on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000 platforms. 9.3(0.0) Added support for logging of ACLs on the S4810, S4820T, and Z9000 platforms.
monitor Defaults (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword monitor when the rule is describing the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface. By default, 10 ACL logs are generated if you do not specify the threshold explicitly. The default frequency at which ACL logs are generated is 5 minutes. By default, flow-based monitoring is not enabled. Command Modes Command History ACCESS-LIST Version Description 9.9(0.
Defaults interval minutes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interval followed by the time period in minutes at which ACL logs must be generated. The time interval range is from 1 to 10 minutes. monitor (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword monitor when the rule is describing the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface. By default, 10 ACL logs are generated if you do not specify the threshold explicitly.
of ACL logs is terminated. with the seq, permit, or deny commands. The threshold range is from 1 to 100. Command Modes Command History interval minutes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interval followed by the time period in minutes at which ACL logs must be generated. The threshold range is from 1 to 10 minutes. monitor (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword monitor when the rule is describing the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface.
Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced the Configuration Terminal Batch mode on C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the S-Series. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to version 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. 7.4.1.
permit (for IPv6 ACLs) Configure a filter that matches the filter criteria, select an IPv6 protocol number, ICMP, IPv6, TCP, or UDP.
permit icmp (for IPv6 ACLs) Allow filtering of all or specific internet control message protocol (ICMP) messages C9000 Series Syntax permit icmp {source address mask | any | host ipv6-address} {destination address | any | host ipv6-address} [message-type] [count [byte]] [log [interval minutes] [threshold-in-msgs [count]] [monitor] To remove this filter, you have two choices: • • Parameters Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number.
Related Commands permit (for Standard IPv6 ACLs) – configures a filter to forward IPv6 packets. permit tcp (for IPv6 ACLs) Configure a filter to pass TCP packets that match the filter criteria.
the ingress and egress direction. Flow-based monitoring conserves bandwidth by monitoring only specified traffic instead all traffic on the interface. This feature is particularly useful when looking for malicious traffic. It is available for Layer 2 and Layer 3 ingress and egress traffic. You may specify traffic using standard or extended access-lists. This mechanism copies all incoming or outgoing packets on one port and forwards (mirrors) them to another port.
the ingress and egress direction. Flow-based monitoring conserves bandwidth by monitoring only specified traffic instead all traffic on the interface. This feature is particularly useful when looking for malicious traffic. It is available for Layer 2 and Layer 3 ingress and egress traffic. You may specify traffic using standard or extended access-lists. This mechanism copies all incoming or outgoing packets on one port and forwards (mirrors) them to another port.
You can activate flow-based monitoring for a monitoring session by entering the flow-based enable command in the Monitor Session mode. When you enable this capability, traffic with particular flows that are traversing through the ingress and egress interfaces are examined and, appropriate ACLs can be applied in both the ingress and egress direction. Flow-based monitoring conserves bandwidth by monitoring only specified traffic instead all traffic on the interface.
========|========|=================|=============|=============| ============== 1 | 0 | IN-L2 ACL | 1008 | 320 | | | IN-L2 FIB | 32768 | 1132 | | | IN-L3 ACL | 12288 | 2 | | | IN-L3 ECMP GRP | 1024 | 0 | | | IN-L3 FIB | 262141 | 14 | | | IN-L3-SysFlow | 2878 | 45 | | | IN-L3-TrcList | 1024 | 0 | | | IN-L3-McastFib | 9215 | 0 | | | IN-L3-Qos | 8192 | 0 | | | IN-L3-PBR | 1024 | 0 | | | IN-V6 ACL | 0 | 0 | | | IN-V6 FIB | 0 | 0 | | | IN-V6-SysFlow | 0 | 0 | | | IN-V6-McastFib | 0 | 0 | | | OUT-L2 ACL | 1024 |
out Enter the keyword out to display information for an ipv6 egress access-list attached to an interface. interface Enter the keyword interface to display information for an ipv6 access-list for a specific interface. Defaults None Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Usage Information Example Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the S-Series. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to version 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. Field Description “Ingress IPv6...
seq 20 deny host 2.2.2.
28 IPv6 Basics IPv6 basic commands are supported on the Dell Networking operating system. NOTE: For information about the Dell Networking operating software version and platform that supports IPv6 in each software feature, refer to the IPv6 Addressing chapter of the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide.
Defaults LPM CAM is not partitioned with Partition 1. IPv6 /65 to /128 prefixes are not converted to /64 prefixes and saved in the LPM table. All the packets for extended IPv6 route prefixes are transmitted using the default route path. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
clear ipv6 mld_host Clear the IPv6 MLD host counters and reset the elapsed time. C9000 Series Syntax clear ipv6 mld_host Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
• For a tunnel interface, enter the keyword tunnel. Command Modes • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. EXEC Privilege The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.7(0.
Version Description 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. Usage Information • • • • • If two addresses are configured, delete an existing address before configuring a new address. If the last manually-configured global IPv6 address is removed using the “no” form of the command, the linklocal IPv6 address is removed automatically. IPv6 addresses on a single management interface cannot be members of the same subnet.
Usage Infomation • • • • • • SAA can configure up to two addresses. If any preferred prefix or valid timers time out, the corresponding address are deprecated or removed. If an address is removed due to a time-out, an address from the current unused prefix is used to create a new address. If there are no remaining prefixes, the software waits to receive a new prefix from the RA. If auto-configuration is enabled, all IPv6 addresses on that management interface are auto-configured.
ipv6 control-plane icmp error-rate-limit Configure the maximum number of ICMP error packets generated and sent in one second. C9000 Series Syntax ipv6 control-plane icmp error-rate-limit {1-200} To restore the default value, use the no ipv6 control-plane icmp error-rate-limit command. Parameters pps Enter the maximum number of error packets generated per second. The range is from 1 to 200. Default 100 pps Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Usage Information If the flowlabel value is already set for BGP or SSH, the system defaults to the already configured value. All packets on the same connection are considered part of the same flow by the system. For new connections, set the new flowlabel to zero. ipv6 host Assign a name and IPv6 address for the host-to-IPv6 address mapping table. C9000 Series Syntax ipv6 host name ipv6-address To remove an IP host, use the no ipv6 host name {ipv6–address}.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 8.4.1.
Default Disabled Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.11.0.1 Introduced on the S3100 series, S3048–ON, S4048–ON, S4048T-ON, S4810, S4820, S5000, S6000, S6010–ON, S6000–ON, S6100–ON, Z9100–ON, C9010, Z9500, MXL, and FN IOM.
ipv6 nd prefix Specify which IPv6 prefixes are included in Neighbor Advertisements. C9000 Series Syntax ipv6 nd prefix {ipv6-prefix | prefix-length | default} [no-advertise] | [noautoconfig] [no-rtr-address] [off-link] [lifetime {valid | infinite} {preferred | infinite}] Parameters ipv6-prefix Enter an IPv6 prefix. prefix-length Enter the prefix then the prefix length. The length range is from 0 to 128. default Enter the keyword default to set default parameters for all prefixes.
ipv6 neighbor Configure a static entry in the IPv6 neighbor discovery. C9000 Series Syntax ipv6 neighbor{ipv6-address} {interface interface} {hardware_address}[vrf vrfname] To remove a static IPv6 entry from the IPv6 neighbor discovery, use the no ipv6 neighboripv6– address{interface interface Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address of the neighbor in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zero.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.1 Introduced on the S4810. Usage Information Neighbor Discovery Protocol for IPv6 is defined in RFC 2461 as part of the Stateless Address Autoconfiguration protocol. It replaces the Address Resolution Protocol used with IPv4.
• For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword VLAN then the vlan number. The range is from 1 to 4094. If you configure a static IPv6 route using an egress interface and enter the ping command to reach the destination IPv6 address, the ping operation may not work. Configure the IPv6 route using a next-hop IPv6 address in order for the ping command to detect the destination address. ipv6-address Enter the forwarding router IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format.
You can specify a weight for an IPv4 or IPv6 static route. If the weight value of a path is 0, then that path is not used for forwarding when weighted ECMP is in effect. Also, if a path corresponding to a static route (destination) has a non-zero weight assigned to it and other paths do not have any weight configured, then regular ECMP is used for forwarding. You can specify the weight value only to destination address and not on the egress port.
To disable unicast routing, use the no ipv6 unicast-routing command. Defaults Enabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.
Version Description 9.3(0.1) Introduced on the S6000. Usage Information You can use this command to view the maximum number of extended IPv6 prefix entries supported in LPM CAM. The output displays the current value and the new value applicable after a switch reload.
fe80::2ff:eff:fe3f:a1 2::3 00:00:00:00:00:00 00:00:00:00:00:00 CP CP 0 0 0 0 refix Mac-Addr Port VId EC --------------------------------------------------------------2::/64 00:00:00:00:00:00 CP 0 0 fe80::/10 00:00:00:00:00:00 NuP 0 0 ::/0 00:00:00:00:00:00 CP 0 show ipv6 control-plane icmp Displays the status of the icmp control-plane setting for the error eate limit setting.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the S-Series.
show ipv6 interface Display the status of interfaces configured for IPv6.
Version Description 9.13.0.1P1 Introduced peTenGigE interface support on the C9010. 9.11(0.0) Updated the command output to include the unicast reverse path forwarding (uRPF) status. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Added support for IPv6 recursive DNS addresses. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2.(0.0) Added support for tunnel interface. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.5.1.
ff02::1:ff00:8 ff02::1:ffff:6f08 ND MTU is 0 ICMP redirects are not sent DAD is enabled, number of DAD attempts: 3 ND reachable time is 27000 milliseconds ND base reachable time is 30000 milliseconds ND advertised reachable time is 0 milliseconds ND advertised retransmit interval is 0 milliseconds ND router advertisements are sent every 200 to 600 seconds ND router advertisements live for 1800 seconds ND advertised hop limit is 64 IPv6 hop limit for originated packets is 64 IPv6 unicast RPF check is not sup
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Usage Information The following describes the show ipv6 mld-host command shown in the following example. Field Description Valid MLD Packets The total number of packets received and sent from the last time the elapsed time was cleared.
interface interface Enter the keyword interface then the interface type and slot/port or number information: Defaults none Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. EXEC EXEC Privilege The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.
Number of state changes: 2 Number of messages from IFA about port state change: 0 Number of messages communicated b/w Manager and Agent: 6 Dell# show ipv6 route Displays the IPv6 routes.
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. Usage Information The following describes the show ipv6 route command shown in the following examples.
Example (Summary) Dell#show ipv6 route summary Route Source Active Routes Non-active Routes connected 5 0 static 0 0 Total 5 0 Total 5 active route(s) using 952 bytes 960 IPv6 Basics
29 iSCSI Optimization Internet small computer system interface (iSCSI) optimization enables quality-of-service (QoS) treatment for iSCSI storage traffic on a switch. To configure and verify the iSCSI optimization feature, use the following Dell Networking OS commands.
iscsi aging time Set the aging time for iSCSI sessions. C9000 Series Syntax iscsi aging time time To remove the iSCSI session aging time, use the no iscsi aging time command. Parameters time Enter the aging time for the iSCSI session. The range is from 5 to 43,200 minutes. Defaults 10 minutes Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
The following is the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.6(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Usage Information By default, iSCSI flows are assigned to dot1p priority 4. iscsi enable Globally enable iSCSI optimization. C9000 Series Syntax iscsi enable To disable iSCSI optimization, use the no iscsi enable command. Parameters enable Enter the keyword enable to enable the iSCSI optimization feature. Defaults Disabled.
iscsi profile-compellant Configure the auto-detection of Dell Compellent arrays on a port. C9000 Series Syntax iscsi profile-compellent Defaults Dell Compellent disk arrays are not detected. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.
show iscsi Display the currently configured iSCSI settings. C9000 Series Syntax show iscsi Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. EXEC EXEC Privilege The following is the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.6(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500.
Example Dell# show isci session Session 0: -----------------------------------------------------Target: iqn.2001-05.com.equallogic:0-8a0906-0e70c2002-10a0018426a48c94-iom010 Initiator: iqn.1991-05.com.microsoft:win-x9l8v27yajg ISID: 400001370000 Session 1: --------------------------------------------------------Target: iqn.2001-05.com.equallogic:0-8a0906-0f60c2002-0360018428d48c94-iom011 Initiator: iqn.1991-05.com.microsoft:win-x9l8v27yajg ISID: 400001370000.
10.10.0.44 33345 10.10.0.101 3260 0 Session 1 : ---------------------------------------------------Target:iqn.2010-11.com.ixia:ixload:iscsi-TG1 Initiator:iqn.2010-11.com.ixia.ixload:initiator-iscsi-35 Up Time:00:00:01:22(DD:HH:MM:SS) Time for aging out:00:00:09:31(DD:HH:MM:SS) ISID:806978696102 Initiator Initiator Target Target Connection IP Address TCP Port IP Address TCPPort ID 10.10.0.53 33432 10.10.0.101 3260 0 Related Commands • • • show iscsi— displays the currently configured iSCSI settings.
30 Layer 2 This chapter describes commands to configure Layer 2 features. This chapter contains the following sections: • • • MAC Addressing Commands Virtual LAN (VLAN) Commands Far-End Failure Detection (FEFD) Topics: • • • MAC Addressing Commands Virtual LAN (VLAN) Commands Far-End Failure Detection (FEFD) MAC Addressing Commands The following commands are related to configuring, managing, and viewing MAC addresses.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.13.0.1P1 Introduced peTenGigE interface support on the C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Added support for sticky MAC addresses. 8.3.11.
Related Commands Version Description 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. mac learning-limit — sets the MAC address learning limits for a selected interface. show mac-address-table aging-time — displays the MAC aging time. mac-address-table disable-learning Disable MAC address learning from LACP or LLDP BPDUs. Syntax mac-address-table disable-learning [lacp | lldp] Parameters lacp Enter lacp to disable MAC address learning from LACP BPDUs.
output-range interface For a multicast MAC address, enter the keyword output-range then one of the following interfaces to indicate a range of ports for which traffic is forwarded: • • • vlan vlan-id Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced the Configuration Terminal Batch mode on C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
down, except for the port with the lowest interface index. Only the port with the lowest ifIndex remains active. For example: Jun 18 09:55:35: %RPM0-P:RP %MACMGR-1-PE LOOP DETECTION: Loop occurred on PE interfaces:oldInterface: peGigE 0/2/47, newInterface: peGigE 0/1/20,vlanId: 3902, macAddr: 00:aa:00:00:00: To display the PE ports that are shut down due to loop detection, enter the show mac learning-limit violate-action command.
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.12.0 Deprecated the no-station-move command (replaced by the mac-learninglimit mac-address-sticky command). 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Added the vlan option on the E-Series. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Added the station-move option. 6.5.1.0 Added support for MAC Learning-Limit on the LAG.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.8.1.
mac learning-limit station-move-violation Specify the actions for a station move violation. C9000 Series Syntax mac learning-limit station-move-violation {log | shutdown-both | shutdownoffending | shutdown-original} To disable a configuration, use the no mac learning-limit station-move-violation command, then the configured keyword. Parameters log Enter the keyword log to generate a syslog message on a station move violation.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.
dynamic (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword dynamic to display only those MAC addresses the switch dynamically learns. interface interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interface then the interface type, slot and port information: • • • • • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
show mac-address-table Display the MAC address table. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show mac-address-table [address mac-address | interface interface | vlan vlanid] [aging-time] [dynamic | static] [count [vlan vlan-id] [interface interfacetype [slot [/port]]]] address mac- address (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword address then a MAC address in the nn:nn:nn:nn:nn:nn format to display information on that MAC address.
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.12.0 Updated the output. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The following describes the show mac-address-table command shown in the following example.
Line Beginning Description With MAC Entries... Displays the number of MAC entries learned per VLAN. Dynamic Address... Lists the number of dynamically learned MAC addresses. Static Address... Lists the number of user-defined MAC addresses. Total MAC... Lists the total number of MAC addresses the switch uses.
Related Commands show mac-address-table — displays the current MAC address configuration. show mac learning-limit Display MAC address learning limits set for various interfaces. C9000 Series Syntax show mac learning-limit [violate-action] [detail] [interface interface] Parameters violate-action (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords violate-action to display the MAC learning limit violation status. detail (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword detail to display the MAC learning limit in detail.
Example Dell#show mac learning-limit Interface Learning Dynamic Slot/port Limit MAC count Te 1/0 10 0 Te 1/1 5 0 Static MAC count 0 0 Unknown SA Drops 0 0 Dell#show mac learning-limit interface gigabitethernet 1/0 Interface Learning Dynamic Static Unknown SA Slot/port Limit MAC count MAC count Drops Te 1/0 10 0 0 0 Virtual LAN (VLAN) Commands The following commands configure and monitor virtual LANs (VLANs). VLANs are a virtual interface and use many of the same commands as physical interfaces.
Version Description 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information To return VLAN 1 as the Default VLAN, use this command syntax (default-vlan-id 1). The Default VLAN contains only untagged interfaces. Use this command in Configuration Terminal Batch mode to specify a default VLAN in a dual-homing setup. Related Commands interface vlan — configures a VLAN.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
show vlan Display the current VLAN configurations on the switch. C9000 Series Syntax show vlan [brief | id vlan-id | name vlan-name] Parameters brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to display the following information: • • • • • VLAN ID VLAN name (left blank if none is configured) Spanning Tree Group ID MAC address aging time IP address id vlan-id (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword id and VLAN ID number from 1 to 4094 to display the configuration of the specified VLAN.
Column Heading Description Q • • • • • • • • • • • • • Ports Displays the type, slot, and port information.
---- -------------------------------- ---1 0 10 0 20 0 30 0 Example (Name) --------1800 1800 1800 1800 -----------------unassigned unassigned 2.3.3.3/24 2.1.1.
Version Description 9.13.0.1P1 Introduced peTenGigE interface support on the C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
Version Description 9.13.0.1P1 Introduced peTenGigE interface support on the C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information Untagged interfaces can only belong to one VLAN.
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. • • fefd — enables far-end failure detection on an interface. fefd reset — enables FEFD globally on the system.
fefd disable Disable FEFD on an interface only. This command overrides the fefd reset command for the interface. C9000 Series Syntax fefd disable To re-enable FEFD on an interface, use the no fefd disable command. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Related Commands • fefd — enables far-end failure detection. fefd mode Change the FEFD mode on an interface. C9000 Series Syntax fefd mode {normal | aggressive}] To return the FEFD mode to the default of normal, use the no fefd mode command. Parameters normal (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword normal to change the link state to “unknown” when a far-end failure the software detects on that interface. When the interface is placed in “unknown” state, the software brings down the line protocol.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810.
Parameters interval seconds Enter the keyword interval followed by the number of seconds to wait between FEFD control packets. Range is from 3 to 300 seconds. Default is 15 seconds. normal (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords mode normal to change the link state to “unknown” when a far-end failure the software detects on that interface. When the interface is placed in “unknown” state, the software brings down the line protocol. The default is Normal mode.
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Usage Information The following describes the show fefd command shown in the following example. Field Description Interface Displays the interfaces type and number. Mode Displays the mode (aggressive or normal) or NA if the interface contains fefd reset in its configuration.
31 Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP) This chapter contains commands for Dell Networks’s implementation of the link aggregation control protocol (LACP) for creating dynamic link aggregation groups (LAGs) — known as “port-channels” in the Dell Networking operating software. NOTE: For static LAG commands, refer to Port Channel Commands in the Interfaces chapter), based on the standards specified in the IEEE 802.
Related Commands show lacp — displays the LACP configuration. debug lacp Debug LACP (configuration, events, and so on). C9000 Series Syntax debug lacp {config | events | pdu [interface-type [in | out]]} To disable LACP debugging, use the no debug {config | events | pdu [interface-type [in | out]]} command. Parameters config (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword config to debug the LACP configuration. events (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword events to debug the LACP event information.
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. lacp long-timeout Configure a long timeout period (30 seconds) for an LACP session. C9000 Series Syntax lacp long-timeout To reset the timeout period to a short timeout (1 second), use the no lacp long-timeout command. Defaults 1 second Command Modes INTERFACE (conf-if-po-number) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Defaults 32768 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.
port-channel mode Configure the LACP port channel mode. C9000 Series Syntax port-channel number mode [active] [passive] [off] Parameters number Enter the keywords number then a number. active Enter the keyword active to set the mode to the active state. NOTE: LACP modes are defined in Usage Information. passive Enter the keyword passive to set the mode to the passive state. NOTE: LACP modes are defined in Usage Information. off Enter the keyword off to set the mode to the off state.
port-channel-protocol lacp Enable LACP on any LAN port. C9000 Series Syntax port-channel-protocol lacp To disable LACP on a LAN port, use the no port-channel-protocol lacp command. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Example (PortChannel-Number) Dell#show lacp Port-channel 1 Actor System Partner System 1 admin up, oper up, mode lacp ID:Priority 32768, Address 0001.e800.a12b ID:Priority 32768, Address 0001.e801.
32 Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP) Link layer discovery protocol (LLDP) advertises connectivity and management from the local station to the adjacent stations on an IEEE 802 LAN. This chapter contains the following sections: • • LLPD Commands LLDP-MED Commands LLDP facilitates multi-vendor interoperability by using standard management tools to discover and make available a physical topology for network management.
Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Added the vlan-name option. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. protocol lldp (Configuration) — enables LLDP globally. debug lldp interface — debugs LLDP. show lldp neighbors — displays the LLDP neighbors.
To remove the advertised port descriptor, use the no advertise interface—port—desc {description | port-id} command. Parameters description Enter the keyword description then the interface description. port-id Enter the keyword port-id then the port-id. The range is from 0 to 7. Defaults None Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-lldp) INTERFACE (conf-if-interface-lldp) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
advertise management-tlv Advertise management TLVs (Type, Length, Value). C9000 Series Syntax advertise management-tlv {management-address | system-capabilities | systemdescription | system-name} To remove advertised management TLVs, use the no advertise management-tlv {managementaddress | system-capabilities | system-description | system-name} command. Parameters managementaddress Enter the keyword management-address to advertise the management IP address TLVs to the LLDP peer.
Parameters managementaddress Enter the keywords management-address to advertise the management IP address TLVs to the specified interface. systemcapabilities Enter the keywords system-capabilities to advertise the system capabilities TLVs to the specified interface. systemdescription Enter the keywords system-description to advertise the system description TLVs to the specified interface. system-name Enter the keywords system-name to advertise the system name TLVs to the specified interface.
Version Description 9.13.0.1P1 Introduced peTenGigE interface support on the C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
Version Description 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. debug lldp interface To display timer events, neighbor additions or deletions, and other information about incoming and outgoing packets, enable LLDP debugging.
Example Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on the E-Series. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
Related Commands Version Description 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. protocol lldp (Configuration) — enables LLDP globally. debug lldp interface — debugs LLDP. show lldp neighbors — displays the LLDP neighbors. show running-config lldp — displays the LLDP running configuration. hello Configure the rate at which the LLDP control packets are sent to its peer.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000 and S4810.
multiplier Set the number of consecutive misses before LLDP declares the interface dead. C9000 Series Syntax multiplier integer To return to the default, use the no multiplier integer command. Parameters integer Enter the number of consecutive misses before the LLDP declares the interface dead. The range is from 2 to 10. Defaults 4 x hello Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-lldp) and INTERFACE (conf-if-interface-lldp) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
DellEMC(conf)#pe-lldp-multiplier 5 DellEMC(conf)# DellEMC(conf)#do show running-config | grep pepe-lldp-multiplier 5 DellEMC(conf)# Example (unconfigure the PE LLDP multiplier) DellEMC(conf)#no pe-lldp-multiplier DellEMC(conf)# DellEMC(conf)#do show running-config | grep peDellEMC(conf)# protocol lldp (Configuration) Enable the LLDP globally on the switch. C9000 Series Syntax protocol lldp To disable LLDP globally on the chassis, use the no protocol lldp command. Defaults Enabled.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.
Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.1.(0.0) Modified output of detail parameter to display remote management IP addresses. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
Remote Port Subtype: Interface name (5) Remote Port ID: TenGigabitEthernEt 1/40 Local Port ID: TenGigabitEthernet 1/1 Locally assigned remote Neighbor Index: 2 Remote TTL: 120 Information valid for next 43 seconds Time since last information change of this neighbor: 00:01:17 UnknownTLVList: ( 9, 4) ( 10, 4) ( 11, 4) ( 12, 4) ( 13, 4) ( 14, 4) ( 15, 4) ( 19, 4) ( 20, 4) ( 21, 4) ( 22, 4) ( 23, 4) ( 24, 4) ( 25, 4) ( 29, 4) ( 30, 4) ( 31, 4) ( 32, 4) ( 33, 4) ( 34, 4) ( 35, 4) ( 39, 4) ( 40, 4) ( 41, 4) ( 42,
----------------------------------------------------------------------Remote Chassis ID Subtype: Mac address (4) Remote Chassis ID: 4c:76:25:f4:ab:01 Remote Port Subtype: Interface name (5) Remote Port ID: fortyGigE 1/2/8/1 Local Port ID: TenGigabitEthernet 1/1 Locally assigned remote Neighbor Index: 1 Remote TTL: 300 Information valid for next 201 seconds Time since last information change of this neighbor: 00:01:39 UnknownTLVList: OrgUnknownTLVList: ((00-01-66),127, 4) ((00-01-66),126, 4) ((00-01-66),125,
Example Dell#show lldp statistics Total number of neighbors: 300 Last table change time : Mon Oct 02 16:00:52 2006 Number of Table Inserts : 1621 Number of Table Deletes : 200 Number of Table Drops : 0 Number of Table Age Outs : 400 Dell# show management-interface Display LLDP management interface configuration information. C9000 Series Syntax show management-interface Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Example Dell#show running-config lldp ! protocol lldp advertise dot1-tlv port-protocol-vlan-id port-vlan-id advertise dot3-tlv max-frame-size advertise management-tlv system-capabilities system-description hello 15 multiplier 3 no disable Dell# snmp-notification-interval Used to configure the value for the lldp notification interval, to throttle lldp notification messages. Syntax [no] snmp-notification-interval [seconds] To disable this feature, use the no snmp-notification-interval command.
advertise med guest-voice To advertise a separate limited voice service for a guest user with their own IP telephony handset or other appliances that support interactive voice services, configure the system. C9000 Series Syntax advertise med guest-voice {vlan-id layer2_priority DSCP_value} | {prioritytagged number} To return to the default, use the no advertise med guest-voice {vlan-id layer2_priority DSCP_value} | {priority-tagged number} command. Parameters vlan-id Enter the VLAN ID.
Parameters vlan-id Enter the VLAN ID. The range is from 1 to 4094. layer2_priority Enter the Layer 2 priority. The range is from 0 to 7. DSCP_value Enter the DSCP value. The range is from 0 to 63. priority-tagged Enter the keywords priority-tagged then the Layer 2 priority. The range is from 0 to 7. number Defaults unconfigured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-lldp) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and E-Series.
Port extender (PE) processes and advertises LLDP power-via-MDI TLVs when the LLDP advertisement of the TLV is enabled on the PE in class power management mode. Incoming LLDP messages are processed only when the PE is in class power management mode. Related Commands debug lldp interface — debugs LLDP. show lldp neighbors — displays the LLDP neighbors. show running-config lldp — displays the LLDP running configuration.
advertise med streaming-video To advertise streaming video services for broadcast or multicast-based video, configure the system. This command does not include video applications that rely on TCP buffering. C9000 Series Syntax advertise med streaming-video {vlan-id layer2_priority DSCP_value} | {prioritytagged number} To return to the default, use the no advertise med streaming-video {vlan-id layer2_priority DSCP_value} | {priority-tagged number} command. Parameters vlan-id Enter the VLAN ID.
DSCP_value Enter the DSCP value (C-Series and E-Series only). The range is from 0 to 63. priority-tagged Enter the keywords priority-tagged then the Layer 2 priority. The range is from 0 to 7. number Defaults unconfigured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-lldp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and E-Series. debug lldp interface — debugs LLDP. show lldp neighbors — displays the LLDP neighbors. show running-config lldp — displays the LLDP running configuration.
advertise med voice-signaling To advertise when voice control packets use a separate network policy than voice data, configure the system. C9000 Series Syntax advertise med voice-signaling {vlan-id layer2_priority DSCP_value} | {prioritytagged number} To return to the default, use the no advertise med voice-signaling {vlan-id layer2_priority DSCP_value} | {priority-tagged number} command. Parameters vlan-id Enter the VLAN ID. The range is from 1 to 4094.
33 Multicast The multicast commands are supported by Dell Networking operating system. This chapter contains the following sections: • IPv4 Multicast Commands NOTE: Dell Networking OS supports Multicast routing only on default VRFs . Topics: • • IPv4 Multicast Commands IPv6 Multicast Commands IPv4 Multicast Commands The following section contains the IPv4 multicast commands. clear ip mroute Clear learned multicast routes on the multicast forwarding table.
mtrace Trace a multicast route from the source to the receiver. Syntax mtrace [vrf vrf-name] {source-address/hostname} [destination-address/hostname] [group-address/hostname] Parameters Command Modes Command History vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF. If VRF name is not mentioned, the default VRF will be used. Mtrace is not supported for management VRF. source-address/ hostname Enter the source IP address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D).
• • • • • Hop — a hop number(counted negatively to indicate reverse-path) OIF IP — outgoing interface address Proto — multicast routing protocol Forwarding code — error code as present in the response blocks Source Network/Mask — source mask ip mroute Assign a static mroute.
ip multicast-limit To limit the number of multicast entries on the system, use this feature. C9000 Series Syntax ip multicast-limit [vrf vrf-name] limit Parameters limit Enter the desired maximum number of multicast entries on the system. The range is from 1 to 16000. Defaults The default is 4000. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.1 Introduced on the S4810. E-Series legacy command Usage Information After you enable multicast, you can enable IGMP and PIM on an interface. In INTERFACE mode, enter the ip pim sparse-mode command to enable IGMP and PIM on the interface. Related Commands ip pim sparse-mode — enables IGMP and PIM on an interface.
Example show ip multicast-cam stack-unit 1 port 0 Vrf Id Group Address Source Address Ports ----------------------------------------------0 224.1.1.1 0.0.0.0 0/10, 0 224.1.1.2 0.0.0.0 0/10, 0 224.1.1.1 165.13.34.5 0/11, Vlan Id IPMC index ------- ------------ L2 Ports L3 ------------ 1000 1 Te 0/3, Te 1000 1 Te 0/3, Te 2000 2 Te 0/5, Te show ip mroute View the multicast routing table.
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command Example (Static) Dell#show ip mroute static Mroute: 23.23.23.0/24, interface: Lo 2 Protocol: static, distance: 0, route-map: none, last change: 00:00:23 Example (Snooping) Dell#show ip mroute snooping IPv4 Multicast Snooping Table (*, 224.0.0.
Field Description • • statically configured member of the Group received a (*,G) or (S,G) Join message Example show ip rpf View reverse path forwarding. C9000 Series Syntax show ip rpf Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. EXEC EXEC Privilege The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.
Parameters vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to configure this setting on that VRF. NOTE: Applies to specific VRF if input is provided, else applies to Default VRF. group-address [source-address] Enter the multicast group address and source address (if desired), in dotted decimal format, to clear information on a specific group. * Enter * to clear all multicast routes. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
group-address [source-address] (OPTIONAL) Enter the multicast group-address to view only routes associated with that group. Enter the source-address to view routes with that group-address and sourceaddress. count (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword count to view the number of multicast routes and packets. summary (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword summary to view a summary of all routes. vlt (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vlt to view multicast routes with a spanned incoming interface.
stack-unit unit-id Enter the keyword stack-unit with a unit-id number to select the stack unit for which to gather information. Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. EXEC EXEC Privilege The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. 9.11.3.
34 Multicast Listener Discovery Protocol The Multicast Listener Discovery (MLD) protocol is used by IPv6 routers to discover multicast listeners on a directly attached link. Similar to the Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP), which handles multicast group memberships in IPv4 networks, MLD is used for multicast management on IPv6 networks.
To turn off debugging, use the no debug ipv6 mld {group-address | interface} command. Parameters vrf vrf-name (Optional) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF. group-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the multicast group address in the x:x:x:x::x format. The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zero.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.11(3.0) Introduced on the S3048–ON, S4048–ON, S4048T-ON, S6000–ON, S6010–ON, S6100–ON, Z9100–ON, S3100, and C9010. ipv6 mld query-interval Change the transmission frequency of the MLD host. Syntax ipv6 mld query-interval [seconds] To return to the default interval, use the no ipv6 mld query-interval command.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.14(1.0) Introduced on the S3048–ON, S4048–ON, S4048T-ON, S5048F–ON, S6000–ON, S6010–ON, S6100–ON, Z9100–ON, S3100, and C9010. Usage Information The ipv6 mld version command is applicable for MLD snooping-enabled interfaces.
Parameters vrf vrf-name (Optional) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF. interface interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • • • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. For a VLAN, enter the keyword vlan followed by a number from 1 to 4094.
Defaults None. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.14(0.0) Introduced on the S3048–ON, S4048–ON, S4048T-ON, S5048F-ON, S6000–ON, S6010–ON, S6100–ON, Z9100–ON, S3100, and C9010. debug ipv6 mld snooping Enable debugging on IPv6 MLD snooping packets.
ipv6 mld snooping enable Enable MLD snooping on the switch globally. Syntax ipv6 mld snooping enable To disable MLD snooping, use the no ipv6 mld snooping enable command. Defaults Enabled on all VLAN interfaces. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.14(0.
Defaults None. Command Modes INTERFACE VLAN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.14(0.0) Introduced on the S3048–ON, S4048–ON, S4048T-ON, S5048F-ON, S6000–ON, S6010–ON, S6100–ON, Z9100–ON, S3100, and C9010. ipv6 mld snooping querier Enable the MLD querier processing for the VLAN interface.
Example Dell EMC#show ipv6 mld snooping groups Total Number of Groups: 1 Channel ::/ff0e::225:1:1:1, interface Vlan 10 Uptime 11:24:49 , Last join time 00:00:15 Expires in 00:01:54 Ports : Po 1 Dell EMC# show ipv6 mld snooping interface View the configured MLD snooping interfaces.
Example Version Description 9.14(0.0) Introduced on the S3048–ON, S4048–ON, S4048T-ON, S5048F-ON, S6000–ON, S6010–ON, S6100–ON, Z9100–ON, S3100, and C9010.
35 Multicast Source Discovery Protocol (MSDP) Multicast source discovery protocol (MSDP) connects multiple PIM Sparse-Mode (PIM-SM) domains together. MSDP peers connect using TCP port 639. Peers send keepalives every 60 seconds. A peer connection is reset after 75 seconds if no MSDP packets are received. MSDP connections are parallel with MBGP connections.
Version Description 6.2.1.1 Introduced clear ip msdp sa-cache Clears the entire source-active cache, the source-active entries of a particular multicast group, rejected, or local source-active entries. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters clear ip msdp sa-cache [group-address | rejected-sa | local] group-address Enter the group IP address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D.).
local Enter the keyword local to clear out local PIM advertised entries. It applies the redistribute filter (if present) while adding the local PIM SA entries to the SA cache. Defaults Without any options, this command clears the entire source-active cache. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Version Description 6.2.1.1 Introduced ip msdp cache-rejected-sa Enable an MSDP cache for the rejected source-active entries. C9000 Series Syntax ip msdp cache-rejected-sa {number} To clear the MSDP rejected source-active entries, use the no ip msdp cache-rejected-sa {number} command then the ip msdp cache-rejected-sa {number} command. Parameters number Enter the number of rejected SA entries to cache. The range is from 0 to 32766.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.
To remove the peer from a mesh group, use the no ip msdp mesh-group {name} {peer address} command. Parameters name Enter a string of up to 16 characters long for as the mesh group name. peer address Enter the peer address in a dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D.). Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 6.2.1.1 Introduced ip msdp peer Configure an MSDP peer.
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 7.5.1.0 Added option for SA upper limit and the description option. 6.2.1.1 Introduced Usage Information The connect-source option is used to supply a source IP address for the TCP connection. When an interface is specified using the connect-source option, the primary configured address on the interface is used.
ip msdp sa-filter Permit or deny MSDP source active (SA) messages based on multicast source and/or group from the specified peer. C9000 Series Syntax ip msdp sa-filter {in | out} peer-address list [access-list name] Remove this configuration using the no ip msdp sa-filter {in | out} peer address list [access-list name] command. Parameters in Enter the keyword in to enable incoming SA filtering. out Enter the keyword out to enable outgoing SA filtering.
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The system counts the SA messages originated by itself and those messages received from the MSDP peers. When the total SA messages reach this limit, the subsequent SA messages are dropped (even if they pass RPF checking and policy checking).
ip multicast-msdp Enable MSDP. C9000 Series Syntax ip multicast-msdp To exit MSDP, use the no ip multicast-msdp command. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 6.2.1.1 Introduced Example Dell#show ip msdp peer 100.1.1.1 Peer Addr: 100.1.1.1 Local Addr: 100.1.1.
Example 1064 Dell#show ip msdp sa-cache rejected-sa MSDP Rejected SA Cache 200 rejected SAs UpTime GroupAddr SourceAddr RPAddr 00:00:13 225.1.2.1 10.1.1.3 110.1.1.1 00:00:13 225.1.2.2 10.1.1.4 110.1.1.1 00:00:13 225.1.2.3 10.1.1.3 110.1.1.1 00:00:13 225.1.2.4 10.1.1.4 110.1.1.1 00:00:13 225.1.2.5 10.1.1.3 110.1.1.1 00:00:13 225.1.2.6 10.1.1.4 110.1.1.1 00:00:13 225.1.2.7 10.1.1.3 110.1.1.1 00:00:13 225.1.2.8 10.1.1.4 110.1.1.1 00:00:13 225.1.2.9 10.1.1.3 110.1.1.1 00:00:13 225.1.2.10 10.1.1.4 110.1.1.
36 Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol (MSTP) Multiple spanning tree protocol (MSTP), as implemented by the Dell Networking operating system, conforms to IEEE 802.1s.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.3.7.
forward-delay The amount of time the interface waits in the Blocking State and the Learning State before transitioning to the Forwarding State. C9000 Series Syntax forward-delay seconds To return to the default setting, use the no forward-delay command. Parameters seconds Enter the number of seconds the interface waits in the Blocking State and the Learning State before transiting to the Forwarding State. The range is from 4 to 30. The default is 15 seconds.
Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.5.1.0 Introduced. forward-delay — the amount of time the interface waits in the Blocking State and the Learning State before transitioning to the Forwarding State.
max-hops Configure the maximum hop count. C9000 Series Syntax max-hops number To return to the default values, use the no max-hops command. Parameters range Enter a number for the maximum hop count. The range is from 1 to 40. The default is 20. Defaults 20 hops Command Modes MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Defaults default bridge-priority is 32768. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
Related Commands msti — maps the VLAN(s) to an MST instance. revision — assigns the revision number to the MST configuration. protocol spanning-tree mstp To enable and configure the multiple spanning tree group, enter MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE mode. C9000 Series Syntax protocol spanning-tree mstp To disable the multiple spanning tree group, use the no protocol spanning-tree mstp command. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Parameters range Enter the revision number for the MST configuration. The range is from 0 to 65535. The default is 0. Defaults 0 Command Modes MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.
Example Dell(conf-mstp)#show config ! protocol spanning-tree mstp no disable name CustomerSvc revision 2 MSTI 10 VLAN 101-105 max-hops 5 Dell(conf-mstp)# show spanning-tree mst configuration View the multiple spanning tree configuration. C9000 Series Syntax show spanning-tree mst configuration Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
brief (Optional) Enter the keyword brief to view a synopsis of the MST instance. guard (Optional) Enter the keyword guard to display the type of guard enabled on an MSTP interface and the current port state. Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. EXEC EXEC Privilege The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Example (EDS and The bold line shows the loopback BPDU inconsistency (LBK_INC). LBK) Dell#show spanning-tree msti 0 brief MSTI 0 VLANs mapped 1-4094 Executing IEEE compatible Spanning Tree Protocol Root ID Priority 32768, Address 0001.e801.6aa8 Root Bridge hello time 2, max age 20, forward delay 15, max hops 20 Bridge ID Priority 32768, Address 0001.e801.
spanning-tree Enable the multiple spanning tree protocol on the interface. C9000 Series Syntax spanning-tree To disable the multiple spanning tree protocol on the interface, use the no spanning-tree command. Parameters spanning-tree Enter the keywords spanning-tree to enable the MSTP on the interface. Defaults Enable. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
Usage Information On an MSTP switch, a port configured as an edge port immediately transitions to the Forwarding state. Only configure ports connected to end-hosts as edge ports. Consider an edge port similar to a port with spanning-tree portfast enabled. If you do not enable shutdown-on-violation, BPDUs are still sent to the RPM CPU. tc-flush-standard Enable the MAC address flushing after receiving every topology change notification.
37 Neighbor Discovery Protocol (NDP) The neighbor discovery protocol for IPv6 is defined in RFC 2461 as part of the Stateless Address Autoconfiguration protocol. It replaces the Address Resolution Protocol used with IPv4.
• count value For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/ port information. Enter the keyword count then the number of debug outputs. The range is from 1 to 65534. The default is infinity. Defaults None Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.11(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.9(0.
hop–limit Enable the verification of the advertised hop count limit. If this command is not configured, the verification process is bypassed. Syntax hop-limit {maximum | minimum limit} To reset the hop count limit, use the no hop-limit {maximum | minimum limit} command. Parameters maximum limit Enter the keyword maximum then the hop limit value. The range is from 0 to 254. minimum limit Enter the keyword minimum then the hop limit value. The range is from 0 to 254.
Related Commands • show ipv6 nd ra-guard policy — display the configuration applied on all the RA guard policies or a specific RA guard policy. ipv6 nd ra–guard enable Allow you to configure the RA guard related commands. Syntax ipv6 nd ra-guard enable To disable the RA guard, use the no ipv6 nd ra-guard enable command. Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
managed-config-flag Set the managed address configuration flag. Syntax managed-config-flag {on | off} To clear the flag, use the no managed-config-flag {on | off} command. Parameters on Enter the keyword on to set the managed-config-flag value as ON. off Enter the keyword off to set the managed-config flag value as OFF. Defaults None Command Modes POLICY LIST CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Related Commands Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S5000, S6000, and Z9000 switches. • • ipv6 nd ra-guard enable — configure the RA guard related commands. ipv6 nd raguard policy policy-name — define the RA guard policy name and enter the RA guard policy configuration mode.
Defaults None Command Modes POLICY LIST CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Related Commands Version Description 9.11(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.7(0.
To reset the advertised retransmission interval, use the no retrans-timervalue command. Parameters value Enter the advertised retransmission time interval in milliseconds. The range is from 100 to 4,294,967,295 milliseconds. Defaults None Command Modes POLICY LIST CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Related Commands Version Description 9.11(0.
router–preference maximum Enable the verification of the advertised default router preference (DRP) value. The preference value is lower than or equal to the specified limit. If this command is not configured, the verification process is bypassed. Syntax router-preference maximum {high | low | medium} To reset the default router preference value, use the no router-preference maximum {high | low | medium} command. Parameters high Enter the keyword high to set the DRP value as high.
ipv6 nd ra-guard policy test device-role router hop-limit maximum 251 mtu 1350 other-config-flag on reachable-time 540 retrans-timer 101 router-preference maximum medium trusted-port Dell(conf-ra_guard_policy_list)# Related Commands • • • • • • • • • • ipv6 nd ra-guard enable — configure the RA guard related commands. ipv6 nd ra-guard policy — define the RA guard policy name and enter the RA guard policy list configuration mode. device-role — specify the role of the device attached to the port.
Related Commands • • • • • • • • • • • ipv6 nd ra-guard enable — configure the RA guard related commands. ipv6 nd ra-guard policy — define the RA guard policy name and enter the RA guard policy list configuration mode. device-role — specify the role of the device attached to the port. hop-limit — enable the verification of the advertised hop count limit. mtu — set the maximum transmission unit (MTU) value. other-config-flag — enable the verification of the advertised other configuration parameter.
38 Object Tracking Object Tracking supports IPv4 and IPv6 protocols. Object tracking allows you to define objects of interest, monitor their state, and report to a client when a change in an object’s state occurs.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.1.0 Introduced. Example Dell#debug track all 04:35:04: %RPM0-P:RP2 %OTM-5-STATE: track 6 - Interface TenGigabitEthernet 1/2/1 line-protocol DOWN 04:35:04: %RPM0-P:RP2 %OTM-5-NOTIF: VRRP notification: resource ID 6 DOWN delay Configure the time delay used before communicating a change in the status of a tracked object to clients.
• track ip route reachability – configures object tracking on the reachability of an IPv4 route. description Enter a description of a tracked object. C9000 Series Syntax description {text} To remove the description, use the no description {text} command. Parameters text Enter a description to identify a tracked object (80 characters maximum). Defaults none Command Modes OBJECT TRACKING (conf_track_object-id) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Example Dell#show running-config track track 1 ip route 23.0.0.0/8 reachability track 2 ipv6 route 2040::/64 metric threshold delay down 3 delay up 5 threshold metric up 200 track 3 ipv6 route 2050::/64 reachability track 4 interface TenGigabitEthernet 1/2/1 ip routing track 5 ip route 192.168.0.0/24 reachability vrf red track resolution ip route isis 20 track resolution ip route ospf 10 Example (Objectid) Dell#show running-config track 300 track 300 ip route 10.0.0.
Version Description 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.1.0 Introduced. Usage Information The following describes the show track command shown in the Example below. Output Description Track object-id Displays the number of the tracked object. Interface type Displays the interface type and slot/port number or address of the IPv4/IPv6 route that is slot/port, IP route being tracked.
Example (Brief) Related Commands Dell>show track brief ResId Resource Parameter State LastChange 1 IP route reachability 10.16.0.0/16 Up 00:01:08 2 Interface line-protocol Ethernet0/2 Down 00:05:00 3 Interface ip routing VLAN100 Up 01:10:05 • • • • • • show running-config track – displays configuration information about tracked objects. track interface ip routing – configures object tracking on the routing status of an IPv4 Layer 3 interface.
Configure the UP and DOWN thresholds for each tracked route with the threshold metric command. The default UP threshold is 254; the default DOWN threshold is 255. The notification of a change in the state of a tracked object is sent when a metric value crosses a configured threshold. The tracking process uses a protocol-specific resolution value to convert the actual metric in the routing table to a scaled metric in the range 0 to 255.
track interface line-protocol Configure object tracking on the line-protocol state of a Layer 2 interface. C9000 Series Syntax track object-id interface interface line-protocol To return to the default setting, use the no track object-id command. Parameters object-id Enter the ID number of the tracked object. The range is 1 to 500. interface Enter one of the following values: • • • • • For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter gigabitethernet and the slot-number/ port-number.
ip-address/ prefix-len Enter an IPv4 address in dotted decimal format. The valid IPv4 prefix lengths are from /0 to /32. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.
ip-address/ prefix-len Enter an IPv4 address in dotted decimal format. The valid IPv4 prefix lengths are from /0 to /32. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.
Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.1.0 Introduced. Usage Information To disable the attempt to track the reachability of next-hop after the configured refresh interval, set the refresh interval as 0.
The protocol-specific resolution value calculates the scaled metric by dividing a route's cost by the resolution value set for the route protocol: • • • • Related Commands • • For ISIS, you can set the resolution in the range of 1-1000, where the default is 10. For OSPF, you can set the resolution in the range of 1-1592, where the default is 1. You cannot configure the resolution value used to map static routes. By default, Dell Networking OS assigns a metric of 0 to static routes.
Output Description Interface type Displays the interface type and slot/port number or address of the IPv4/IPv6 route that is slot/port, IP route being tracked. ip-address, IPv6 route ipv6- address object is Up/Down Up/Down state of tracked object; for example, IPv4 interface, reachability, or metric threshold of an IP route. number changes, last change time Number of times that the state of the tracked object has changed and the time since the last change in hours:minutes:seconds.
track interface ipv6 routing Configure object tracking on the routing status of an IPv6 Layer 3 interface. C9000 Series Syntax track object-id interface interface ipv6 routing To return to the default setting, use the no track object-id command. Parameters object-id Enter the ID number of the tracked object. The range is from 1 to 500. interface Enter one of the following values: • • • • • • For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
To return to the default setting, use the no track object-id command. Parameters object-id Enter the ID number of the tracked object. The range is from 1 to 500. ipv6-address/ prefix-len Enter an IPv6 address in X:X:X:X::X format. The valid IPv6 prefix lengths are from /0 to / 128. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
ipv6-address/ prefix-len Enter an IPv6 address in X:X:X:X::X format. The valid IPv6 prefix lengths are from /0 to / 128. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.
Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.1.0 Introduced. Usage Information To disable the attempt to track the reachability of next-hop after the configured refresh interval, set the refresh interval as 0.
The protocol-specific resolution value calculates the scaled metric by dividing a route's cost by the resolution value set for the route protocol: • • • • Related Commands • • For ISIS, you can set the resolution in the range of 1 to 1000, where the default is 10. For OSPF, you can set the resolution in the range of 1 to 1592, where the default is 1. You cannot configure the resolution value used to map static routes. By default, Dell Networking OS assigns a metric of 0 to static routes.
39 Open Shortest Path First (OSPFv2 and OSPFv3) Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) is an Interior Gateway Protocol (IGP), which means that it distributes routing information between routers in a single Autonomous System (AS). OSPF is also a link-state protocol in which all routers contain forwarding tables derived from information about their links to their neighbors. The fundamental mechanisms of OSPF (flooding, DR election, area support, SPF calculations, and so on) are the same for OSPFv2 and OSPFv3.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for the Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for the Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. area range Summarize routes matching an address/mask at an area border router (ABR). C9000 Series Syntax area area-id range ip-address mask [not-advertise] To disable route summarization, use the no area area-id range ip-address mask command.
area stub Configure a stub area, which is an area not connected to other areas. C9000 Series Syntax area area-id stub [no-summary] To delete a stub area, use the no area area-id stub command. Parameters area-id Specify the OSPF area in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D.) or enter a number from zero (0) to 65535. no-summary (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords no-summary to prevent the ABR from sending summary Link State Advertisements (LSAs) into the stub area. Defaults Disabled.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. clear ip ospf Clear all OSPF routing tables. C9000 Series Syntax clear ip ospf process-id [vrf {vrf name}]|[process] Parameters process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to clear a specific process.
vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf and the name of the VRF to clear all OSPF routing tables corresponding to that VRF interface name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interface then one of the following interface keywords and slot/port or number information: • • • • • • • • For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
Parameters process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to clear a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, all OSPF processes are cleared. vrf name Enter the keyword vrf to view debugging information on OSPF corresponding to that VRF. bfd (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword bfd to debug only OSPF BFD information. event (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword event to debug only OSPF event information. packet (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword packet to debug only OSPF packet information.
Field Description • • • auk: If the ip ospf authentication-key command is configured, this field displays the key used. keyid: If the ip ospf message-digest-key command is configured, this field displays the MD5 key to: Displays the interface to which the packet is intended. dst: Displays the destination IP address. netmask: Displays the destination IP address mask.
metric metric- value metric-type type- value (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword metric then a number to configure a metric value for the route. The range is from 1 to 16777214. (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords metric-type then an OSPF link state type of 1 or 2 for default routes. The values are: • • route-map map- name 1 = Type 1 external route 2 = Type 2 external route (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords route-map then the name of an established route map. Defaults Disabled.
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for the Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. redistribute — redistributes routes from other routing protocols into OSPF. description Add a description about the selected OSPF configuration.
To delete the settings, use the no distance weight [ip-address mask prefix-list-name] command. Parameters weight Specify an administrative distance. The range is from 1 to 255. The default is 110. ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter a router ID in the dotted decimal format. If you enter a router ID, include the mask for that router address. mask (OPTIONAL) Enter a mask in dotted decimal format or /n format. prefix-list-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of an IP standard prefix list, up to 140 characters.
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for the Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. distribute-list out To restrict certain routes destined for the local routing table after the SPF calculation, apply a filter. C9000 Series Syntax distribute-list prefix-list-name out [bgp | connected | isis | rip | static] To remove a filter, use the no distribute-list prefix-list-name out [bgp | connected | isis | rip | static] command.
Usage Information The distribute-list out command applies to routes autonomous system boundary routers (ASBRs) redistributes into OSPF. It can be applied to external type 2 and external type 1 routes, but not to intra-area and inter-area routes. enable inverse-mask By default, the system allows you to input the OSPF network command with a net-mask. This command provides a choice between inverse-mask or net-mask (the default).
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on all platforms. Usage Information The higher this parameter is set, the faster OSPF converge takes place. NOTE: The faster the convergence, the more frequent the route calculations and updates. This behavior impacts CPU utilization and may impact adjacency stability in larger topologies.
graceful-restart helper-reject Specify the OSPF router to not act as a helper during graceful restart. C9000 Series Syntax graceful-restart helper-reject ip-address To return to default value, use the no graceful-restart helper-reject command. Parameters ip-address Enter the OSPF router-id, in IP address format, of the restart router that will not act as a helper during graceful restart. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. graceful-restart role Specify the role for your OSPF router during graceful restart.
ip ospf auth-change-wait-time OSPF provides a grace period while OSPF changes its interface authentication type. During the grace period, OSPF sends out packets with new and old authentication scheme until the grace period expires. C9000 Series Syntax ip ospf auth-change-wait-time seconds To return to the default, use the no ip ospf auth-change-wait-time command. Parameters seconds Enter the seconds. The range is from 0 to 300. Defaults zero (0) seconds.
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information All neighboring routers in the same network must use the same password to exchange OSPF information. ip ospf cost Change the cost associated with the OSPF traffic on an interface.
ip ospf dead-interval Set the time interval since the last hello-packet was received from a router. After the interval elapses, the neighboring routers declare the router dead. C9000 Series Syntax ip ospf dead-interval seconds To return to the default values, use the no ip ospf dead-interval command. Parameters seconds Enter the number of seconds for the interval. The range is from 1 to 65535. The default is 40 seconds.
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The time interval between the hello packets must be the same for routers in a network.
new key. This process ensures that the neighbors learn the new key and communication is not disrupted by keeping the old key enabled. After the reply is received and the new key is authenticated, delete the old key. Dell recommends keeping only one key per interface. NOTE: The MD5 secret is stored as plain text in the configuration file with service password encryption. Write down or otherwise record the key. You cannot learn the key once it is configured. Use caution when changing the key.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.
ip ospf retransmit-interval Set the retransmission time between lost link state advertisements (LSAs) for adjacencies belonging to the interface. C9000 Series Syntax ip ospf retransmit-interval seconds To return to the default values, use the no ip ospf retransmit-interval command. Parameters seconds Enter the number of seconds as the interval between retransmission. The range is from 1 to 3600. The default is 5 seconds.
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. log-adjacency-changes To send a Syslog message about changes in the OSPF adjacency state, set the system.
Parameters number Specify the number of paths. The range for OSPFv2 is from 1 to 64. The default for OSPFv2 is 4 paths. The range for OSPFv3 is from 1 to 64. The default for OSPFv3 is 8 paths. Defaults 4 Command Modes ROUTER OSPF for OSPFv2 ROUTER OSPFv3 for OSPFv3 Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced to all platforms. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information To enable OSPF on an interface, the network area command must include, in its range of addresses, the primary IP address of an interface. NOTE: An interface can be attached only to a single OSPF area.
Version Description 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Modified to include the keyword default. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information Although the passive interface does not send or receive routing updates, the network on that interface is still included in OSPF updates sent using other interfaces. The default keyword sets all interfaces as passive.
metric metric- value (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword metric then a number. The range is from 0 (zero) to 16777214. metric-type type- (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords metric-type then one of the following: value route-map map- name tag tag-value • • 1 = OSPF External type 1 2 = OSPF External type 2 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords route-map then the name of the route map. (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword tag then a number. The range is from 0 to 4294967295. Defaults Not configured.
route-map map- name tag tag-value (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords route-map then the name of the route map. (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword tag to set the tag for routes redistributed into OSPF. The range is from 0 to 4294967295. Defaults none Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
route-map map- name tag tag-value (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords route-map then the name of the route map. (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword tag to set the tag for routes redistributed into OSPF. The range is from 0 to 4294967295. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Version Description 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information You can configure an arbitrary value in the IP address format for each router. However, each router ID must be unique. If you use this command on an OSPF router process, which is already active (that is, has neighbors), a prompt reminding you that changing the router-id brings down the existing OSPF adjacency. The new router ID is effective at the next reload. Example Dell(conf)#router ospf 100 Dell(conf-router_ospf)#router-id 1.
Version Description 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information You must have an IP address assigned to an interface to enter ROUTER OSPF mode and configure OSPF. After the OSPF process and the VRF are tied together, you cannot use the OSPF Process ID again in the system. You can only create one process per VRF.
Parameters process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process. vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf and the name of the VRF to view only the OSPF information tied to the VRF process. Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Area BACKBONE (0) Number of interface in this area is 1 SPF algorithm executed 205 times Area ranges are Dell# Related Commands show ip ospf database — displays information about the OSPF routes configured. show ip ospf interface — displays the OSPF interfaces configured. show ip ospf neighbor — displays the OSPF neighbors configured. show ip ospf asbr Display all autonomous system boundary router (ASBR) routers visible to OSPF.
Example Dell#show ip ospf 1asbr RouterID 3.3.3.3 1.1.1.1 Dell# Flags -/-/-/ E/-/-/ Cost Nexthop 2 10.0.0.2 0 0.0.0.0 Interface Area Te 0/1 1 0 show ip ospf database Display all LSA information. If you do not enable OSPF on the switch, no output is generated. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show ip ospf process-id [vrf vrf-name] database [database-summary] process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process.
Field Description Link count Displays the number of interfaces for that router. Example Dell>show ip ospf 1 database OSPF Router with ID (11.1.2.1) (Process ID 1) Router (Area 0.0.0.0) Link ID ADV Router Age Seq# Checksum 11.1.2.1 11.1.2.1 673 0x80000005 0x707e 13.1.1.1 13.1.1.1 676 0x80000097 0x1035 192.68.135.2 192.68.135.2 1419 0x80000294 0x9cbd Link ID 10.2.3.2 10.2.4.2 Link ID 0.0.0.0 1.1.1.1 10.1.1.0 10.1.2.0 10.2.2.0 10.2.3.0 10.2.4.0 11.1.1.0 11.1.2.0 12.1.2.0 13.1.1.0 13.1.2.0 172.16.1.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.4(0.0) Added support for VRF on all platforms (Except MXL and STOMP). 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
Network Mask: /0 TOS: 0 Metric: 2 LS age: 473 Options: (No TOS-capability, No DC, E) LS type: Summary Asbr Link State ID: 104.1.50.1 Advertising Router: 1.1.1.10 LS Seq Number: 0x80000010 Checksum: 0x4198 Length: 28 --More-Related Commands show ip ospf database — displays OSPF database information. show ip ospf database external Display information on the AS external (type 5) LSAs.
Version Description 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The following describes the show ip ospf process-id database external command shown in the following example. Field Description LS Age Displays the LSA’s age. Options Displays the optional capabilities available on router. The following options can be found in this item: • • • Example TOS-capability or No TOS-capability is displayed depending on whether the router can support Type of Service.
LS type: Type-5 AS External Link State ID: 24.216.12.0 Advertising Router: 20.20.20.8 LS Seq Number: 0x80000005 Checksum: 0xa00e Length: 36 Network Mask: /24 Metrics Type: 2 TOS: 0 Metrics: 1 Forward Address: 0.0.0.0 External Route Tag: 701 Dell# Related Commands show ip ospf database — displays OSPF database information. show ip ospf database network Display the network (type 2) LSA information.
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The following describes the show ip ospf process-id database network command shown in the following example. Field Description LS Age Displays the LSA’s age. Options Displays the optional capabilities available on router.
Attached Router: 20.20.20.5 Dell# Related Commands show ip ospf database — displays OSPF database information. show ip ospf database nssa-external Display NSSA-External (type 7) LSA information. C9000 Series Syntax show ip ospf [process-id { vrf vrf-name] database nssa-external [link-state-id] [adv-router ip-address] Parameters process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to view a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process.
show ip ospf database opaque-area Display the opaque-area (type 10) LSA information. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show ip ospf [process-id| vrf vrf-name ] database opaque-area [link-state-id] [adv-router ip-address] process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process.
Example Item Description LS Type Displays the LSA’s type. Link State ID Displays the Link State ID. Advertising Router Identifies the advertising router’s ID. Checksum Displays the Fletcher checksum of the LSA’s complete contents. Length Displays the length in bytes of the LSA. Opaque Type Displays the Opaque type field (the first 8 bits of the Link State ID). Opaque ID Displays the Opaque type-specific ID (the remaining 24 bits of the Link State ID).
adv-router ip- address (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords adv-router and the ip-address to display only the LSA information about that router. Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. EXEC EXEC Privilege The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010.
Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.4(0.0) Added support for VRF on all platforms (Except MXL and STOMP). 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The following describes the show ip ospf process-id database router command shown in the following example. Item Description LS Age Displays the LSA age. Options Displays the optional capabilities available on router.
Link connected to: a Transit Network (Link ID) Designated Router address: 192.68.129.1 (Link Data) Router Interface address: 192.68.129.1 Number of TOS metric: 0 TOS 0 Metric: 1 Link connected to: a Transit Network (Link ID) Designated Router address: 192.68.130.1 (Link Data) Router Interface address: 192.68.130.1 Number of TOS metric: 0 TOS 0 Metric: 1 Link connected to: a Transit Network (Link ID) Designated Router address: 192.68.142.2 (Link Data) Router Interface address: 192.68.142.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.4(0.0) Added support for VRF on all platforms (Except MXL and STOMP). 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
LS Seq Number: 0x80000054 Checksum: 0xb5a2 Length: 28 Network Mask: /24 TOS: 0 Metric: 1 LS age: 9 Options: (No TOS-capability, No DC, E) LS type: Summary Network Link State ID: 192.68.32.0 Advertising Router: 1.1.1.10 LS Seq Number: 0x80000016 Checksum: 0x987c Length: 28 Network Mask: /24 TOS: 0 Metric: 1 LS age: 7 Options: (No TOS-capability, No DC, E) LS type: Summary Network Link State ID: 192.68.33.0 Advertising Router: 1.1.1.
Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. EXEC EXEC Privilege The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.13.0.1P1 Introduced peTenGigE interface support on the C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.4(0.0) Added support for VRF on all platforms (Except MXL and STOMP). 9.2(1.
Neighbor Count is 1, Adjacent neighbor count is 1 Adjacent with neighbor 192.168.253.1 (Backup Designated Router) TenGigabitEthernet 1/23 is up, line protocol is up Internet Address 192.168.0.1/24, Area 0.0.0.1 Process ID 1, Router ID 192.168.253.2, Network Type BROADCAST, Cost: 1 Transmit Delay is 1 sec, State DROTHER, Priority 1 Designated Router (ID) 192.168.253.5, Interface address 192.168.0.4 Backup Designated Router (ID) 192.168.253.3, Interface address 192.168.0.
Item Description Neighbor ID Displays the neighbor router ID. Pri Displays the priority assigned neighbor. State Displays the OSPF state of the neighbor. Dead Time Displays the expected time until the system declares the neighbor dead. Address Displays the IP address of the neighbor. Interface Displays the interface type slot/port information. Area Displays the neighbor’s area (process ID). Example Dell#show ip ospf 34 neighbor Neighbor ID 20.20.20.7 192.10.10.2 20.20.20.
Usage Information This command is useful in isolating routing problems between the OSPF and the RTM. For example, if a route is missing from the RTM/FIB but is visible from the display output of this command, the problem is with downloading the route to the RTM. This command has the following limitations: • • Example The display output is sorted by prefixes; intra-area ECMP routes are not displayed together. For Type 2 external routes, Type 1 cost is not displayed.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.4(0.0) Added support for VRF on all platforms (Except MXL and STOMP). 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
Example Error Type Description Invld-Nbr LSA, LSR, LSU, and DDB are received from a peer which is not a neighbor peer. Nbr-State LSA, LSR, and LSU are received from a neighbor with stats less than the loading state. Auth-Error Simple authentication error. MD5-Error MD5 error Cksum-Err Checksum Error Version Version mismatch AreaMismatch Area mismatch Conf-Issue The received hello packet has a different hello or dead interval than the configuration. No-Buffer Buffer allocation failure.
• • • • • • • • Example (Statistics) The hello-timer remaining value for each interface The wait-timer remaining value for each interface The grace-timer remaining value for each interface The packet count received and transmitted for each neighbor Dead timer remaining value for each neighbor Transmit timer remaining value for each neighbor The LSU Q length and its highest mark for each neighbor The LSR Q length and its highest mark for each neighbor Dell#show ip ospf 100 statistics Interface TenGigabitEth
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. Example Dell#show ip ospf 10 timers rate-limit List of LSAs in rate limit Queue LSA id: 1.1.1.0 Type: 3 Adv Rtid: 3.3.3.3 Expiry time: 00:00:09.111 LSA id: 3.3.3.3 Type: 1 Adv Rtid: 3.3.3.3 Expiry time: 00:00:23.96 Dell# show ip ospf topology Display routers in directly connected areas.
Router ID 3.3.3.3 1.1.1.1 Dell# Flags Cost E/B/-/ 1 E/-/-/ 1 Nexthop 20.0.0.3 10.0.0.1 Interface Area Te 13/1 0 Te 7/1 1 summary-address To advertise one external route, set the OSPF ASBR. C9000 Series Syntax summary-address ip-address mask [not-advertise] [tag tag-value] To disable summary address, use the no summary-address ip-address mask command. Parameters ip-address Specify the IP address in dotted decimal format of the address to summarize.
timers spf Set the time interval between when the switch receives a topology change and starts a shortest path first (SPF) calculation. Syntax timers spf delay holdtime To return to the default, use the no timers spf command. Parameters delay Enter a number as the delay. The range is from 0 to 4294967295. The default is 5 seconds. holdtime Enter a number as the hold time. The range is from 0 to 4294967295. The default is 10 seconds.
timers throttle lsa all Configure LSA transmit intervals. C9000 Series Syntax timers throttle lsa all {start-interval | hold-interval | max-interval} To return to the default, use the no timers throttle lsa command. Parameters start-interval Set the minimum interval between initial sending and resending the same LSA. The range is from 0 to 600,000 milliseconds. hold-interval Set the next interval to send the same LSA.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810.
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.1.(0.0) Introduced on the S4810 and Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.4.2.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. Usage Information Before you enable IPsec authentication on an OSPFv3 area, you must first enable OSPFv3 globally on the router. Configure the same authentication policy (same SPI and key) on each interface in an OSPFv3 link.
key-encryptiontype key (OPTIONAL) Specifies if the authentication key is encrypted. Valid values: 0 (key is not encrypted) or 7 (key is encrypted). Text string used in authentication. For MD5 authentication, the key must be 32 hex digits (non-encrypted) or 64 hex digits (encrypted). For SHA-1 authentication, the key must be 40 hex digits (non-encrypted) or 80 hex digits (encrypted). null Causes an encryption policy configured for the area to not be inherited on the interface. Defaults Not configured.
no-redistribution (OPTIONAL) Specify that the redistribute command does not distribute routes into the NSSA. This command can be used when the router is an autonomous system boundary router (ASBR) or area border router (ABR). defaultinformationoriginate (OPTIONAL) Allows external routing information to be imported into the NSSA by using Type 7 default. no-summary (OPTIONAL) Specify that no summary LSAs should be sent into the NSSA. Defaults Not configured.
Command Modes ROUTER OSPFv3 Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. clear ipv6 ospf process Reset an OSPFv3 router process without removing or re-configuring the process.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.7(0.1) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.1) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.
Lines Description Beginning With or Including Example OSPFv3... Debugging is on for all OSPFv3 packets and all interfaces. 05:21:01 Displays the time stamp. Sending Ver:3 Sending OSPF3 version..
Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.1.(0.0) Introduced on the S4810 and Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 7.8.1.0 Added support for C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on E-Series.
• For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf to view debugging information on OSPF corresponding to that VRF. detail Enter the keyword detail to view detailed debugging information. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.13(0.
debug ipv6 ospf spf Display debug information for SPF timers on OSPF IPv6 packets. Syntax Parameters [no] debug ipv6 ospf spf interface (OPTIONAL) Enter one of the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • • • • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/ port information. For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number.
Command Modes ROUTER OSPFv3 Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.1.(0.0) Introduced on the S4810 and Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 7.8.1.
When you enable the helper-reject role on an interface with the ipv6 ospf graceful-restart helper-reject command, you reconfigure OSPFv3 graceful restart to function in a “restarting-only” role. In a “restarting-only” role, OSPFv3 does not participate in the graceful restart of a neighbor. graceful-restart mode Specify the type of events that trigger an OSPFv3 graceful restart.
Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address of the neighbor in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zero. interface Enter the keyword interface then the interface type and slot/port or number intehardware_rfac information: e • For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port/subport information.
• • • • • • • • Router discovery: Hosts can locate routers residing on a link Prefix discovery: Hosts can discover address prefixes for the link.
Parameters null Causes an authentication policy configured for the area to not be inherited on the interface. ipsec spi number Security Policy index (SPI) value that identifies an IPsec security policy. The range is from 256 to 4294967295. MD5 | SHA1 Authentication type: Message Digest 5 (MD5) or Secure Hash Algorithm 1 (SHA-1). key-encryptiontype (OPTIONAL) Specifies if the key is encrypted. key Text string used in authentication. Valid values: 0 (key is not encrypted) or 7 (key is encrypted).
Parameters disable (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword disable to disable BFD on this interface. interval (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interval to specify non-default BFD session parameters beginning with the transmission interval. The range is from 50 to 1000. The default is 200. milliseconds min_rx milliseconds Enter the keywords min_rx to specify the minimum rate at which the local system receives control packets from the remote system. The range is from 50 to 1000. The default is 200.
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.1.(0.0) Introduced on the S4810 and Z9000. 7.8.1.0 Added support for C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T.
ipv6 ospf encryption Configure an IPsec encryption policy for OSPFv3 packets on an IPv6 interface. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters ipv6 ospf encryption {null | ipsec spi number esp encryption-algorithm [keyencryption-type] key athentication-algorithm [key-encryption-type] key}} null Causes an encryption policy configured for the area to not be inherited on the interface. ipsec spi number Security Policy index (SPI) value that identifies an IPsec security policy. The range is from 256 to 4294967295.
To remove an IPsec encryption policy from an interface, enter the no ipv6 ospf encryption spi number command. To remove null authentication on an interface to allow the interface to inherit the authentication policy configured for the OSPFv3 area, enter the no ipv6 ospf no ipv6 ospf encryption null command. Related Commands area encryption – configures an IPsec encryption policy for an OSPFv3 area. show crypto ipsec policy – displays the configuration of IPsec encryption policies.
Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.1.(0.0) Introduced on the S4810 and Z9000. 7.8.1.0 Added support for the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 8.3.19.
ipv6 router ospf Enable OSPF for IPv6 router configuration. C9000 Series Syntax ipv6 router ospf process-id [vrf vrf-name] To exit OSPF for IPv6, use the no ipv6 router ospf process-id command. Parameters process-id Enter the process identification number. The range is from 1 to 65535. vrf vrf-name (Optional) Enter the keyword vrf and the name of the VRF to install IPv6 routes in that VRF. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. passive-interface Disable (suppress) sending routing updates on an interface. C9000 Series Syntax passive—interface interface To enable sending routing updates on an interface, use the no passive-interface interface command.
redistribute Redistribute into OSPFv3. C9000 Series Syntax redistribute {bgp as number}{connected | static}[metric metric-value | metrictype type-value] [route-map map-name] [tag tag-value] To disable redistribution, use the no redistribute {connected | static} command. Parameters bgp as number Enter the keyword bgp then the autonomous system number. The range is from 1 to 65535. connected Enter the keyword connected to redistribute routes from physically connected interfaces.
Related Commands default-information originate – configures default external route into OSPFv3. router-id Designate a fixed router ID. C9000 Series Syntax router-id ip-address To return to the previous router ID, use the no router-id ip-address command. Parameters ip-address Enter the router ID in the dotted decimal format. Defaults The router ID is selected automatically from the set of IPv4 addresses configured on a router.
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.1.(0.0) Introduced on the S4810 and Z9000. 8.4.2.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Usage Information The show crypto ipsec policy command output displays the AH and ESP parameters configured in IPsec security policies, including the SPI number, keys, and algorithms used.
Inbound ESP SPI : 501 (0x1F5) Outbound ESP SPI : 501 (0x1F5) Inbound ESP Auth Key : bbdd96e6eb4828e2e27bc3f9ff541e43faa759c9ef5706ba8ed8bb5efe91e97eb7c0 c30808825fb5 Outbound ESP Auth Key : bbdd96e6eb4828e2e27bc3f9ff541e43faa759c9ef5706ba8ed8bb5efe91e97eb7c0 c30808825fb5 Inbound ESP Cipher Key : bbdd96e6eb4828e2e27bc3f9ff541e43faa759c9ef5706ba10345a1039ba8f8a Outbound ESP Cipher Key : bbdd96e6eb4828e2e27bc3f9ff541e43faa759c9ef5706ba10345a1039ba8f8a Transform set : esp-128-aes esp-sha1-hmac show crypto ipse
Field Description IPSecv6 policy name Name of the IPsec security policy applied to the interface. inbound/outbound ah Authentication policy applied to inbound or outbound traffic. inbound/outbound esp Encryption policy applied to inbound or outbound traffic. spi Security policy index number used to identify the policy. inbound/outbound esp Encryption policy applied to inbound or outbound traffic. spi Security policy index number used to identify the policy.
inbound esp sas spi : 600 (0x258) transform : esp-des esp-sha1-hmac in use settings : {Transport, } replay detection support : N STATUS : ACTIVE outbound esp sas spi : 600 (0x258) transform : esp-des esp-sha1-hmac in use settings : {Transport, } replay detection support : N STATUS : ACTIVE show ipv6 ospf interface View OSPFv3 interface information. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show ipv6 ospf [process-number] [vrf vrf-name][interface] process-number Enter the OSPF process number.
Version Description 9.1.(0.0) Added support for OSPFv3 on the S4810 and Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 7.8.1.0 Added support for the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information If you enable BFD at the global level, show ipv6 ospf interface shows the BFD provisioning. If you enable BFD at the interface level, show ipv6 ospf interface shows the BFD interval timers.
Parameters process-number Enter the OSPF process number. vrf vrf-name (Optional) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to display neighbors corresponding to that VRF. NOTE: If you do not specify this option, neighbors corresponding to the default VRF are displayed. databasesummary (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword database-summary to view a summary of database LSA information. external (OPTIONAL): Enter the keyword external to display the external link states.
Usage Information The show ipv6 ospf database command output displays detailed information on the OSPFv3 database, including link-state advertisements (LSAs). Example (gracelsa) Example (databasesummary) Example (external) DellEMC# show ipv6 ospf database external OSPFv3 Router with ID (10.160.3.37) (Process ID 6) AS External Link States (Area 0) LS Age: 1651 LS Type: OSPFv3 AS external LSA Link State ID: 0.0.0.1 Advertising Router: 10.130.254.
• • • • • Defaults none Command Modes EXEC For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/ port information. For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. For a tunnel interface, enter the keyword tunnel then the tunnel ID. The range is from 1 to 16383. For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094.
Parameters context-name Enter the SNMP context name. The maximum length is 32 alphanumeric characters. Defaults None. Command Modes IPv6 ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.14(1.0) Introduced on the S3100 series, S3048–ON, S4048–ON, S4048T-ON, S5048F-ON, S6000, S6010–ON, S6100–ON, Z9100–ON, Z9500, S6000–ON, C9010, MXL, and FN IOM.
40 PE Console Commands To configure a C1048P port extender from an attached PE console, you can use the following commands. Use these commands when the port extender cannot connect to a C9010. You can also enter the PE console commands to debug an error condition in a PE stack.
• • • • • • • offline online power-cycle show control-bridge status show system telnet-peer-stack-unit upgrade system diag Run offline diagnostics on all stack-units. C9000 Series Syntax diag {stack-unit unit-number} [alllevels | level0 | level1 | level2] [interactive] [testname name] [terminate] Parameters stack-unit unit- number Enter the stack-unit value to run offline diagnostic test on a specified stack-unit. The stack-unit range is 0 to 7.
The filename of the TestReport is:TestReport-SU-Stack-Unit-Number-PE-pe-idYear_Month_Day_Unique-Tag.txt, where SU identifies the PE stack-unit on which the offline diag test was run, Year_Month_Day is a timestamp to identify when the offline diag test was run for that unit, and the Unique Tag is to identify that specific diag test. Diag test reports on PE are not overwritten. Offline diag test reports for PE are stored in the following directory: flash://default_diag_report_dir.
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010 and C1048P. Usage Information Use this command to make the port extender offline and run offline diagnostics tests. After this command is issued, a warning message appears cautioning you about bringing down all the protocols and turning down the PE unit operationally during the diagnostics tests.
power-cycle Power-cycle the port extender (PE) stack-unit from the PE console C9000 Series Syntax Parameters power-cycle stack-unit {unit-number | all } unit-number Enter a stack-unit number. Range is from 0 to 7. all Enter all to power-cycle all the stack-units. Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Csp Sess Status : UP Active CB : YES Uplink LAG : Port-channel 257 LAG Admin Status : UP LAG Oper Status : UP -------------------------------Status Reason RPM-Id PE-Id -------------------------------Online 0 255 Usage Information Use the show control-bridge status command output information to debug the connectivity issues between the control bridge and port extender. show system Display the status of a specific stack-unit from the port extender (PE) console.
Status : online Next Boot : online Required Type : C1048P - 48-port GE (VE) Current Type : C1048P - 48-port GE (VE) Master priority : 2 Hardware Rev : 5.0 Num Ports : 52 Up Time : 2 wk, 0 day, 0 hr, 24 min Dell Networking OS Version : 1-0(0-4092) Jumbo Capable : yes POE Capable : yes FIPS Mode : disabled Boot Flash : 3.3.1.
Stack MAC : 90:b1:1c:f4:9b:79 Reload-Type : normal-reload [Next boot : normal-reload] -- Unit 0 -Unit Type : Management Unit Status : online Next Boot : online Required Type : S6000 - 32-port TE/FG (SI) Current Type : S6000 - 32-port TE/FG (SI) Master priority : 0 Hardware Rev : 4.
FIPS Mode Boot Flash Boot Selector Memory Size Temperature Voltage Serial Number Part Number Vendor Id Date Code Country Code Piece Part ID PPID Revision Service Tag Expr Svc Code Auto Reboot Burned In MAC No Of MACs : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : disabled 3.1.1.2 3.1.0.
--------------------------------------------------------------1 1 up AC up 18528 1 2 absent absent 0 -- Fan Status -Unit Bay TrayStatus Fan1 Speed Fan2 Speed -------------------------------------------------------------1 1 up up 19275 up 19275 1 2 absent 1 3 up up 19275 up 18904 Speed in RPM telnet-peer-stack-unit Connect through Telnet to a peer stack-unit from a port extender (PE) console. C9000 Series Syntax telnet-peer-stack-unit Defaults Not configured.
Session terminated for user admin on line vty 0 ( Unit 3 ) Closed connection. Dell#Jun 24 10:14:29: %PE-UNKN-UNIT2-S:CP %SEC-5-LOGOUT: Exec session is terminated for user admin on line vty0 ( Unit 3 ) upgrade system Upgrade the Dell Networking OS image to the stack-unit.
Example 1214 Dell# upgrade system stack-unit 0 usbflash://FTOS-C1048.bin rpmA: 00:39:32 : Discarded 1 pkts. Expected block num : 51. Received block num: 50 !00:39:36 : Discarded 1 pkts. Expected block num : 65. Received block num: 64 !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!..! ...........!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! 93924044 bytes successfully copied System image upgrade completed successfully.
41 PE Stacking Use the commands in this chapter to configure and manage C1048P port-extender (PE) stacking. Stacking is not supported on C9010 switches. For information about using the PE stacking feature, see the “Port Extender (PE) Stacking” chapter in the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide for the C9000 Series. You can use the commands to pre-configure a port extender, so that the configuration settings are invoked when the switch is attached to the chassis.
reset Reset or reboot the linecard, RPM, PE and PE stack-unit. C9000 Series Syntax reset {linecard slot-id | rpm slot id [hard] | pe pe-id [stack-unit unitnumber]} From a PE console, use reset stack-unit unit-number [hard] to reset the stack-unit. Parameters linecard slot-id Enter the keyword linecard and the slot-id number to specify the set of line-card ports for reset. The slot ID range is from 0 to 11.
Jun 24 15:28:24: Jun 24 15:28:28: inserted in slot Jun 24 15:28:28: inserted in slot Jun 24 15:28:28: inserted in slot 16 Example: pe stack-unit Related Commands %RPM1-P:CP %CHMGR-5-LINECARD_UP: linecard 0 %C9000LC0640:0 %IFAGT-5-INSERT_OPTICS_QSFP: 0 port 0 %C9000LC0640:0 %IFAGT-5-INSERT_OPTICS_QSFP: 0 port 4 %C9000LC0640:0 %IFAGT-5-INSERT_OPTICS_QSFP: 0 port is up Optics QSFP Optics QSFP Optics QSFP Dell#reset stack-unit 2 Dell#Jun 24 15:19:52: %PE255-UNIT1-M:CP %CHMGR-5-STACKUNIT_RESET: stack-unit 2
show pe system Display information on all the system components of a port extender on a stack. C9000 Series Syntax show pe pe-id system [ brief | stack-port [status | topology] | stack-unit unit number ] Parameters pe-id Enter the port extender ID pe-id to view the port extender system status and details. Range is from 0 to 255. brief (Optional) Enter the keyword brief to view a short summary of the port extender system status.
-- Power Supplies -Unit Bay Status Type ---- ---- ------- -------1 0 up AC 1 1 absent -- Fan Status -Unit Bay TrayStatus ----- ---- ---------1 0 up FanStatus ---------NA NA Fan0 -----up Speed -----9056 FanSpeed(rpm) -------------NA NA Fan1 ----up Speed -------9056 Speed in RPM Dell# Dell#show pe 1 system brief Stack MAC : 6c:c0:00:43:09:90 -- Stack Info -Unit UnitType Status ---- ---------- -----------0 Standby not present 1 Management online 2 Member not present 3 Member not present 4 Member not pr
4/1 4/2 5/1 5/2 6/1 6/2 7/1 7/2 Example: stack port topology Example: stackunit unit-number 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 up up up up up up up up up up up up up up up up Dell#show pe 253 system stack-ports topology Topology: Ring Interface Connection --------- ----------0/1 2/51 0/2 1/50 1/50 0/51 1/51 2/50 2/50 1/51 2/51 0/50 Dell#show pe 1 system stack-unit 1 -- Unit 1 -Unit Type : Management Unit Status : online Next Boot : online Required Type : C1048P - 48-port GE Current Type : C1048P - 48-port GE Mast
show hardware pe Display input and output traffic statistics and other operational information about a specified hardware component. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show hardware pe pe-id stack-unit unit number {cpu | drops | stack-port | unit} pe pe-id stack unit Enter pe pe-id stack-unit unit number parameters with a command option to unit-number display hardware statistics from the specified port extender (PE) and stack-unit.
Example (Port Extender Statistics) Example (PE Stack-Port: Drops) 1222 PE Stacking Dell>show hardware pe 0 stack-unit 0 cpu data-plane statistics bc pci driver statistics for device: rxHandle :15451 noMhdr :0 noMbuf :0 noClus :0 recvd :15451 dropped :0 recvToNet :15451 rxError :0 rxFwdError :0 rxDatapathErr :0 rxPkt(COS0 ) :0 rxPkt(COS1 ) :0 rxPkt(COS2 ) :0 rxPkt(COS3 ) :0 rxPkt(COS4 ) :0 rxPkt(COS5 ) :0 rxPkt(COS6 ) :9304 rxPkt(COS7 ) :3 rxPkt(COS8 ) :6144 rxPkt(COS9 ) :0 rxPkt(COS10) :0 rxPkt(COS11) :
HOL DROPS on COS3 HOL DROPS on COS4 HOL DROPS on COS5 Related Commands : 0 : 0 : 0 clear hardware system-flow — clears the statistics from selected hardware components. show system — displays the current status of all the stack members or a specific member. stack unit Pre-provision the specified port-extender stack unit.
N2048-PE N2048P-PE N3024-PE N3024F-PE N3024P-PE N3048-PE N3048P-PE Dell(conf-pe-201)# Example (stack unit type) 52-port 52-port 28-port 28-port 28-port 52-port 52-port GE/TE GE/TE GE/TE GE/TE GE/TE GE/TE GE/TE Dell(conf-pe-5)#stack-unit 4 type C1048P Dell(conf-pe-5)# show config ! pe provision 5 stack-unit 4 type C1048P Related Commands • • redundancy force-failover — Force the standby unit to become the primary or master unit reset — Reset or reboot the linecard, RPM, PE and PE stack-unit.
stack-unit 3 type N2024P-PE cascade interface TenGigabitEthernet 1/2 PE Stacking 1225
42 Per-VLAN Spanning Tree Plus (PVST+) The Dell Networking operating software implementation of per-VLAN spanning tree plus (PVST+) is based on the IEEE 802.1w standard spanning tree protocol. NOTE: For easier command line entry, the plus (+) sign is not used at the command line.
Related Commands protocol spanning-tree pvst — enter SPANNING TREE mode on the switch. disable Disable PVST+ globally. C9000 Series Syntax disable To enable PVST+, use the no disable command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-pvst) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Example Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced. Dell(conf-pvst)#do show spanning-tree pvst vlan 5 brief VLAN 5 Executing IEEE compatible Spanning Tree Protocol Root ID Priority 32773, Address 0001.e832.73f7 Root Bridge hello time 2, max age 20, forward delay 15 Bridge ID Priority 32773 (priority 32768 sys-id-ext 5), Address 0001.e832.
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 8.3.1.0 Introduced. Example Dell#conf Dell(conf)#protocol spanning-tree pvst Dell(conf-pvst)#no disable Dell(conf-pvst)#vlan 2 bridge-priority 4096 Dell(conf-pvst)#vlan 3 bridge-priority 16384 Dell(conf-pvst)# Dell(conf-pvst)#show config ! protocol spanning-tree pvst no disable vlan 2 bridge-priority 4096 vlan 3 bridge-priority 16384 Dell# Usage Information After you enable PVST+, the device runs an STP instance for each VLAN it supports.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.13.0.1P1 Introduced peTenGigE interface support on the C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
Example Dell#show spanning-tree pvst vlan 2 VLAN 2 Root Identifier has priority 4096, Address 0001.e805.e306 Root Bridge hello time 2, max age 20, forward delay 15 Bridge Identifier has priority 4096, Address 0001.e805.e306 Configured hello time 2, max age 20, forward delay 15 We are the root of VLAN 2 Current root has priority 4096, Address 0001.e805.
Interface Designated Name PortID Prio Cost Sts Cost Bridge ID PortID --------------------------------------------------------Te 1/0 128.1223 128 20000 EDS 0 32768 0001.e800.a12b 128.1223 Example (Guard) Related Commands Dell#show spanning-tree pvst vlan 5 guard Interface Name Instance Sts Guard type ----------------------------------Te 0/1 5 INCON(Root) Rootguard Te 0/2 5 FWD Loopguard Te 0/3 5 EDS(Shut) Bpduguard spanning-tree pvst — configure PVST+ on an interface.
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.4.2.1 Introduced the loopguard and rootguard options on the E-Series TeraScale, CSeries, and S-Series. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced the hardware shutdown-on-violation option. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
no shutdown Dell(conf-if-te-1/1)#end Related Commands show spanning-tree pvst — views the PVST+ configuration. spanning-tree pvst err-disable Place ports in an Err-Disabled state if they receive a PVST+ BPDU when they are members an untagged VLAN. C9000 Series Syntax spanning-tree pvst err-disable cause invalid-pvst-bpdu Defaults Enabled; ports are placed in the Err-Disabled state if they receive a PVST+ BPDU when they are members of an untagged VLAN.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
Related Commands vlan forward-delay — changes the time interval before the system transitions to the Forwarding state. vlan hello-time — change the time interval between BPDUs. vlan max-age — changes the time interval before PVST+ refreshes. show spanning-tree pvst — displays the PVST+ configuration. vlan forward-delay Set the amount of time the interface waits in the Listening state and the Learning state before transitioning to the Forwarding state.
To return to the default value, use the no vlan hello-time command. Parameters vlan vlan-range Enter the keyword vlan then the VLAN numbers. The range is from 1 to 4094. hello-time Enter the keywords hello-time then the time interval, in seconds, between transmission of BPDUs. The range is from 1 to 10 seconds. The default is 2 seconds. seconds Defaults 2 seconds Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-pvst) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced. vlan bridge-priority — sets the bridge-priority value. vlan forward-delay — changes the time interval before the system transitions to the forwarding state.
43 PIM-Source Specific Mode (PIM-SSM) The protocol-independent multicast source-specific mode (PIM-SSM) commands in this section are supported in the Dell Networking operating system. Topics: • • IPv4 PIM Commands IPv4 PIM-Source Specific Mode Commands IPv4 PIM Commands The following commands apply to IPv4 PIM-SM, IPv4 PIM-SSM, and PIM-DM.
to download multicast routes learned by the peer. Both local and synced routes are removed from the local VLT node multicast route table. The peer VLT node clears synced routes from the node. If you use this command on a peer VLT node, only the synced routes are deleted from the multicast route table. debug ip pim View IP PIM debugging messages.
ip pim dr-priority Change the designated router (DR) priority for the interface. C9000 Series Syntax ip pim dr-priority priority-value To remove the DR priority value assigned, use the no ip pim dr-priority command. Parameters priority-value Defaults 1 Command Modes INTERFACE Enter a number. Preference is given to larger/higher number. The range is from 0 to 4294967294. The default is 1. INTERFACE (BATCH Mode) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.
Version Description 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series for the port-channels and the S-Series. show ip pim interface View information on the interfaces with IP PIM enabled. C9000 Series Syntax show ip pim interface Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. EXEC EXEC Privilege The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
172.21.200.254 172.60.1.2 192.3.1.1 192.4.1.1 172.21.110.1 172.21.203.1 Te Te Te Te Te Te 0/9 0/11 0/16 1/5 1/6 1/7 v2/S v2/S v2/S v2/S v2/S v2/S 0 0 1 0 0 0 30 30 30 30 30 30 1 1 1 1 1 1 172.21.200.254 172.60.1.2 192.3.1.1 192.4.1.1 172.21.110.1 172.21.203.1 show ip pim neighbor View PIM neighbors. C9000 Series Syntax show ip pim neighbor Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Address Prio/Mode↵ 127.87.3.4 Te 1/16 09:44:58/00:01:24 v2 1 / S↵ show ip pim tib View the PIM tree information base (TIB). C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show ip pim tib [group-address [source-address]] group-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the group address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D). source-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the source address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D). Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Field Description Incoming interface Displays the reverse path forwarding (RPF) interface towards the RP/ source. Example RPF neighbor Displays the next hop from this interface towards the RP/source.
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.7(0.1) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. Added support for VRF on S6000, S4810, S4820T, Z9000, Z9500, and S6000–ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
Example 1248 Version Description 9.7(0.1) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. Added support for VRF on S6000, S4810, S4820T, Z9000, Z9500, and S6000–ON. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.1 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.5.1.
44 PIM-Sparse Mode (PIM-SM) The protocol-independent multicast sparse-mode (PIM-SM) commands in this section are supported in the Dell Networking operating system. Topics: • • IPv4 PIM-Sparse Mode Commands IPv6 PIM-Sparse Mode Commands IPv4 PIM-Sparse Mode Commands The following describes the IPv4 PIM-sparse mode (PIM-SM) commands. clear ip pim rp-mapping The bootstrap router (BSR) feature uses this command to remove all or particular rendezvous point (RP) advertisement.
clear ip pim tib Clear PIM tree information from the PIM database. C9000 Series Syntax clear ip pim tib [group] Parameters group (OPTIONAL) Enter the multicast group address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D). Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
state (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword state to view PIM state changes. timer [assert | hello | joinprune | register] (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword timer to view PIM timers. Enter one of the optional parameters: • • • • assert: to view the assertion timer hello: to view the PIM neighbor keepalive timer joinprune: to view the expiry timer (join/prune timer) register: to view the register suppression timer Defaults Disabled. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Usage Information This command is applied to the subsequent PIM-BSR. Existing BSR advertisements are cleaned up by time-out. To clean the candidate RP advertisements, use the clear ip pim rp-mapping command. ip pim bsr-candidate To join the Bootstrap election process, configure the PIM router.
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 6.1.1.0 Added support for the VLAN interface. ip pim dr-priority Change the designated router (DR) priority for the interface. C9000 Series Syntax ip pim dr-priority priority-value To remove the DR priority value assigned, use the no ip pim dr-priority command. Parameters priority-value Defaults 1 Command Modes INTERFACE Enter a number. Preference is given to larger/higher number.
nsf Enter the keyword nsf to configure the non-stop forwarding capability. NOTE: ip pim graceful-restart nsf is applicable for the entire multicast sub-system. restart-time (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords restart-time followed by the number of seconds estimated for the PIM speaker to restart. The range is 30 to 300 seconds. The default is 180 seconds. stale-entry-time (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords stale-entry-time followed by the number of seconds for which entries are kept alive after restart.
Example Related Commands Version Description 9.7(0.0) Removed the in and out parameters. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series for the port-channels and the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
ip pim neighbor-filter To prevent a router from participating in protocol independent multicast (PIM), configure this feature. C9000 Series Syntax ip pim neighbor-filter {access-list} To remove the restriction, use the no ip pim neighbor-filter {access-list} command. Parameters access-list Enter the name of a standard access list. Maximum 16 characters. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced the Configuration Terminal Batch mode on C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.
ip pim rp-address Configure a static PIM rendezvous point (RP) address for a group or access-list. C9000 Series Syntax ip pim rp-address address {group-address group-address mask} [override] To remove an RP address, use the no ip pim rp-address address {group-address groupaddress mask} [vrf vrf-name] [override] command. Parameters address Enter the RP address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D).
To return to the default value, use the no ip pim rp-candidate {interface [priority]}[vrf vrf-name] command. Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • • • • • • For a Loopback interface, enter the keyword loopback then a number from 0 to 16383. For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
Command Modes INTERFACE INTERFACE (BATCH Mode) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced the Configuration Terminal Batch mode on C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
Usage Information This command is applicable to last hop routers on the shared tree towards the rendezvous point (RP). ip pim sparse-mode sg-expiry-timer Enable expiry timers globally for all sources. C9000 Series Syntax ip pim sparse-mode sg-expiry-timer seconds To disable configured timers and return to default mode, use the no ip pim sparse-mode sg-expirytimer command. Parameters seconds Enter the number of seconds the S, G entries are retained. The range is from 211 to 65535. Defaults Disabled.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
Field Description Neighbor address Displays the IP address of the neighbor learned through PIM-SM snooping. Interface Displays the VLAN ID number and slot/port on which the PIM-SM-enabled neighbor was discovered. Uptime/expires Displays the amount of time the neighbor has been up then the amount of time until the neighbor is removed from the multicast routing table (that is, until the neighbor hold time expires).
Field Description Interface List the interface type, with either slot/port information or ID (VLAN or Port Channel), of the interfaces participating in PIM. Ver/Mode Displays the PIM version number and mode for each interface participating in PIM: • • v2 = PIM version 2 S = PIM Sparse mode Nbr Count Displays the number of PIM neighbors discovered over this interface. Query Intvl Displays the query interval for Router Query messages on that interface (configured with ip pim query-interval command).
Field Description Neighbor address Displays the IP address of the PIM neighbor. Interface List the interface type, with either slot/port information or ID (VLAN or Port Channel), on which the PIM neighbor was found. Uptime/expires Displays the amount of time the neighbor has been up then the amount of time until the neighbor is removed from the multicast routing table (that is, until the neighbor hold time expires). Ver Displays the PIM version number.
Version Description 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Example Dell#show ip pim rp Group RP 224.2.197.115 165.87.20.4 224.2.217.146 165.87.20.4 224.3.3.3 165.87.20.4 225.1.2.1 165.87.20.4 225.1.2.2 165.87.20.4 229.1.2.1 165.87.20.4 229.1.2.2 165.87.20.4 Dell# Example (Mapping) Dell#show ip pim rp mapping PIM Group-to-RP Mappings Group(s): 224.0.0.0/4, Static RP: 50.40.4.4, v2 Dell# Example (Address) Dell#show ip pim rp 229.1.2.1 Group RP 229.1.2.1 165.87.20.
Field Description Ver/Mode Displays the PIM version number for each VLAN interface with PIM-SM snooping enabled: • • v2 = PIM version 2 S = PIM Sparse mode Nbr Count Displays the number of neighbors learned through PIM-SM snooping on the interface. DR Prio Displays the Designated Router priority value configured on the interface (ip pim drpriority command). DR Displays the IP address of the Designated Router for that interface.
PIM TIB version 495 Uptime 22:44:52 Entries in PIM-TIB/MFC : 2/2 Active Modes : PIM-SNOOPING Interface 1 0 3 summary: active PIM interface passive PIM interfaces active PIM neighbors TIB summary: 1/1 (*,G) entries in PIM-TIB/MFC 1/1 (S,G) entries in PIM-TIB/MFC 0/0 (S,G,Rpt) entries in PIM-TIB/MFC 0 0 0 0 PIM nexthops RPs sources Register states Message summary: 2582/2583 Joins sent/received 5/0 Prunes sent/received 0/0 Candidate-RP advertisements sent/received 0/0 BSR messages sent/received 0/0 State-R
Version Description 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Usage Information The following describes the show ip pim tib command shown in the following example. Field Description (S, G) Displays the entry in the multicast PIM database. uptime Displays the amount of time the entry has been in the PIM route table.
Vlan 2006 Forward/Sparse 00:06:21/Never (20.10.4.9, 225.1.1.2), uptime 00:06:21, expires 00:02:06, flags: CT Incoming interface: Vlan 2007, RPF neighbor 20.30.124.4 Outgoing interface list: Vlan 2006 Forward/Sparse 00:06:21/Never show running-config pim Display the current configuration of PIM-SM snooping. C9000 Series Syntax show running-config pim Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Command History Related Commands Version Description 9.11.3.0 Introduced on the Z9100-ON, S4048-ON, S6000-ON, S6100-ON, S4048T-ON, S3100, S6010-ON, S3048-ON, and C9010. show ipv6 pim tib – displays the IPv6 PIM tree information base (TIB) debug ipv6 pim Invoke IPv6 PIM debugging.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. 9.14(1.0) Introduced on the C9010, S3048–ON, S3100 Series, S4048–ON, S4048T–ON, S6000– ON, S6010–ON, S6100–ON, Z9100–ON. Usage Information This command is applied to the subsequent PIM-BSR. Existing BSR advertisements are cleaned up by time-out.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.11.3.0 Introduced on the Z9100-ON, S4048-ON, S6000-ON, S6100-ON, S4048T-ON, S3100, S6010-ON, S3048-ON, and C9010. Usage Information The router with the largest value assigned to an interface becomes the designated router.
override (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword override to override the BSR updates with static RP. The override takes effect immediately during enable/disable. NOTE: This option is applicable to multicast group range. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.14(1.0) Introduced on the C9010, S3048–ON, S3100 Series, S4048–ON, S4048T–ON, S6000– ON, S6010–ON, S6100–ON, Z9100–ON. Usage Information Priority is stored at BSR router when receiving a Candidate-RP-Advertisement. ipv6 pim sparse-mode Enable IPv6 PIM sparse mode and MLD on the interface.
Even though the FHR nodes act as RPs, these nodes still send Register encap messages to themselves and expect to receive a Register stop message (for Anycast RP support). As a result, if the DLT timer expires, SG is not deleted until the register state is deleted in the node. This register state expires 210 seconds after the last Null register is received. ipv6 pim spt-threshold Specifies when a PIM leaf router should join the shortest path tree.
This system is a candidate BSR Candidate BSR address: 100::1, priority: 0, hash mask length: 126 Next Cand_RP_advertisement in 00:00:25 RP: 100::1(Lo 0) DellEMC# show ipv6 pim interface Display IPv6 PIM enabled interfaces. Syntax Parameters show ipv6 pim [vrf vrf-name] interface vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to view IP PIM debugging messages corresponding to that VRF. NOTE: Applies to specific VRF if input is provided, else applies to Default VRF.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.11.3.0 Introduced on the Z9100-ON, S4048-ON, S6000-ON, S6100-ON, S4048T-ON, S3100, S6010-ON, S3048-ON, and C9010.
ipv6 pim vrf blue rp-candidate Loopback 2 60 blue_vrf_acl_dut DellEMC# Example (Mapping) DellEMC#show ipv6 pim rp mapping PIM Group-to-RP Mappings Group(s): ff0e::225:1:1:1/128 RP: 100::1, v2 Info source: 200::1, via bootstrap, expires: 00:01:50 RP: 150::1, v2 Info source: 200::1, via bootstrap, expires: 00:01:50 RP: 200::1, v2 Info source: 200::1, via bootstrap, expires: 00:01:57 Group(s): ff0e::225:1:1:2/128 RP: 100::1, v2 Info source: 200::1, via bootstrap, expires: 00:01:50 RP: 150::1, v2 Info source:
TIB summary: 12/12 (*,G) entries in PIM-TIB/MFC 69/69 (S,G) entries in PIM-TIB/MFC 24/0 (S,G,Rpt) entries in PIM-TIB/MFC 8 PIM nexthops 1 RPs 7 sources 30 Register states Message summary: 47132/53793 Joins/Prunes sent/received 0/0 Candidate-RP advertisements sent/received 0/0 BSR messages sent/received 0/0 MSDP updates sent/received 243746/0 Null Register messages sent/received 0/973809 Register-stop messages sent/received Data path event summary: 222 no-cache messages received 281 last-hop switchover messa
K - Ack-Pending State Timers: Uptime/Expires Interface state: Interface, next-Hop, State/Mode (25::1, ff0e::225:1:2:1), uptime 00:09:53, expires 00:00:00,flags: CJ RPF neighbor: TenGigabitEthernet 1/3, fe80::201:e8ff:fe00:6265 Outgoing interface list: TenGigabitEthernet 2/11 (25::1, ff0e::225:1:2:2), uptime 00:09:54, expires 00:00:00,flags: CJ RPF neighbor: TenGigabitEthernet 1/3, fe80::201:e8ff:fe00:6265 Outgoing interface list: TenGigabitEthernet 1/11 (25::2, ff0e::225:1:2:2), uptime 00:09:54, expires 00:
45 Policy-based Routing (PBR) Policy-based routing (PBR) allows you to apply routing policies to specific interfaces. To enable PBR, create a redirect list and apply it to the interface. After the redirect list is applied to the interface, all traffic passing through the interface is subject to the rules defined in the redirect list. PBR is supported by the Dell Networking Operating System (OS).
Version Description 8.4.2.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Usage Information You can apply any number of redirect-groups to an interface. A redirect list can contain any number of configured rules. These rules include the next-hop IP address where the incoming traffic is redirected. If the next hop address is reachable, traffic is forwarded to the specified next hop. Otherwise, the normal routing table is used to forward traffic.
permit Configure a permit rule. A permit rule excludes the matching packets from PBR classification and routes them using conventional routing. C9000 Series Syntax permit {ip-protocol-number | protocol-type} {source mask | any | host ipaddress} {destination mask | any | host ip-address} [bit] [operators] To remove the rule, use one of the following: • • Parameters If you know the filter sequence number, use the no seq sequence-number syntax command.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000. 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 8.4.2.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. redirect Configure a rule for the redirect list.
source Enter the IP address of the network or host from which the packets were sent. mask Enter a network mask in /prefix format (/x). any Enter the keyword any to specify that all traffic is subject to the filter. host ip-address Enter the keyword host then the IP address to specify a host IP address. destination Enter the IP address of the network or host to which the packets are sent. operator (OPTIONAL) For TCP and UDP parameters only.
ip-address Enter the keyword IP address of the forwarding router. tunnel Enter the keyword tunnel to configure the tunnel setting. tunnel-id Enter the keyword tunnel-id to redirect the traffic. track Enter the keyword track to enable the tracking. track Enter the keyword track to track object-id. ip-protocolnumber Enter the keyword ip-protocol-number then the number from 0 to 255 for the protocol identified in the IP protocol header.
Version Description 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048–ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for the track-id on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000. show cam pbr Display the PBR CAM content.
Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. EXEC EXEC Privilege The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048–ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4(0.
46 Port Extenders (PE) To configure a C1048P port extender (PE) attached to a C9010, use the commands in this chapter from the C9010 console. Important Points to Remember • You can perform the following tasks using the commands described in this chapter: • • • Provisioning a Port Extender • Managing a Port Extender • PE Stacking You must configure the feature extended-bridge command to turn on support for PE configuration on a C9010. The GVRP and FRRP protocols are not supported on the PE ports.
Parameters interface interface Enter interface and specify the interface supported on the switch. The TenGigabit Ethernet interface is the only interface type supported for this feature. slot/port-range Enter the slot/port-range to specify a linecard and either a single port number, a port range, or a combination of both for auto-LAG configuration. Slot number range is from 0 to 9. In linecard slots 0 to 9, the range of port numbers is from 0 to 23.
Parameters pe-id Enter the keyword pe and the port extender ID. Range is from 0 to 255. statistics Enter the keyword statistics to delete the statistics related to a specified PE from the system. Default None Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
feature extended-bridge Enable 802.1BR (bridge port extender) support on the switch. C9000 Series Syntax [no] feature extended-bridge To disable 802.1BR support on the switch, use the no feature extended-bridge command. Default None Command Modes CONFIGURATION CONFIGURATION TERMINAL BATCH Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
linecard slot-id Enter the keyword linecard and the slot ID. The linecard slot-id range is from 0 to 9. pe pe-id Enter the keyword pe and the PE ID. The range is from 0 to 255. stack-unit unit Enter the keyword stack-unit and the stack unit number. The range is from 0 to 7. number rpm slot-id Enter the keyword rpm and specify the route processor slot ID. RPM slot-id values are rpm0 and rpm1 .
To remove a port extender, use the no pe pe-id command. Example Entering pe context DELL(conf)# pe 0 Removing pe 0 DELL(conf)# no pe 0 Entering port extender configuration mode: DELL(conf)#pe 10 DELL(conf-pe-10)# DELL(conf-pe-10)#stack-unit 0 type c1048P Related Commands • • stack-unit – add or delete a specified port extender stack-unit. show pe —display the port extender status and details. pe provision Logically provision or add a port extender (PE).
NOTE: You must ensure that the port extender units are offline before you issue the no pe provision command.
range pe-id-pe-id Command Modes • Usage Information • • Command History Enter the keyword range followed by the range of pe-ids that you want to schedule to reboot. The range is from 0 to 255. EXEC Privilege You can schedule a PE to reboot after a particular amount of time, in hours and minutes (HH:MM), from the current time. For example, you can schedule a PE to reset 10 minutes from the current time using the following command: reset pe schedule after 0:10 range 10-20.
Defaults None. Command Modes • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. EXEC Privilege The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.13(0.0) Introduced on the C9010.
stack-unit 4 type C1048P Dell(conf)#pe 255 Dell(conf-pe-255)#show config ! pe provision 255 cascade interface TenGigabitEthernet 6/0 stack-unit 1 type C1048P show ecid Display the E-Channel identifier (ECID) information for all or any specified interfaces.
peGigE 255/0/1 peGigE 255/0/2 peGigE 255/0/3 peGigE 255/0/4 peGigE 255/0/5 peGigE 255/0/6 peGigE 255/0/7 peGigE 255/0/8 peGigE 255/0/9 peGigE 255/0/10 peGigE 255/0/11 peGigE 255/0/12 peGigE 255/0/13 peGigE 255/0/14 peGigE 255/0/15 peGigE 255/0/16 peGigE 255/0/17 peGigE 255/0/18 peGigE 255/0/19 peGigE 255/0/20 peGigE 255/0/21 peGigE 255/0/22 peGigE 255/0/23 peGigE 255/0/24 peGigE 255/0/25 peGigE 255/0/26 peGigE 255/0/27 peGigE 255/0/28 peGigE 255/0/29 peGigE 255/0/30 peGigE 255/0/31 peGigE 255/0/32 peGigE 25
peGigE 255/1/23 peGigE 255/1/24 peTenGigE 255/1/25 peTenGigE 255/1/26 peGigE 255/7/1 peGigE 255/7/2 peGigE 255/7/3 peGigE 255/7/4 peGigE 255/7/5 peGigE 255/7/6 peGigE 255/7/7 peGigE 255/7/8 peGigE 255/7/9 peGigE 255/7/10 peGigE 255/7/11 peGigE 255/7/12 peGigE 255/7/13 peGigE 255/7/14 peGigE 255/7/15 peGigE 255/7/16 peGigE 255/7/17 peGigE 255/7/18 peGigE 255/7/19 peGigE 255/7/20 peGigE 255/7/21 peGigE 255/7/22 peGigE 255/7/23 peGigE 255/7/24 peTenGigE 255/7/26 3741 3742 3757 3758 3442 3443 3444 3445 3446 34
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. Usage Information This command shows the current number of PEs in the system that are online and the current number of PEs that are offline. This command also shows the port validation error (PVE) to indicate that the number of PEX ports have exceeded the maximum limit. The PVE error results from an incorrect provisioning of PEs or misconfiguration of converted uplink ports in the dual homed system.
1 online N2048P-PE f4:8e:38:04:f2:67 28 Second Dell# Dell#show pe 1 brief -- Port Extenders Information ----------------------------------------------------------------------------PE-id Status Stack-size Type System-MAC Description ---------------------------------------------------------------------------255 online 2 N3048-PE f8:b1:56:33:ee:f2 Dell#show pe statistics PE-ID: 0 PE-CSP Tx Message: 0 PE-CSP Rx Message: 0 ECP Tx: 0 ECP Rx Ack: 0 ECP Dropped: 0 ECP Rx: 0 ECP Tx Ack: 0 PE-ID: 1 PE-CSP Tx Message:
show pe csp Display the control and status protocol (CSP) session information for the port extenders. C9000 Series Syntax show pe CSP Default None Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. EXEC EXEC Privileged The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010.
Example Dell#show pe errors PE-id: Not Assigned PE MAC: f8:b1:56:00:01:04 Interface Errors: TenGigabitEthernet 1/16 - Error State Dell#show pe 9 Codes: A - Active, I - Inactive SVC - Software Version Compatible Reason: CTM - Card Type Mismatch, CAM - CAM ACL Mismatch SVM - Software Version Mismatch, UE - Unknown Error Offline Reason: UNP - Unit Not Present, PVE - Port Validation Error ICE - IPC CP Error, IRE - IPC RP Error ISE - IPC Setup Error, CVE - Card Validation Error PE-ID assigned: 9 Status: online
Secondary VLT DellEMC#Dec 6 10:44:31 %RPM1-P:CP %CLIBATCH-6CLI_BATCH_CONFIG_IN_PROGRESS_TRAP: Batch configuration commit is in progress Dec 6 10:44:31 %RPM1-P:CP %CLIBATCH-6-CLI_BATCH_CONFIG_COMPLETE_TRAP: Batch configuration commit is success Dec 6 10:44:31 %RPM1-P:CP %FILEMGR-5-FILESAVED: Copied running-config to startup-config in flash by default Dec 6 10:46:08 %RPM1-P:CP %FILEMGR-5-FILESAVED: Copied running-config to startup-config in flash by default commit Use commit to apply the common configuration
commit write Use commit write to apply the common configurations made in the Configuration Terminal Batch mode and to save the running configuration in both VLT peers. C9000 Series Syntax commit write Parameters None Default None Command Modes CONFIGURATION TERMINAL BATCH Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
discard Use the discard command to cancel the uncommitted changes made to common configurations in the Configuration Terminal Batch mode. C9000 Series Syntax discard Default None Command Modes CONFIGURATION TERMINAL BATCH Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.10(0.
show config-mismatch Use show config-mismatch to view the configurations that differ between the peer chassis. C9000 Series Syntax show config-mismatch Default None Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the C9010.
! enable password 7 b125455cf679b208fcf9eeeed0cd6d84 ! username admin password 7 1d28e9f33f99cf5c ! linecard 0 provision C9000LC2410G ! interface TenGigabitEthernet 0/0 no ip address no shutdown ! interface TenGigabitEthernet 0/1 no ip address no shutdown ! interface TenGigabitEthernet 0/2 no shutdown ! interface TenGigabitEthernet 0/3 no ip address no shutdown ! interface TenGigabitEthernet 0/4 no ip address no shutdown ! interface TenGigabitEthernet 0/5 no shutdown ! interface TenGigabitEthernet 0/6 no ip
! feature extended-bridge ! pe provision 10 cascade interface TenGigabitEthernet cascade interface TenGigabitEthernet ! pe provision 11 cascade interface TenGigabitEthernet cascade interface TenGigabitEthernet ! interface peGigE 255/0/1 shutdown ! --More-- 0/2 0/2 peer 0/5 0/5 peer show config Display the configuration in the batch mode. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show config [common | user | local] common Displays the common configuration in the batch mode.
write memory local Use write memory local to save the local configurations to startup configuration. C9000 Series Syntax write memory local Default None Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the C9010.
Example The example below is before and after clearing system-flow counters: Dell#show hardware system-flow pe 255 stack-unit 1 port-set 0 counters --------------------------------------------------------------------------EntryId Description #HITS --------------------------------------------------------------------------1024 IPC traffic coming on PE Access Port 0 1023 IPC traffic destined to stack_unit 0 PE CPU 0 1022 IPC traffic destined to stack_unit 1 PE CPU 1011 1021 IPC traffic destined to stack_unit
From a PE console, use show software pemgr{ipc-stats [message type 0–FFFFF | service— id 0–FFFF ]| pq-stats {High | Medium | Low}| reg-client} to view the PE manager software information. Parameters pe pe-id Enter the keyword pe and the port extender ID. Range is from 0 to 255. ipc-stats Enter the keyword ipc-stats to display inter-module communication statistics. message type (Optional) Enter the keyword option message type to display the data in 0–FFFF message data format.
Serivce Name : PEMGR Service Id : 0x14e EndPoint : CB DeQCount : MType : 0x192 EnQCount packets Messages in Q : 38c packets : 0 packets AVG Q Proc Time : ticks AVG Proc Time : ticks 0 ticks Max Q Proc Time : 1 0 ticks Max Proc Time : 1 Service Id : 0x14e EndPoint : CB DeQCount : Serivce Name : PEMGR 38c MType : 0xb9f2 EnQCount packets Messages in Q : 486 packets : 0 packets AVG Q Proc Time : ticks AVG Proc Time : ticks 0 ticks Max Q Proc Time : 3 0 ticks Max Proc
MType : 0x2a3c EndPoint : CB EnQCount packets Messages in Q : 0 packets DeQCount : : 0 packets AVG Q Proc Time : ticks AVG Proc Time : ticks 0 ticks Max Q Proc Time : 0 0 ticks Max Proc Time : 0 Service Id : 0x8a EndPoint : CB DeQCount : Serivce Name : IFMGR MType : 0x2a3d EnQCount packets Messages in Q : 0 packets : 0 packets AVG Q Proc Time : ticks AVG Proc Time : ticks 0 ticks Max Q Proc Time : 0 0 ticks Max Proc Time : 0 Service Id : 0x8a EndPoint : CB DeQCo
EnQCount packets Messages in Q : 0 packets DeQCount : : 0 packets AVG Q Proc Time : ticks AVG Proc Time : ticks 0 ticks Max Q Proc Time : 0 0 ticks Max Proc Time : 0 Service Id : 0x14e EndPoint : CB DeQCount : Serivce Name : PEMGR 0 MType : 0x1771 EnQCount packets Messages in Q : 4 packets : 0 packets AVG Q Proc Time : ticks AVG Proc Time : ticks 0 ticks Max Q Proc Time : 0 0 ticks Max Proc Time : 0 Service Id : 0x10 EndPoint : CB DeQCount : Serivce Name : CLI
packets Messages in Q Example: show software pemgr pe pe-id pq-stats : 0 packets AVG Q Proc Time : ticks AVG Proc Time : ticks 0 ticks Max Q Proc Time : 0 0 ticks Max Proc Time : 0 Dell#show software pemgr pe-id 1 pq-stats Priority Queue Based Statistics ------------------------------End_Point Priority PE LOW PE Outstanding count Packets 0 0 MEDIUM 880 880 0 PE HIGH 180 180 0 CB LOW 0 0 0 CB MEDIUM 1146 1145 1 CB HIGH 769 769 0 messages messages messages messages
Example: show software pemgr pe 0 ipc-stats (PE Console) Dell#show software pemgr ipc-stats IPC Message Based Statistics ---------------------------Serivce Name : CLI Service Id : 0x10 EndPoint : CB DeQCount : MType : 0x1771 EnQCount packets Messages in Q : 0 packets : 0 packets AVG Q Proc Time : ticks AVG Proc Time : ticks 0 ticks Max Q Proc Time : 0 0 ticks Max Proc Time : 0 Service Id : 0x21 EndPoint : CB DeQCount : Serivce Name : SYSADMTSK 0 MType : 0x1c29 EnQCount pack
ticks Serivce Name : IFMGR EndPoint : CB DeQCount : : 0x2a5c EnQCount packets Messages in Q : 0 packets : 0 packets AVG Q Proc Time : ticks AVG Proc Time : ticks 0 ticks Max Q Proc Time : 0 0 ticks Max Proc Time : 0 Service Id : 0x8a EndPoint : CB DeQCount : 0 MType : 0x2a3b EnQCount packets Messages in Q : 0 packets : 0 packets AVG Q Proc Time : ticks AVG Proc Time : ticks 0 ticks Max Q Proc Time : 0 0 ticks Max Proc Time : 0 Service Id : 0x8a EndPoint : CB De
Serivce Name : PEMGR MType : 0x1771 EnQCount packets Messages in Q : 0 packets : 0 packets AVG Q Proc Time : ticks AVG Proc Time : ticks Service Id : 0x14e EndPoint : CB DeQCount : 0 ticks Max Q Proc Time : 0 0 ticks Max Proc Time : 0 Service Id : 0x10 EndPoint : CB DeQCount : Serivce Name : CLI 0 MType : 0xb9f4 EnQCount packets Messages in Q : 0 packets : 0 packets AVG Q Proc Time : ticks AVG Proc Time : ticks 0 ticks Max Q Proc Time : 0 0 ticks Max Proc Time :
MType : 0x12ce EndPoint : CB EnQCount packets Messages in Q : 0 packets DeQCount : : 0 packets AVG Q Proc Time : ticks AVG Proc Time : ticks 0 ticks Max Q Proc Time : 0 0 ticks Max Proc Time : 0 Service Id : 0xfb EndPoint : CB Serivce Name : POEMGR MType Example: show software pemgr pe-id 1 pq-stats (PE Console) Dell#show software pemgr pe-id 1 pq-stats Priority Queue Based Statistics ------------------------------End_Point Priority Enqueue count Packets Dequeue count Packets Ou
L2AGENT 144 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 PORTMIRR 191 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 SFL_LP 194 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 SFL_CP 195 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 POEMGR 251 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Power over Ethernet (PoE) Use the commands in this section to configure the Power over Ethernet (PoE) feature on a C1048P port-extender (PE). PoE is not supported on C9010 switches.
advertise med power-via-mdi Configure the system to advertise IEEE 802.1ab extended power-via— MDI TLV. C9000 Series Syntax [no] advertise med power-via-mdi To return to the default, use the no advertise med power-via-mdi command. Parameters power-via-mdi Enter the keyword power—via-mdi to advertise IEEE 802.1ab MED Extended powervia-mdi TLV. Defaults Disabled Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Example Related Commands Dell#sh running-config interface tengigabitethernet 0/1 ! interface TenGigabitEthernet 10/1 no ip address switchport switchport mode private-vlan host ! protocol lldp on-disable transmit shutdown no shutdown show running-config lldp — displays the LLDP running configuration. power budget global-threshold Set a global threshold limit for the PoE power budget on a specified port extender.
power inline Enable inline power and configure maximum power allocation with priority for the powered device connected to an interface. C9000 Series Syntax power inline {[max_milliwatts ]| priority {critical | high | low}} To disable a device that has been enabled for PoE power supply, use the no power inline command. Parameters max_milliwatts (OPTIONAL) Specify the maximum amount of inline power allocation to a powered device connected to the interface. Range is 440–30000 milliwatts (mWs).
Support -----------------PeGi 0/0/0 critical (Watts) -----------0 (Watts) ------------ 30.00/0.00 0.00 ------- ------ NO_PD - -------- power inline legacy Allocate inline power to the legacy devices on a Port Extender . C9000 Series Syntax power inline legacy {pe pe-id stack-unit unit number} To disable the detection of legacy powered devices in a port extender, use the no power inline legacy {pe pe-id stack-unit unit number} command.
static Defaults Static Command Modes CONFIGURATION Enter the keyword static to configure the static mode for the specified port extender. CONFIGURATION TERMINAL BATCH Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.10(0.
Defaults None Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. Usage Information The power inline restore pe command enables or restores the temporarily suspended PoE power supply to all the ports on a port extender unit.
stack-unit unit number Enter the keyword stack-unit and the unit number. Range is from 0 to 7. Defaults None Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010.
Field Description Interface Displays the line card or the port extender interface slot and port number. Inline Power Allocated Displays the amount of power allocated to the port. Inline Power Consumed Displays the amount of power consumed by the connected device. Class Displays the power classification of the connected device. If the device is powered up properly, it displays Class 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4. Displays the following under different conditions: • • • • NO_DEVICE if no device is present.
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010.
IAP FPGA CPLD IAP FPGA CPLD IAP FPGA CPLD IAP FPGA 1 CPLD FPGA 2 Backup FPGA IAP CPLD Boot Flash CPLD Boot Flash CPLD Boot Flash CPLD Boot Flash CPLD Boot Flash Exmaple (PE Console) 3.1 3.7 3.0 3.1 3.7 3.0 3.1 3.7 3.0 3.1 3.9 3.5 2.0 2.0 3.1 16 3.3.1.7 16 3.3.1.7 16 3.3.1.7 16 3.3.1.
47 Port Monitoring The port monitoring feature allows you to monitor network traffic by forwarding a copy of each incoming or outgoing packet from one port to another port. Important Points to Remember • • • • • • • • Port monitoring is supported on physical ports and logical interfaces, such as port channels and virtual local area networks (VLANs). The monitoring (destination, “MG”) and monitored (source, “MD”) ports must be on the same switch.
Related Commands Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. monitor session — enables a monitoring session. erpm Configure the source and destination IP address for ERPM traffic.
To delete all monitor sessions, use the no monitor session all command. Parameters session-ID Enter a session identification number. The range is from 0 to 65535. type rpm | erpm Specifies one of the following type: • • Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION rpm: to create remote port monitoring session. erpm: to create encapsulated remote port monitoring session. CONFIGURATION TERMINAL BATCH Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
Version Description 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The monitoring command is saved in the running configuration at the Monitor Session mode level and can be restored after a chassis reload. Example Related Commands Dell(conf-mon-sess-0)#do show running-config monitor session ! monitor session 0 source Port-channel 10 destination TenGigabitEthernet 0/33 direction tx ! monitor session — creates a monitoring session. show monitor session — displays a monitoring session.
• • interface Enter the one of the following keywords and slot/port information: • • • • direction {rx | tx | both} For a port channel interface, enter the keyword port-channel and a the portchannel ID. For a remote VLAN interface, enter the keyword Remote-VLAN and a vlan-id number. Range is from 1 to 4094 For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
48 Private VLAN (PVLAN) The private VLAN (PVLAN) feature of the Dell Networking operating software. Private VLANs extend the system security suite by providing Layer 2 isolation between ports within the same private VLAN. A private VLAN partitions a traditional VLAN into subdomains identified by a primary and secondary VLAN pair. The private VLAN implementation is based on RFC 3069. For more information, see the following commands. The command output is augmented in the Dell Networking OS version 7.8.1.
ip local-proxy-arp Enable/disable Layer 3 communication between secondary VLANs in a private VLAN. C9000 Series Syntax [no] ip local-proxy-arp To disable Layer 3 communication between secondary VLANs in a private VLAN, use the no ip localproxy-arp command in INTERFACE VLAN mode for the primary VLAN. To disable Layer 3 communication in a particular secondary VLAN, use the no ip local-proxy-arp command in INTERFACE VLAN mode for the selected secondary VLAN.
Defaults none Command Modes INTERFACE VLAN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Usage Information The list of secondary VLANs can be: Related Commands • • • Specified in comma-delimited or hyphenated-range format. Specified with this command even before they have been created.
Version Description 9.13.0.1P1 Introduced peTenGigE interface support on the C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.1 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Usage Information This command has two types of display — a list of all PVLAN interfaces or for a specific interface. Examples of both types of output are shown below.
interface interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interface and specify the interface type and slot/ port numbers or port-channel number to display the PVLAN configuration for a member interface. The valid values are: • • • • • For a port channel interface, enter the keyword port-channel and a port-channel ID. For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword tenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
Example (All) Dell# show vlan private-vlan Primary Secondary Type Active ------- --------- --------- -----10 primary Yes 100 isolated Yes 101 community Yes 20 primary Yes 200 201 202 Example (Primary) Example (Isolated) Example (Community) Example (Interface) Example (Mapping) isolated Yes community No community Yes Ports ----------Te 2/1,3 Te 2/2 Te 2/10 Po 10, 12-13 Te 1/1 Te 1/2,4-6 Te 1/11-12 Dell# show vlan private-vlan primary Primary Secondary Type Active Ports ------- --------- --------- --
10 Primary 102 Related Commands Yes Isolated Yes Po 1 Te 0/2 Te 0/4 private-vlan mode – sets the mode of the selected VLAN to community, isolated, or primary. show interfaces private-vlan – displays type and status of PVLAN interfaces. switchport mode private-vlan – sets PVLAN mode of the selected port. switchport mode private-vlan Set PVLAN mode of the selected port.
Dell(conf)#interface port-channel 10 Dell(conf-if-te-2/3)#switchport mode private-vlan promiscuous Related Commands • • • private-vlan mode — sets the mode of the selected VLAN to community, isolated, or primary. private-vlan mapping secondary-vlan — sets the mode of the selected VLAN to primary and then associates the secondary VLANs to it. show interfaces private-vlan — displays type and status of PVLAN interfaces.
49 Quality of Service (QoS) The Dell Networking operating software commands for quality of service (QoS) include traffic conditioning and congestion control.
Usage Information By default, when rate policing and shaping, the system does not include the Preamble, SFD, or the IFG fields. These fields are overhead; only the fields from MAC destination address to the CRC are used for forwarding and are included in these rate metering calculations. Use this command in Configuration Terminal Batch mode to enable the QoS rate adjustment in a dual-homing setup. service-class bandwidth-percentage Specify a minimum bandwidth for queues.
Parameters Defaults dot1p0 value ... dot1p7 value For each dot1p Priority, the default CoS queue value is: • • Command Modes Enter a dot1p list number and value. The list number range is from 0 to 7. The range is from 0 to 7. Dot1p Priority: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Queue: 1 0 2 3 4 5 6 7 CONFIGURATION CONFIGURATION TERMINAL BATCH Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Command Modes dot1p Queue ID 6 6 7 7 INTERFACE CONFIGURATION CONFIGURATION TERMINAL BATCH Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced the Configuration Terminal Batch mode on C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500.
Parameters service-class Define the mapping between the service class and policy-based QoS or routing. wred Specify WRED curve parameters for a queue green Specify green (low) drop precedence to a queue. weight Specify a weight factor to a queue. yellow Specify yellow (medium) drop precedence to a queue. queue 0 to queue 7 Specify the queue number to which the WRED parameters apply. number Enter a weight for the queue as a number in the range of 1 to 15.
wred Specify WRED curve parameters for a queue. green Specify green (low) drop precedence to a queue. weight Specify a weight factor to a queue yellow Specify yellow (medium) drop precedence to a queue pool0 Service-pool buffer 1 (default service-pool for PFC traffic) pool1 Service-pool buffer 0 (default service-pool for lossy traffic) number Enter a weight for the queue as a number in the range of 1 to 15. This parameter applies only if you specify the green or yellow drop precedence.
ecn Cause explicit congestion notification (ECN) to be used to indicate network congestion, rather than dropping packets, queues-list Enter the queue numbers, either as individual queue numbers separated by commas or as an inclusive list separating the starting and ending queue numbers with a hyphen queue-list Enter the port-queue numbers, either as individual queue numbers separated by commas or as an inclusive list separating the starting and ending queue numbers with a hyphen; for example, service-cla
Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.16.0 Introduced on MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module. service-class dot1p-mapping — Identifies the class map. Per-Port QoS Commands Per-port QoS (port-based QoS) allows you to define the QoS configuration on a per-physical-port basis. dot1p-priority Assign a value to the IEEE 802.
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The dot1p-priority command changes the priority of incoming traffic on the interface. The system places traffic marked with a priority in the correct queue and processes that traffic according to its queue. When you set the priority for a port channel, the physical interfaces assigned to the port channel are configured with the same value.
On one interface, you can configure the rate police command for a VLAN or you can configure the rate police command for an interface. For each physical interface, you can configure three rate police commands specifying different VLANS. Related Commands rate-police — specifies traffic policing on the selected interface. rate shape Shape the traffic output on the selected interface.
Policy-Based QoS Commands Policy-based traffic classification is handled with class maps. These maps classify unicast traffic into one of four classes. The system allows you to match multiple class maps and specify multiple match criteria. Policy-based QoS is not supported on logical interfaces, such as port-channels, VLANs, or loopbacks. bandwidth-percentage Assign a percentage of weight to the class/queue.
Command History Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced the Configuration Terminal Batch mode on C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.3.0.0 Introduced on the S6000 platform Usage Information Only the software-based trigger for retrieving and calculating the snapshots of the statistical counters of the buffer space is supported.
Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced the Configuration Terminal Batch mode on C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Class-map names can be 32 characters. Layer2 available on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 E-Series Only: Expanded to add support for Layer 2.
Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.18.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. show qos statistics — displays the QoS statistics. description Add a description to the selected policy map or QoS policy.
match ip access-group Configure match criteria for a class map, based on the access control list (ACL). C9000 Series Syntax match ip access-group access-group-name [set-ip-dscp value] To remove ACL match criteria from a class map, use the no match ip access-group access-groupname [set-ip-dscp value] command. Parameters access-groupname Enter the ACL name whose contents are used as the match criteria in determining if packets belong to the class the class-map specifies.
Parameters ip Enter the keyword ip to support IPv4 traffic. ipv6 Enter the keyword ipv6 to support IPv6 traffic. ip-any Enter the keyword ip-any to support IPv4 and IPv6 traffic. dscp-list Enter the IP DSCP values that is to be the match criteria. Separate values by commas — no spaces ( 1,2,3 ) or indicate a list of values separated by a hyphen (1-3). The range is from 0 to 63. set-ip-dscp value (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords set-ip-dscp then the IP DSCP value.
match ip precedence Use IP precedence values as a match criteria. C9000 Series Syntax match {ip | ipv6 | ip-any} precedence ip-precedence-list [set-ip-dscp value | set-color value ] To remove IP precedence as a match criteria, use the no match {ip | ipv6 | ip-any} precedence ip-precedence-list [[multicast] set-ip-dscp value| set-color value command. Parameters ip Enter the keyword ip to support IPv4 traffic. ipv6 Enter the keyword ipv6 to support IPv6 traffic.
Up to eight precedence values can be matched in one match statement. For example, to indicate the IP precedence values 0 1 2 3, enter either the match ip precedence 0-3 or match ip precedence 0,1,2,3 command. NOTE: Only one of the IP precedence values must be a successful match criterion, not all of the specified IP precedence values must match. Related Commands class-map — identifies the class map. match ip vlan Uses a VLAN as the match criterion for an L3 class map.
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Available on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Added support for the DSCP Marking option. 7.4.1.0 Introduced. Usage Information To access this command, enter the class-map command. After the class map is identified, you can configure the match criteria.
match mac vlan Configure a match criterion for a class map based on VLAN ID. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters match mac vlan number number Enter the VLAN ID. The range is from 1 to 4094. Defaults none Command Modes CLASS-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Policy name character limit increased from 16 to 32. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information An aggregate output QoS policy applies to all outbound port traffic. An aggregate output QoS policy can coexist with per-queue output QoS policies. Related Commands policy-map-input — creates an input policy map.
Version Description 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The input policy map is used to classify incoming traffic to different flows using class-map, QoS policy, or incoming packets DSCP. This command enables Policy-Map-Input Configuration mode (conf-policy-map-in). When you configure an input policy map for CoPP, you must enter the keyword cpu-qos. Use this command in Configuration Terminal Batch mode to create an input policy map in a dual-homing setup.
qos-policy-input Create a QoS input policy on the router. C9000 Series Syntax qos-policy-input qos-policy-name [layer2] [cpu-qos] To remove an existing input QoS policy from the router, use the no qos-policy-input qos-policyname [layer2] [cpu-qos] command. Parameters qos-policy-name Enter the name for the policy map in character format (32 characters maximum). layer2 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword layer2 to specify a Layer 2 Class Map. The default is Layer 3.
qos-policy-output Create a QoS output policy. C9000 Series Syntax qos-policy-output qos-policy-name To remove an existing output QoS policy, use the no qos-policy-output qos-policy-name command. Parameters qos-policy-name Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Enter your output QoS policy name in character format (32 characters maximum). CONFIGURATION TERMINAL BATCH Command History This guide is platform-specific.
burst-KB (OPTIONAL) Enter the burst size in KB. The range is from 16 to 200000. The default is 100. peak peak-rate (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword peak then a number to specify the peak rate in Mbps. The range is from 0 to 40000. The default is the same as designated for committedrate. Defaults Burst size is 100KB. peak-rate is by default the same as committed-rate. Granularity for committedrate and peak-rate is Mbps unless you use the kbps option.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(1.0) Added support for packets-per-second and committed rate. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S6000 platform Usage Information You can configure all the data queues. For S6000, you can configure queues 0-7.
Defaults Layer 3 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information A single policy-map can be attached to one or more interfaces to specify the service-policy for those interfaces. A policy map attached to an interface can be modified. Related Commands policy-map-output — creates an output policy map.
Usage Information This command assigns a class map or QoS policy to different queues. There are eight queues per interface on the Z9500. Related Commands • • • class-map— identifies the class map. service-policy input— applies an input policy map to the selected interface. service-policy output— applies an output policy map to the selected interface. set Mark outgoing traffic with a differentiated service code point (DSCP) or dot1p value.
Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. EXEC EXEC Privilege The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.
• For a port extender 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword peTenGigE then the pe-id / stack-unit / port-id information. The pe-id range is from 0 to 255; the stack-unit unit-number range is from 0 to 7; and the port-id range is 25 to 28 or 49 to 52 depending on the PE. Defaults none Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Example (Summary IPv4) Dell#sho qos policy-map summary Interface policy-map-input policy-map-output Te 2/1 PM1 Te 2/2 PM2 PMOut Dell# show qos policy-map-input View the input QoS policy map details. C9000 Series Syntax show qos policy-map-input [policy-map-name] [class class-map-name] [qos-policyinput qos-policy-name] Parameters policy-map-name Enter the policy map name. class class-map- Enter the keyword class then the class map name.
Queue# 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Dell# Class-map-name c0 c1 c2 c3 c4 c5 c6 c7 Qos-policy-name q0 q1 q2 q3 q4 q6 q7 show qos policy-map-output View the output QoS policy map details. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show qos policy-map-output [policy-map-name] [qos-policy-output qos-policyname] policy-map-name Enter the policy map name. qos-policy-output Enter the keyword qos-policy-output then the QoS policy name.
show qos qos-policy-input View the input QoS policy details. C9000 Series Syntax show qos qos-policy-input [qos-policy-name] Parameters qos-policy-name Enter the QoS policy name. Defaults none Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. EXEC EXEC Privilege The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell#show qos qos-policy-output Qos-policy-output qosOut Rate-limit 50 50 peak 50 50 Wred yellow 1 Wred green 1 show qos statistics View QoS statistics.
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.13.0.1P1 Introduced peTenGigE interface support on the C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.1 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
Example Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
Table 9. Threshold Values for the Pre-defined WRED Profiles Related Commands Pre-Defined WRED Profile Name Minimum Threshold Maximum Threshold wred_drop 0 0 wred_ge_y 1024 2048 wred_ge_g 2048 4096 wred_teng_y 4096 8192 wred_teng_g 8192 16384 wred-profile — creates a WRED profile. trust Specify dynamic classification (DSCP) or dot1p to trust.
Table 10.
Related Commands wred-profile — creates a WRED profile and name that profile. trust — defines the dynamic classification to trust DSCP. wred weight Configure the weight factor used to determine the average-queue size for WRED and ECN operation. The weight value is used in an output QoS policy applied to a front-end or backplane port.
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820t. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Usage Information When you enable wred ecn, and the number of packets in the queue is below the minimum threshold, packets are transmitted per the usual WRED treatment.
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series Usage Information Use the default pre-defined profiles or configure your own profile. You cannot delete the pre-defined profiles or their default values. This command enables WRED configuration mode —(conf-wred). Use this command in Configuration Terminal Batch mode to create the WRED profile in a dual-homing setup.
DSCP Color Map Commands The DSCP color map allows you to set the number of specific DSCP values to yellow or red. Traffic marked as yellow delivers traffic to the egress queue which will either transmit the packet if it has available bandwidth or drop the packet due to no ability to send. Traffic marked as red (high drop precedence) is dropped. dscp Sets the number of specific DSCP values for a color map profile to yellow or red.
qos dscp-color-map Configure the DSCP color map. C9000 Series Syntax qos dscp-color-map map-name To remove a color map, use the no qos dscp-color-map map-name command. Parameters map-name Defaults None Command Modes CONFIGURATION Enter the name of the DSCP color map. The map name can have a maximum of 32 characters. CONFIGURATION TERMINAL BATCH Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Command Modes CONFIG-INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, and MXL.
Dscp-color-map mapTWO yellow 16,55 Related Commands 1396 qos dscp-color-map— Configures a DSCP color map.
50 Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP) The Dell Networking operating software implementation of rapid spanning tree protocol (RSTP) is based on the IEEE 802.1w standard spanning-tree protocol. The RSTP algorithm configures connectivity throughout a bridged local area network (LAN) that is comprised of LANs interconnected by bridges.
Related Commands Version Description 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. protocol spanning-tree rstp — enters rapid spanning tree mode. debug spanning-tree rstp Enable debugging of RSTP and view information on the protocol. C9000 Series Syntax debug spanning-tree rstp [all | bpdu interface {in | out} | events] To disable debugging, use the no debug spanning-tree rstp command. Parameters all (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword all to debug all spanning tree operations.
Example Dell#debug spanning-tree rstp bpdu tengigabitethernet 2/0 ? in Receive (in) out Transmit (out) description Enter a description of the rapid spanning tree. C9000 Series Syntax description {description} To remove the description, use the no description {description} command. Parameters description Enter a description to identify the rapid spanning tree (80 characters maximum). Defaults none Command Modes SPANNING TREE (The prompt is “config-rstp”.
Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. protocol spanning-tree rstp — enters SPANNING TREE mode on the switch.
hello-time Set the time interval between the generation of the RSTP bridge protocol data units (BPDUs). C9000 Series Syntax hello-time [milli-second] seconds To return to the default value, use the no hello-time command. Parameters seconds Enter a number as the time interval between transmission of BPDUs. The range is from 1 to 10 seconds. The default is 2 seconds. milli-second Enter the keywords milli-second to configure a hello time on the order of milliseconds.
Parameters max-age Enter a number of seconds that the system waits before refreshing configuration information. The range is from 6 to 40 seconds. The default is 20 seconds. Defaults 20 seconds Command Modes CONFIGURATION RSTP (conf-rstp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Usage Information RSTP is not enabled when you enter RSTP mode. To enable RSTP globally on the system, use the no disable command from RSTP mode. Example Related Commands Dell(conf)#protocol spanning-tree rstp Dell(config-rstp)##no disable disable — disables RSTP globally on the system. show config View the current configuration for the mode. Only non-default values are displayed.
Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. EXEC EXEC Privilege The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.4.2.
Example (EDS, LBK) NOTE: “LBK_INC” (bold) means Loopback BPDU Inconsistency. Dell#show spanning-tree rstp br Executing IEEE compatible Spanning Tree Protocol Root ID Priority 32768, Address 0001.e801.6aa8 Root Bridge hello time 2, max age 20, forward delay 15 Bridge ID Priority 32768, Address 0001.e801.
bpduguard (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword portfast to enable Portfast to move the interface into Forwarding mode immediately after the root fails. Enter the keyword bpduguard to disable the port when it receives a BPDU. shutdown-onviolation (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords shutdown-on-violation to hardware disable an interface when a BPDU is received and the port is disabled. priority priority Enter keyword priority then a value in increments of 16 as the priority. The range is from 0 to 240.
• • If a BPDU is received from a remote device, BPDU guard places the port in an Err-Disabled Blocking state and no traffic is forwarded on the port. If no BPDU is received from a remote device, loop guard places the port in a Loop-Inconsistent Blocking state and no traffic is forwarded on the port. On the port extender (PE) ports and on VP-LAGs (LAGs created with PE): • • Example Spanning-tree with BPDU guard shutdown-on-violation is enabled as a default setting. No spanning tree command is valid.
51 Remote Monitoring (RMON) Dell Networking operating software remote monitoring (RMON) is based on IEEE standards, providing both 32-bit and 64-bit monitoring and long-term statistics collection.
Parameters number Enter the alarm integer number from 1 to 65535. The value must be unique in the RMON alarm table. variable Enter the MIB object to monitor. The variable must be in the SNMP OID format; for example, 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3. The object type must be a 32-bit integer. interval Time, in seconds, the alarm monitors the MIB variables; this is the alarmSampleType in the RMON alarm table. The range is from 5 to 3600 seconds. delta Enter the keyword delta to test the change between MIB variables.
Parameters controlEntry integer Enter the keyword controlEntry to specify the RMON group of statistics using a value. Then enter an integer value from 1 to 65535 that identifies the RMON group of statistics. The integer value must be a unique index in the RMON history table. owner name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword owner then the owner name to record the owner of the RMON group of statistics.
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. rmon event Add an event in the RMON event table.
rmon hc-alarm Set an alarm on any MIB object. C9000 Series Syntax rmon hc-alarm number variable interval {delta | absolute} rising-threshold value event-number falling-threshold value event-number [owner string] To disable the alarm, use the no rmon hc-alarm number command. Parameters number Enter the alarm integer number from 1 to 65535. The value must be unique in the RMON alarm table. variable The MIB object to monitor. The variable must be in the SNMP OID format; for example, 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.
show rmon Display the RMON running status including the memory usage. C9000 Series Syntax show rmon Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example (Index) Example (Brief) Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell#show rmon alarm 1 RMON alarm entry 1 sample Interval: 5 object: 1.3.6.1.
Example (Index) Example (Brief) Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell#show rmon event 1 RMON event entry 1 description: 1 event type: LOG and SNMP TRAP.
Example (Index) Example (Brief) Version Description 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell#show rmon hc-alarm 1 RMON high-capacity alarm entry 1 object: 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 sample interval: 5 sample type: absolute value. value: 185638 alarm type: rising or falling alarm. alarm rising threshold value: positive. rising threshold: 1001, RMON event index: 1 alarm falling threshold value: positive. falling threshold: 999, RMON event index: 6 alarm sampling failed 0 times.
Example (Index) Example (Brief) Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell#show rmon history 6001 RMON history control entry 6001 interface: ifIndex.
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The log table has a maximum of 500 entries. If the log exceeds that maximum, the oldest log entry is purged to allow room for the new entry.
packets dropped: 0 bytes received: 0 packets received: 0 broadcast packets: 0 multicast packets: 0 CRC error: 0 under-size packets: 0 over-size packets: 0 fragment errors: 0 jabber errors: 0 collision: 0 64bytes packets: 0 65-127 bytes packets: 0 128-255 bytes packets: 0 256-511 bytes packets: 0 512-1023 bytes packets: 0 1024-1518 bytes packets: 0 owner: 1 status: OK HC packets received overflow: 0 HC packets received: 0 HC bytes received overflow: 0 HC bytes received: 0 HC 64bytes pack
52 Routing Information Protocol (RIP) Routing information protocol (RIP) is a distance vector routing protocol. The Dell Networking operating software supports both RIP version 1 (RIPv1) and RIP version 2 (RIPv2). The implementation of RIP is based on IETF RFCs 2453 and RFC 1058. For more information about configuring RIP, refer to the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9.(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.
To turn off debugging output, use the no debug ip rip command. Parameters interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the interface type and ID as one of the following: • • • • • For a Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
route-map map- name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords route-map then the name of a configured route-map. Defaults Disabled. Metric: 1. Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.
Version Description 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information This command ensures that route information being redistributed is converted to the same metric value. Related Commands redistribute — allows you to redistribute routes learned by other methods. description Enter a description of the RIP routing protocol. C9000 Series Syntax description {description} To remove the description, use the no description {description} command.
ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address, in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D), of the host or network to receive the new distance metric. mask If you enter an IP address, also enter a mask for that IP address, in either dotted decimal format or /prefix format (/x). prefix-name (OPTIONAL) Enter a configured prefix list name. Defaults weight = 120 Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.29.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. ip prefix-list — enters PREFIX-LIST mode and configures a prefix list.
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. ip prefix-list — enters PREFIX-LIST mode and configures a prefix list. ip poison-reverse Set the prefix of the RIP routing updates to the RIP infinity value.
To return to the default, use the no ip rip receive version command. Parameters 1 (OPTIONAL) Enter the number 1 for RIP version 1. 2 (OPTIONAL) Enter the number 2 for RIP version 2. Defaults RIPv1 and RIPv2 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information To enable the interface to send both version of RIP packets, use the ip rip send version 1 2 command. Related Commands ip rip receive version — sets the RIP version for the interface to receive traffic.
maximum-paths Set RIP to forward packets over multiple paths. C9000 Series Syntax maximum-paths number To return to the default values, use the no maximum-paths commands. Parameters number Enter the number of paths. The range is from 1 to 16. The default is 4 paths. Defaults 4 Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information When a neighbor router is identified, unicast data exchanges occur. Multiple neighbor routers are possible.
offset-list Specify a number to add to the incoming or outgoing route metrics learned using RIP. C9000 Series Syntax offset-list prefix-list-name {in | out} offset [interface] To delete an offset list, use the no offset-list prefix-list-name {in | out} offset [interface] command. Parameters prefix-list-name Enter the name of an established Prefix list to determine which incoming routes are modified.
output-delay Set the interpacket delay of successive packets to the same neighbor. C9000 Series Syntax output-delay delay To return to the switch software defaults for interpacket delay, use the no output-delay command. Parameters delay Specify a number of milliseconds as the delay interval. The range is from 8 to 50. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.3.7.
Version Description 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information To redistribute the default route (0.0.0.0/0), configure the default-information originate command. Related Commands default-information originate — generates a default route for RIP traffic. redistribute isis Redistribute routing information from an IS-IS instance.
redistribute ospf Redistribute routing information from an OSPF process. C9000 Series Syntax redistribute ospf process-id [match external {1 | 2} | match internal | metric metric-value] [route-map map-name] To disable redistribution, use the no redistribute ospf process-id [match external {1 | 2} | match internal | metric metric-value] [route-map map-name] command. Parameters process-id Enter a number that corresponds to the OSPF process ID to redistribute. The range is from 1 to 65355.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.
passive-interface TenGigabitEthernet 0/1 Dell(conf-router_rip)# show ip rip database Display the routes that RIP learns. If the switch learned no RIP routes, no output is generated. C9000 Series Syntax show ip rip database [ip-address mask] Parameters ip-address (OPTIONAL) Specify an IP address in dotted decimal format to view RIP information on that network only. If you enter an IP address, also enter a mask for that IP address.
[50/2] via 210.250.40.0/24 207.250.53.0/24 [50/2] via [50/2] via [50/2] via 207.250.53.0/24 208.250.42.0/24 [50/2] via [50/2] via [50/2] via 208.250.42.0/24 1.1.130.2, 00:00:12, Port-channel 30 auto-summary 1.1.120.2, 00:00:55, Port-channel 20 1.1.130.2, 00:00:12, Port-channel 30 1.1.10.2, 00:00:18, Vlan 10 auto-summary 1.1.120.2, 00:00:55, Port-channel 20 1.1.130.2, 00:00:12, Port-channel 30 1.1.10.2, 00:00:18, Vlan 10 auto-summary show running-config rip Display the current RIP configuration.
timers basic Manipulate the RIP timers for routing updates, invalid, holddown times, and flush time. C9000 Series Syntax timers basic update invalid holddown flush To return to the default settings, use the no timers basic command. Parameters update Enter the number of seconds to specify the rate at which RIP routing updates are sent. The range is from zero (0) to 4294967295. The default is 30 seconds.
version Specify either RIP version 1 or RIP version 2. C9000 Series Syntax version {1 | 2} To return to the default version setting, use the no version command. Parameters 1 Enter the keyword 1 to specify RIP version 1. 2 Enter the keyword 2 to specify RIP version 2. Defaults The system sends RIPv1 and receives RIPv1 and RIPv2. Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
53 Security This chapter contains various types of security commands offered in the Dell Networking operating software. The commands are listed in the following sections: • • • • • • • • • AAA Accounting Commands Authorization and Privilege Commands Obscure Password Command Authentication and Password Commands RADIUS Commands TACACS+ Commands Port Authentication (802.
aaa authorization role-only Configure authentication to use the user’s role only when determining if access to commands is permitted. C9000 Syntax aaa authorization role-only To return to the default setting, use the no aaa authentication role-only command. Parameters name Enter a text string for the name of the user up to 63 characters. It cannot be one of the system defined roles (sysadmin, secadmin, netadmin, netoperator).
deleterole Enter the keyword deleterole to remove access to the command. You cannot add or delete rights for the sysadmin role. role-name Enter a text string for the name of the user role up to 63 characters. These are 3 system defined roles you can modify: secadmin, netadmin, and netoperator. reset Enter the keyword reset to reset all roles back to default for that command. command Enter the command’s keywords to assign the command to a certain access level. You can enter one or more keywords.
show userroles Display information on all defined user roles. C9000 Syntax show userroles Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, MXL.
Consider the following when creating a user role: • • Only the system administrator and user-defined roles inherited from the system administrator can create roles and usernames. Only the system administrator, security administrator, and roles inherited from these can use the role command to modify command permissions. The security administrator and roles inherited by security administrator can only modify permissions for commands they already have access to.
tacacs+ Enter the keyword tacacs+ to use TACACS+ service for accounting. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.14(1.5) Added support for RADIUS accounting. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.
To permit accounting records to users with user name value of NULL, use the no aaa accounting suppress null-username command. Defaults Accounting records are recorded for all users. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.
Example Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. The following example configures accounting for the role secadmin using default Dell(conf-vty-0)# accounting commands role secadmin default Related Commands aaa accounting — enables AAA Accounting and creates a record for monitoring the accounting function.
Related Commands aaa accounting — enables AAA Accounting and creates a record for monitoring the accounting function. Authorization and Privilege Commands To set command line authorization and privilege levels, use the following commands. authorization Apply an authorization method list to terminal lines. C9000 Series Syntax authorization {exec | commands {level | role role-name}} method-list Parameters exec Enter the keyword exec to apply an EXEC level authorization method list.
aaa authorization commands Set parameters that restrict (or permit) a user’s access to EXEC and CONFIGURATION level commands. C9000 Series Syntax aaa authorization commands {level | role role-name}{name|default} {local | tacacs+| none} Undo a configuration with the no aaa authorization commands {level | role role-name} {name|default} {local | tacacs+ | none} command. Parameters commands level Enter the keyword commands then the command privilege level for command level authorization.
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Added support for RADIUS. privilege level (CONFIGURATION mode) Change the access or privilege level of one or more commands. C9000 Series Syntax privilege mode {level level command | reset command} To delete access to a level and command, use the no privilege mode level level command command.
privilege level (LINE mode) Change the access level for users on the terminal lines. C9000 Series Syntax privilege level level To delete access to a terminal line, use the no privilege level level command. Parameters level level Enter the keyword level then a number for the access level. The range is from 0 to 15. Level 1 is EXEC mode and Level 15 allows access to all CLI modes. Defaults level = 15 Command Modes LINE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
• • • • ... method2 line: use the password the password command defines in LINE mode. none: no authentication. radius: use the RADIUS servers configured with the radius-server host command. tacacs+: use the TACACS+ server(s) configured with the tacacs-server host command. (OPTIONAL) In the event of a “no response” from the first method, the system applies the next configured method. Defaults Use the enable password. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Parameters method-list-name Enter a text string (up to 16 characters long) as the name of a user-configured method list that can be applied to different lines. default Enter the keyword default to specify that the method list specified is the default method for all terminal lines. method Enter one of the following methods: • • • • • • ... method4 enable: use the password the enable password command defines in CONFIGURATION mode. Not available if role-only is in use.
Connections to the SSH server work with the following login mechanisms: local, radius, and tacacs. Related Commands login authentication — enables AAA login authentication on the terminal lines. password — creates a password. radius-server host — specifies a RADIUS server host. tacacs-server host — specifies a TACACS+ server host. aaa reauthenticate enable Enable re-authentication of user whenever there is a change in the authenticators.
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes LINE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information To control access to command modes, use this command to define a password for a level and use the privilege level (CONFIGURATION mode) command. Passwords must meet the following criteria: • • Start with a letter, not a number.
enable restricted Allows Dell Networking technical support to access restricted commands. C9000 Series Syntax enable restricted [encryption-type] password To disallow access to restricted commands, use the no enable restricted command. Parameters encryption-type (OPTIONAL) Enter the number 7 as the encryption type. Enter 7 followed a text string as the hidden password. The text string must be a password that was already encrypted by a Dell Networking router.
password Enter a text string, up to 32 characters long, as the clear text password. Defaults No password is configured. level = 15. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The software prompts users for these passwords when the method for authentication or authorization used is "line". Related Commands enable password — sets the password for the enable command. login authentication — configures an authentication method to log in to the switch. service password-encryption — encrypts all passwords configured in the system.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced the lockout-period option on the Z9500. 9.5(0.0) Introduced the lockout-period option on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, and MXL. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500.
passwords and keys, including RADIUS, TACACS+ keys, router authentication strings, VRRP authentication by obscuring this information. Passwords and keys are stored encrypted in the configuration file and by default are displayed in the encrypted form when the configuration is displayed. Enabling the service obscurepasswords command displays asterisks instead of the encrypted passwords and keys. This command prevents a user from reading these passwords and keys by obscuring this information with asterisks.
secure-cli enable Enable the secured CLI mode. Syntax secure-cli enable Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.11(0.0) Introduced this command. Usage Information The secured CLI mode prevents the users from enhancing the permissions or promoting the privilege levels. After entering the command, save the running-configuration.
Related Commands privilege level (CONFIGURATION mode) — assigns access control to different command modes. show users Allows you to view information on all users logged into the switch, including privilege level and or user role. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show users [all] all (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword all to view all terminal lines in the switch. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
timeout login response Specify how long the software waits for the login input (for example, the user name and password) before timing out. C9000 Series Syntax timeout login response seconds To return to the default values, use the no timeout login response command. Parameters seconds Enter a number of seconds the software waits before logging you out. The range is: • • • VTY: the range is from 1 to 30 seconds, the default is 30 seconds.
• • • • 0 directs the system to store the password as clear text. It is the default encryption type when using the password option. 8 to indicate that a password encrypted using a sha256 hashing algorithm follows. This encryption type is available with the sha256-password option only, and is the default encryption type for this option. 7 to indicate that a password encrypted using a DES hashing algorithm follows. This encryption type is available with the password option only.
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information To view the defined user names, use the show running-config user command. You can use the dynamic-salt option only under the secret and the password options. When you configure the password, the system alerts if your password does not match the following criteria. The system accepts your password even if these conditions are not met.
client Configures trusted DAC clients. Syntax client {ipv4-addr | ipv6-addr | hostname} [vrf vrf-name] [key [encryption-type] key] To undo the DAC client configuration, enter the no client host command. Defaults If VRF is not configured, default VRF is considered. Parameters ipv4–addr Enter the keyword ipv4–addr to specify the IPv4 address of the DAC. ipv6–addr Enter the keyword ipv6–addr to specify the IPv6 address of the DAC. hostname Enter the keyword hostname to enter the name of the host.
Usage Information • Command History Configure global shared key applicable for DA clients. If client configuration has shared key configured, that will take precedence. This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell EMC Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.13(0.
coa-reauthenticate Configure NAS to re-authenticate dot1x user session requests from DAC. Syntax coa-reauthenticate To ignore re-authentication requests, enter the no coa-reauthenticate command. Defaults Enabled. Command Modes • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. CONF-DYNAMIC-AUTH The following is a list of the Dell EMC Networking OS version history for this command.
Parameters Command Modes minutes • Usage Information • Command History Enter the time out value. CONF-DYNAMIC-AUTH Time for DAS to wait before the back end response is received. This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell EMC Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.13(0.
ip radius source-interface Specify an interface’s IP address as the source IP address for RADIUS connections. C9000 Series Syntax ip radius source-interface interface To delete a source interface, use the no ip radius source-interface command. Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • • • • • • For Loopback interfaces, enter the keyword loopback then a number from zero (0) to 16838. For the Null interface, enter the keywords null 0.
Usage Information • Command History Optionally specify dynamic authorization port number. Default port is 3799. This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell EMC Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.13(0.
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. radius-server host Configure a RADIUS server host.
Version Description 8.4.1.0 Added support for IPv6. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Authentication key length increased to 42 characters. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information To configure any number of RADIUS server hosts for each server host that is configured, use this command. The system searches for the RADIUS hosts in the order they are configured in the software.
Version Description 7.7.1.0 Authentication key length increased to 42 characters. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The key configured on the switch must match the key configured on the RADIUS server daemon. If you configure the key parameter in the radius-server host command, the key configured with the radius-server key command is the default key for all RADIUS communications.
radius-server timeout To reply to a request, configure the amount of time the RADIUS client (the switch) waits for a RADIUS host server . C9000 Series Syntax radius-server timeout seconds To return to the default value, use the no radius-server timeout command. Parameters seconds Enter the number of seconds between an unsuccessful attempt and when the system times out. The range is from zero (0) to 1000 seconds. The default is 5 seconds.
Version Description 9.13(0.0) Introduced on the C9010, S3100, S3048–ON, S4048T-ON, S4048–ON, S5000, S6010– ON, S6000–ON, S6100–ON, S6000, Z9100–ON, Z9500, FN-IOM, and MXL. replay-protection-window Configure replay protection window period to drop the duplicate packets. Syntax replay-protection-window minutes To undo the configuration, enter the no replay-protection-window command. Defaults Parameters Command Modes 5 Minutes.
TACACS+ Commands The Dell Networking OS supports TACACS+ as an alternate method for login authentication. debug tacacs+ To assist with troubleshooting, view TACACS+ transactions. C9000 Series Syntax debug tacacs+ To disable debugging of TACACS+, use the no debug tacacs+ command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale.
Version Description 8.4.1.0 Added support for IPv6. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Authentication key length increased to 42 characters. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information To list multiple TACACS+ servers to be used by the aaa authentication login command, configure this command multiple times.
Version Description 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The key configured with this command must match the key configured on the TACACS+ daemon. Port Authentication (802.1X) Commands An authentication server must authenticate a client connected to an 802.1X switch port. Until the authentication, only Extensible Authentication Protocol over LAN (EAPOL) traffic is allowed through the port to which a client is connected.
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. dot1x authentication (Interface) dot1x authentication (Interface) Enable dot1x on an interface; dot1x must be enabled both globally and at the interface level.
max-attempts number (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords max-attempts then number of attempts desired before authentication fails. The range is from 1 to 5. The default is 3. Defaults 3 attempts Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-if-interface-slot/port) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Version Description 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. dot1x guest-vlan Configure a guest VLAN for limited access users or for devices that are not 802.1X capable. C9000 Series Syntax dot1x guest-vlan vlan-id To disable the guest VLAN, use the no dot1x guest-vlan vlan-id command. Parameters vlan-id Enter the VLAN Identifier. The range is from 1 to 4094. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-if-interface-slot/port) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
dot1x mac-auth-bypass Enable MAC authentication bypass. If 802.1X times out because the host did not respond to the Identity Request frame, the system attempts to authenticate the host based on its MAC address. C9000 Series Syntax [no] dot1x mac-auth-bypass Defaults Disabled Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Related Commands Version Description 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. interface range — configures a range of interfaces. dot1x port-control Enable port control on an interface. C9000 Series Syntax dot1x port-control {force-authorized | auto | force-unauthorized} Parameters force-authorized Enter the keywords force-authorized to forcibly authorize a port. auto Enter the keyword auto to authorize a port based on the 802.1X operation result.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.
dot1x reauth-max Configure the maximum number of times a port can re-authenticate before the port becomes unauthorized. C9000 Series Syntax dot1x reauth-max number To return to the default, use the no dot1x reauth-max command. Parameters number Enter the permitted number of re-authentications. The range is from 1 to 10. The default is 2. Defaults 2 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. dot1x supplicant-timeout Configure the amount of time after which exchanges with the supplicant time-out. C9000 Series Syntax dot1x supplicant-timeout seconds To return to the default, use theno dot1x supplicant-timeout command. Parameters seconds Enter a time-out value in seconds. The range is from 1 to 300, where 300 is implementation dependant.
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. show dot1x interface Display the 802.1X information on an interface.
Guest VLAN id: Auth-Fail VLAN: Auth-Fail VLAN id: Auth-Fail Max-Attempts: Tx Period: Quiet Period: ReAuth Max: Supplicant Timeout: Server Timeout: Re-Auth Interval: Max-EAP-Req: Auth Type: Auth PAE State: Backend State: Dell# 10 Enable 11 3 30 seconds 60 seconds 2 30 seconds 30 seconds 3600 seconds 2 SINGLE_HOST Initialize Initialize SSH Server and SCP Commands The Dell Networking OS supports secure shell (SSH) protocol versions 1.5 and 2.0.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.6(0.0) Introduced on the S -Series and Z-Series switches. Usage Information The maximum number of characters allowed for the parameters, except the county-name, is 64.
NOTE: Only a user with superuser permissions should generate host-keys. Example Dell#conf Dell(conf)#crypto key generate rsa1 Enter key size <1024-2048>. Default<1024>: 1024 Host key already exists. Do you want to replace. [y/n] :y Dell(conf)# Related Commands ip ssh server — enables the SSH server. show crypto — displays the SSH host public keys. crypto key zeroize rsa Removes the generated RSA host keys and zeroize the key storage location.
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information Debug information includes details for key-exchange, authentication, and established session for each connection.
ip ssh authentication-retries Configure the maximum number of attempts that should be used to authenticate a user. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters ip ssh authentication-retries 1-10 1-10 Enter the number of maximum retries to authenticate a user. The range is from 1 to 10. The default is 3. Defaults 3 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
NOTE: SSHv1 does not support challenge response authentication. ip ssh cipher Configure the list of ciphers supported on both SSH client and SCP. Syntax ip ssh cipher cipher-list Parameters cipher cipher-list Enter the keyword cipher and then a space-delimited list of ciphers that the SSH client supports. The following ciphers are available.
Defaults 10 per minute Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.
• checking client host-keys is done with the file specified in the ip ssh pub-key-file command. NOTE: Administrators must specify the two files (rhosts and pub-key-file) to configure hostbased authentication. Related Commands ip ssh pub-key-file — public keys of trusted hosts from a file. ip ssh rhostsfile — trusted hosts and users for rhost authentication. ip ssh key-size Configure the size of the server-generated RSA SSHv1 key.
• • • • • Defaults hmac-sha2-256 hmac-sha1 hmac-sha1–96 hmac-md5 hmac-md5-96 The default list of MAC algorithm is in the order as shown below: When FIPS mode is enabled: • • • hmac-sha2–256 hmac-sha1 hmac-sha1–96 When FIPS mode is disabled: • • • • • hmac-sha2-256 hmac-sha1 hmac-sha1–96 hmac-md5 hmac-md5-96 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820t. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information With password authentication enabled, you can authenticate using the local, RADIUS, or TACACS+ password fallback order as configured. ip ssh pub-key-file Specify the file used for host-based authentication.
Example Related Commands Dell#conf Dell(conf)# ip ssh pub-key-file flash://knownhosts Dell(conf)# show ip ssh client-pub-keys — displays the client-public keys used for the host-based authentication. ip ssh mac Configure the list of MAC algorithms supported on both SSH client and SCP. Syntax Parameters ip ssh mac mac-list mac mac-list Enter the keyword mac then a space-delimited list of message authentication code (MAC) algorithms supported by the SSH client. The following MAC algorithms are available.
ip ssh rekey Configures the time rekey-interval or volume rekey-limit threshold at which to re-generate the SSH key during an SSH session. C9000 Series Syntax ip ssh rekey [time rekey-interval] [volume rekey-limit] To reset to the default, use no ip ssh rekey [time rekey-interval] [volume rekey-limit] command. Parameters time minutes Enter the keywords time then the amount of time in minutes. The range is from 10 to 1440 minutes.
Example Version Description 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell#conf Dell(conf)# ip ssh rhostsfile flash://shosts Dell(conf)# Usage Information This command specifies the rhost file used for host-based authentication. This creates/ file overwrites the flash:/ADMIN_DIR/ssh/shosts file and deletes the user-specified file. Even though this command is a global configuration command, it does not appear in the running configuration because you only need to run this command once.
ip ssh rsa-authentication (EXEC) Add keys for the RSA authentication. C9000 Series Syntax ip ssh rsa-authentication {my-authorized-keys WORD} To delete the authorized keys, use the no ip ssh rsa-authentication {my-authorized-keys} command. Parameters my-authorizedkeys WORD Enter the keywords my-authorized-keys then the filename of the RSA authorizedkeys. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific.
To disable SSH server functions, use the no ip ssh server {ciphers cipher-list} {enable | port port-number} [kex key-exchange-algorithm] [mac hmac-algorithm] [version {1 | 2}] command. Parameters enable Enter the key word enable to start the SSH server. ciphers cipher-list Enter the keyword ciphers and then a space-delimited list of ciphers that the SSH server supports. The following ciphers are available.
• diffie-hellman-group14-sha1 port port-number (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword port then the port number of the listening port of the SSH server. The range is from 1 to 65535. The default is 22. [version {1 | 2}] (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword version then the SSH version 1 or 2 to specify only SSHv1 or SSHv2. NOTE: If you enable FIPS mode, you can only select version 2. Defaults • • • Default listening port is 22.
To disable the DNS in SSH server configuration, use the no ip ssh server dns enable command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.13.0.1 Introduced on the MXL, C9010, S3048–ON, S3100 series, S4810, S4820T, S4048–ON, S4048T-ON, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, S6100–ON, S6010–ON, Z9500, Z9100–ON and FN-IOM.
Example Dell(conf)#ip ssh source-interface tengigabitethernet 0/36 Dell(conf)#do ssh 10.10.10.2 -l admin Dell(conf)#no ip ssh source-interface show crypto Display the public part of the SSH host-keys. C9000 Series Syntax NOTE: Some of the parameters in this command require licensing to access. For more information, contact your Dell Networking representative. show crypto key mypubkey {rsa | rsa1} Parameters Key Enter the keyword key to display the host public key.
47431553750501676929660273790601494434 050000015179864425629613385774919236081 771341059533760063913083 Dell# Related Commands crypto key generate — generates the SSH keys. show ip ssh Display information about established SSH sessions. C9000 Series Syntax NOTE: Some of the parameters in this command require licensing to access. For more information, contact your Dell Networking representative. show ip ssh Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific.
show ip ssh client-pub-keys — displays the client-public keys. show ip ssh client-pub-keys Display the client public keys used in host-based authentication. C9000 Series Syntax show ip ssh client-pub-keys Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.
vrf instance (OPTIONAL) E-Series Only: Enter the keyword vrf then the VRF Instance name to open an SSH connection to that instance. ipv4 address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address in dotted decimal format A.B.C.D. ipv6-address prefix-length (OPTIONAL) Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format then the prefix length in the /x format. The range is from /0 to /128. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros.
Version Description • hmac-sha2-256-96 9.4(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.12.0 Added support for the -c and -m parameters on the S4810. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Added IPv6 support. Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. show ip dhcp snooping — displays the contents of the DHCP binding table. ip dhcp snooping Enable DHCP Snooping globally. C9000 Series Syntax [no] ip dhcp snooping Defaults Disabled.
vlan-id vlan-id Enter the keywords vlan-id then the VLAN to which the host belongs. The range is from 2 to 4094. ip ip-address Enter the keyword ip then the IP address that the server is leasing. interface type Enter the keyword interface then the type of interface to which the host is connected. • • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword tengigabitethernet. For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE. slot/port Enter the slot and port number of the interface.
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. ip dhcp snooping database renew Renew the binding table. C9000 Series Syntax ip dhcp snooping database renew Defaults none Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. ip dhcp source-address-validation Enable IP source guard. C9000 Series Syntax [no] ip dhcp source-address-validation Defaults Disabled. Command Modes INTERFACE INTERFACE (BATCH Mode) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Usage Information When enabled, the system begins creating entries in the binding table for the specified VLANs. NOTE: Learning only happens if there is a trusted port in the VLAN. Related Commands ip dhcp snooping trust — configures an interface as trusted. show ip dhcp snooping Display the contents of the DHCP binding table.
Table 11. Suppressed ICMPv4 message types ICMPv4 Message Types Echo reply (0) All sub types of destination unreachable (3) Source quench (4) Redirect (5) Router advertisement (9) Router solicitation (10) Time exceeded (11) IP header bad (12) Timestamp request (13) Timestamp reply (14) Information request (15) Information reply (16) Address mask request (17) Address mask reply (18) NOTE: The Dell Networking OS does not suppress the ICMPv4 message type Echo request (8). Table 12.
• Duplicate Address Confirmation (158) drop icmp Drops the ICMPv4 and ICMPv6 packets. Syntax drop {icmp | icmp6} Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other Platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.11.0.0 Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S3048–ON, S3100 Series, S4048–ON, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, Z9500, Z9100–ON, S6100–ON, S6010–ON, S4048T–ON, C9000, and MXL.
• A minimum of one special character including a space (" !"#$%&'()*+,-./:;<=>?@[\]^_`{|}~") If your password does not meet the criteria, the system does not accept your password. When you upgrade the Dell EMC Networking OS image, ensure that you upgrade the boot loader. CAUTION: After configuring the boot access password, save it to a secure location. If you forget it, you will not be able to access the options in the startup menu.
• • root-password Defaults Not configured Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History 7 directs the system to store the password with a dynamic salt. 9 directs the system to encrypt the clear text password and store the encrypted password in an inaccessible location. Enter the root password. Version Description 9.13(0.0) Introduced on the S3100 series, S3048–ON, S4048–ON, S4048T-ON, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, S6010–ON, S6100–ON, Z9100–ON, Z9500, C9010, MXL, and FN-IOM.
verified startup-config Enable hash validation for the startup configuration during system startup. Syntax verified startup-config To disable hash validation for the startup configuration, use the no verified startup-config command. Defaults Not configured Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Example Version Description 9.13(0.0) Introduced on the S3100 series, S3048–ON, S4048–ON, S4048T-ON, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, S6010–ON, S6100–ON, Z9100–ON, Z9500, C9010, MXL, and FN-IOM.
54 Service Provider Bridging Service provider bridging is composed of virtual local area network (VLAN) Stacking, Layer 2 Protocol Tunneling, and Provider Backbone Bridging as described in the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide Service Provider Bridging chapter. This chapter includes command line information (CLI) for the Dell Networking operating software Layer 2 Protocol Tunneling (L2PT). L2PT enables protocols to tunnel through an 802.1q tunnel.
count value Enter the keyword count then the number of debug outputs. The range is from 1 to 100. Defaults Debug disabled. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
Example Dell#conf Dell(conf)#interface vlan 2 Dell(conf-if-vl-2)#vlan-stack compatible Dell(conf-if-vl-2)#member Te 1/2-3 Dell(conf-if-vl-2)#protocol-tunnel stp Dell(conf-if-vl-2)#protocol-tunnel enable Related Command show protocol-tunnel — displays tunneling information for all VLANs. protocol-tunnel destination-mac Overwrite the BPDU destination MAC address with a specific value.
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.4.1.0 Introduced Usage Information The system must have the default CAM profile with the default microcode before you enable L2PT. protocol-tunnel rate-limit Enable traffic rate limiting per box.
show protocol-tunnel Display protocol tunnel information for all or a specified VLAN-Stack VLAN. C9000 Series Syntax show protocol-tunnel [vlan vlan-id] Parameters vlan vlan-id (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vlan then the VLAN ID to display information for the one VLAN. The range is from 1 to 4094. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
55 sFlow The Dell Networking operating software (OS) supports sFlow commands on Dell Networking OS. Dell Networking operating software sFlow monitoring system includes an sFlow Agent and an sFlow Collector. • • The sFlow Agent combines the flow samples and interface counters into sFlow datagrams and forwards them to the sFlow Collector. The sFlow Collector analyses the sFlow Datagrams received from the different devices and produces a network-wide view of traffic flows.
sflow collector Configure a collector device to which sFlow datagrams are forwarded. C9000 Series Syntax sflow collector {ip-address | ipv6-address} agent-addr {ip-address | ipv6address} [number [max-datagram-size number]] | [max-datagram-size number] [vrf management] To delete a configured collector, use the no sflow collector {ip-address | ipv6-address} agent-addr {ipv4-address | ipv6-address} [number [max-datagram-size number]] | [max-datagram-size number] [vrf management] command.
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced S-Series Stacking. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.5.1.0 Expanded the no form of the command to mirror the syntax used to configure. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information You can configure up to two sFlow collectors (IPv4 or IPv6). If two collectors are configured, traffic samples are sent to both.
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced S-Series Stacking. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information sFlow is disabled by default.
sflow ingress-enable Enable sFlow ingress on interfaces. C9000 Series Syntax sflow ingress-enable To disable sFlow, use the no sflow ingress enable command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.
Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Stacking. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
Example Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S Series and Z Series switches. Dell(conf)#sflow max-header-size extended sflow polling-interval (Global) Set the sFlow polling interval at a global level. C9000 Series Syntax sflow polling-interval interval value To return to the default, use the no sflow polling-interval interval command.
Use this command in Configuration Terminal Batch mode to set the sFlow polling interval in a dual-homing setup. Related Commands sflow polling-interval (Interface) — sets the polling interval for an interface. sflow polling-interval (Interface) Set the sFlow polling interval at an interface (overrides the global-level setting.) C9000 Series Syntax sflow polling-interval interval value To return to the default, use the no sflow polling-interval interval command.
Parameters value Defaults 32768 packets Command Modes CONFIGURATION Enter the sampling rate value. For the C-Series and S-Series, the range is from 256 to 8388608 packets Enter values in powers of 2 only; for example, 4096, 8192, 16384, and so on. The default is 32768 packets. CONFIGURATION TERMINAL BATCH Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Defaults The Global default sampling. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
• For a port extender 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword peTenGigE then the pe-id / stack-unit / port-id information. The pe-id range is from 0 to 255; the stack-unit unit-number range is from 0 to 7; and the port-id range is 25 to 28 or 49 to 52 depending on the PE. Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Stacking. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
56 Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) and Syslog This chapter contains commands to configure and monitor the simple network management protocol (SNMP) v1/v2/v3 and Syslog. The chapter contains the following sections: • • SNMP Commands Syslog Commands Topics: • • SNMP Commands Syslog Commands SNMP Commands The following SNMP commands are available in the Dell Networking operating software.
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Example Dell#show snmp engineID Local SNMP engineID: 0000178B02000001E80214A8 Remote Engine ID IP-addr Port 80001F88043132333435 172.31.1.3 5009 80001F88043938373635 172.31.1.3 5008 Dell# Related Commands snmp-server engineID — configures local and remote SNMP engines on the router. show snmp group Display the group name, security model, status, and storage type of each group.
show snmp supported-mibs Display the list of SNMP MIBs supported by the platform. Syntax show snmp supported-mibs Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. EXEC EXEC Privilege Version Description 9.14(0.0) Introduced on the C9010, FN-IOM, MIOA, MXL, S3048–ON, S3100, S4048–ON, S4048T-ON, S5048F-ON, S6000, S6000–ON, S6010–ON, S6100–ON and Z9100–ON.
LINKDOWN LINKUP Authenticationfailure dellNetIfAlarmHighBer dellNetIfAlarmHighBerClr dellNetSysAlarmCardDown dellNetSysAlarmCardUp dellNetSysAlarmCardOffline dellNetSysAlarmCardMismatch dellNetSysAlarmRpmUp dellNetSysAlarmRpmDown dellNetSysAlarmPowersupplyDown dellNetSysAlarmMinorTemperatureHigh dellNetSysAlarmMajorTemperatureHigh dellNetSysAlarmFanTrayDown dellNetSysAlarmPowersupplyClear dellNetSysAlarmMinorTemperatureClear dellNetSysAlarmMajorTemperatureClear dellNetSysAlarmFanTrayClear --More— 1.3.6.1.
snmp context Enables you to map a bgp vrf instance within a SNMP context through community mapping, in SNMPv2c and SNMPv3. Syntax [no] snmp context [context name] Parameters context name Enter a unique name for the context. Defaults None Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.13(0.0) Introduced on all DNOS platforms.
IF-MIB::ifAlias.134530304 = STRING: This is a port connected to Router2. This is a port connected to Router2. This is a port connected to Router2. This is a port connected to Router2. This is a port connected to Router2. IF-MIB::ifAlias.134792448 = STRING: snmp mib community-map Associate an SNMP community context (string) with an SNMP context community-map C9000 Series Syntax snmp mib community-map name context name Defaults Community name is limited to 20 characters.
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. snmp-server context Configure a new context string for SNMP (SNMPv3) server. C9000 Series Syntax snmp-server context {line} To remove a user from the SNMP group, use the no snmp-server context {line} command.
rw Enter the keyword rw to specify read-write permission. ipv6 access-list- (Optional) Enter the keyword ipv6 then an IPv6 ACL name (a string up to 16 characters long). name security-name name (Optional) Enter the keywords security-name then the security name as defined by the community MIB. access-list-name (Optional) Enter a standard IPv4 access list name (a string up to 16 characters long). Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Dell(conf)#snmp-server community guest ro snmp-ro-acl Dell(conf)# Related Commands ip access-list standard — names (or selects) a standard access list to filter based on IP address. ipv6 access-list — configures an access list based on IPv6 addresses or protocols. show running-config — displays the current SNMP configuration and defaults. snmp-server enable traps Enable SNMP traps.
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.1(0.0) Added support for copy-config and ecmp traps. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.
noauth (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword noauth to specify no authentication of a packet. priv (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword priv to specify both authentication and then scrambling of the packet. read name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword read then a name (a string of up to 20 characters long) as the read view name. The default is GlobalView and is assumed to be every object belonging to the internet (1.3.6.1) OID space.
snmp-server host Configure the recipient of an SNMP trap operation.
• • • • • • • • • • • ecmp — ecmp and link bundling traffic imbalance traps. entity — Entity state change. envmon — Environment monitor trap. hg-lbm — HiGig link bundle state change. isis — ISIS adjacency state change. lacp — LACP state change. snmp — SNMP notification (RFC 1157). stp — Spanning tree protocol notification (RFC 1493). vlt — VLT state change. vrrp — State change in a VRRP group. xstp — State change in MSTP (802.1s), RSTP (802.1w), and PVST+.
To send an inform, use the following steps: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Related Commands Configure a remote engine ID. Configure a remote user. Configure a group for this user with access rights. Enable traps. Configure a host to receive informs. snmp-server enable traps — enables SNMP traps. snmp-server community — configures a new community SNMPv1 or SNMPv2c. snmp-server location Configure the location of the SNMP server.
snmp-server packetsize Set the largest SNMP packet size permitted. Wen the SNMP server is receiving a request or generating a reply, use the snmp-server packetsize global configuration command. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters snmp-server packetsize byte-count byte-count Enter one of the following values 8, 16, 24 or 32. Packet sizes are 8000 bytes, 16000 bytes, 32000 bytes, and 64000 bytes. Defaults 8 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information To enable this snmp-server trap-source command, configure an IP address on the interface and enable the interface configured as an SNMP trap source.
auth (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword auth to specify authentication of a packet without encryption. md5 | sha (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword md5 or sha to designate the authentication level. • • md5 — Message Digest Algorithm sha — Secure Hash Algorithm auth-password (OPTIONAL) Enter a text string (up to 20 characters long) password that enables the agent to receive packets from the host. Minimum: eight characters long.
an encrypted cypher-text password. In either case, the password is stored in the configuration in an encrypted form and displayed as encrypted in the show running-config command. If you have an encrypted password, you can specify the encrypted string instead of the plain-text password. The following command is an Example of how to specify the command with an encrypted string. NOTE: The number of configurable users is limited to 16.
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information The oid-tree variable is a full sub-tree starting from 1.3.6 and cannot specify the name of a sub-tree or a MIB. The following Example configures a view named rview that allows access to all objects under 1.3.6.1. Example Related Commands Dell# conf Dell#(conf) snmp-server view rview 1.3.6.
Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.
clear logging auditlog Clears audit log. C9000 Series Syntax clear logging auditlog Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Related Commands Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.5(0.
default logging console Return the default settings for messages logged to the console. C9000 Series Syntax default logging console Defaults level = 7 or debugging Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.
default logging trap Return to the default settings for logging messages to the Syslog servers. C9000 Series Syntax default logging trap Defaults level = 6 or informational Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.x.x.x Introduced on the C9000. 9.5(0.1) Added udp and tcp keywords for the Z9500. 9.5(0.0) Added udp and tcp keywords for the S4810, S4820T, S6000, Z9000, and MXL. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.1.0 Added support for IPv6. 7.6.1.
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information When you decrease the buffer size, all messages stored in the buffer are lost. Increasing the buffer size does not affect messages stored in the buffer. Related Commands clear logging — clears the logging buffer. default logging buffered — returns the logging buffered parameters to the default setting. show logging — displays the logging setting and system messages in the internal buffer.
Parameters stack-unit 0–5 Enter the stack-unit id. all Enable coredump on all stack-unit. Defaults Enabled by default on customer builds. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Usage Information The Kernel core dump can be large and may take up to 5 to 30 minutes to upload.
logging facility Configure the Syslog facility used for error messages sent to Syslog servers. C9000 Series Syntax logging facility [facility-type] To return to the default values, use the no logging facility command.
logging on — enables logging. logging history Specify which messages are logged to the history table of the switch and the SNMP network management station (if configured). C9000 Series Syntax logging history level To return to the default values, use the no logging history command. Parameters level Indicate a value from 0 to 7 or enter one of the following equivalent words: emergencies, alerts, critical, errors, warnings, notifications, informational, or debugging. The default is 4 or warnings.
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information When the number of messages reach the limit you set with the logging history size command, older messages are deleted as newer ones are added to the table. Related Commands show logging — displays information logged to the history buffer.
logging on Specify that debug or error messages are asynchronously logged to multiple destinations, such as the logging buffer, Syslog server, or terminal lines. C9000 Series Syntax logging on To disable logging to logging buffer, Syslog server and terminal lines, use the no logging on command. Defaults Enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
• • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/ port information. For VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information When you enable logging synchronous, unsolicited messages appear between software prompts and outputs. Only the messages with a severity at or below the set level are sent to the console.
logging version Displays syslog messages in a RFC 3164 or RFC 5424 format. C9000 Series Syntax logging version {0|1} Defaults 0 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.5(0.
Example (Partial) Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010 and C1048P. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
password authentication success on vty0 ( 10.16.127.145 ) Feb 18 00:42:38: %SYSTEM:CP %SEC-5-LOGIN_SUCCESS: Login successful for user admin on line vty0 ( 10.16.127.
console Jul 30 16:33:03: %PE255-UNIT1-M:CP %SEC-3-AUTHENTICATION_FAILURE: Authentication failure on console for method "local" user "" Jul 30 16:33:03: %PE255-UNIT1-M:CP %RAM-5-STACKUNIT_STATE: Stack-unit 1 is in Active State. Jul 30 16:33:02: %PE255-UNIT1-M:CP %RAM-5-HOT_FAILOVER: Stack-unit Failover Completed.
Console logging: level debugging Monitor logging: level debugging Buffer logging: level debugging, 33 Messages Logged, Size (40960 bytes) Trap logging: level informational Jul 7 14:20:19: %PE1-UNIT1-M:CP %SEC-5-LOGIN_SUCCESS: Login successful on console show logging auditlog Displays an audit log. C9000 Series Syntax show logging auditlog Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010 and C1048P. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
4:Task(tUsrRoot): [ 50]EEPROM LIB ERR: f10EepromBlkRead@psu0eeprom, failed to get any good block 5:Task(tUsrRoot): [ 74]EEPROM LIB ERR: f10EepromBlkRead@psu0eeprom: Main block failed checksum calulated checksum 0x1d32 actual chksum 0x0 6:Task(tUsrRoot): [ 55]EEPROM LIB ERR: f10EepromBlkRead@psu0eeprom: Main block failed errcode 6 7:Task(tUsrRoot): [ 60]EEPROM LIB ERR: f10EepromBlkRead@psu0eeprom: Redundant block failed checksum calulated checksum 0x3e4b actual chksum 0x0 8:Task(tUsrRoot): [ 55]EEPROM LIB ER
28:Task(tUsrRoot): [ 53]EEPROM LIB ERR: f10EepromBlkRead@psu0eeprom: Redundant block failed errcode 6 29:Task(tUsrRoot): [ 49]EEPROM LIB ERR: f10EepromBlkRead@psu0eeprom, failed to get any good block 30:Task(tUsrRoot): [ 61]EEPROM LIB ERR: decipherPpId:371 Invalid ppId[] size[0] 31:Task(tUsrRoot): [ 9251]31:SS DRV DEBUG: bcmDrvCardShortId is 0x8880 32:Task(tUsrRoot): [ 479623]32:SS DRV DEBUG: No.
show logging kernellog Display the kernel log for the specified hardware component. C9000 Series Syntax show logging kernellog {cp | rp | linecard slot-id | pe pe-id stack unit unitnumber} From a PE console, use show logging kernellog stack-unit unit number to display the kernel logging information for a specified stack-unit. Parameters cp Enter the keyword cp to display the kernel log for the Control Processor on the switch.
00:00:43:418671:PCI BCM56850_A0 00:00:43:418687:PCI BCM56850_A0 00:00:43:418702:PCI BCM56850_A0 00:00:43:418718:PCI BCM56850_A0 00:00:43:418732:PCI BCM56634_B0 unit 2: Dev 0xb852, Rev 0x03, Chip BCM56852_A2, Driver unit 3: Dev 0xb852, Rev 0x03, Chip BCM56852_A2, Driver unit 4: Dev 0xb852, Rev 0x03, Chip BCM56852_A2, Driver unit 5: Dev 0xb852, Rev 0x03, Chip BCM56852_A2, Driver unit 6: Dev 0xb636, Rev 0x11, Chip BCM56636_B0, Driver Dell#show logging kernellog rp 00:00:01:918834:ahcisata0 port 0: device pre
terminal monitor Configure the system to display messages on the monitor/terminal. C9000 Series Syntax terminal monitor To return to default settings, use the terminal no monitor command. defaults Disabled. Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. EXEC EXEC Privilege The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
57 SNMP Traps This chapter lists the traps sent by the Dell Networking operating software. Each trap is listed by the fields Message ID, Trap Type, and Trap Option. Table 13.
Message ID Trap Type Trap Option BER_ERR_CLR SNMP NONE SNMP NONE NONE NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE CHM_CARD_PROBLEM ENVMON NONE CHM_ALARM_CUTOFF ENVMON NONE CHM_SFM_UP ENVMON NONE CHM_SFM_DOWN ENVMON NONE CHM_RPM_UP ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE %IFMGR-5-BER_ERR_CLR: High Ber cleared on interface : %s FAST_RETRAIN %IFMGR-5-FAST_RETRAIN: Retrain event detected on interface : %s RESV N/A
Message ID Trap Type Trap Option ENVMON NONE ENVMON SUPPLY ENVMON SUPPLY ENVMON SUPPLY ENVMON SUPPLY ENVMON SUPPLY ENVMON SUPPLY ENVMON TEMP ENVMON TEMP ENVMON TEMP ENVMON TEMP ENVMON FAN ENVMON FAN %CHMGR-2-MINOR_SFM: MInor alarm: No working standby SFM CHM_MIN_SFM_DOWN_CLR %CHMGR-5-MINOR_SFM_CLR: Minor alarm cleared: Working standby SFM present CHM_PWRSRC_DOWN %CHMGR-2-PEM_PRBLM: Major alarm: problem with power entry module %s CHM_PWRSRC_CLR %CHMGR-5-PEM_OK: Major alarm cleare
Message ID Trap Type Trap Option ENVMON FAN ENVMON FAN ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE PROTO NONE For the E600 and E300: %CHMGR-5-FANTRAYOK: Major alarm cleared: fan tray present CHM_MIN_FANBAD For the E1200: %CHMGR-2-FAN_BAD: Minor alarm: some fans in fan tray %d are down For the E600 and E300: %CHMGR- 2-1FANBAD: Minor alarm: fan in fan tray is down CHM_MIN_FANBAD_CLR For E1200: %CHMGR-2-FAN
Message ID Trap Type Trap Option VRRP_GO_MASTER PROTO NONE PROTO NONE PROTO NONE PROTO NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVOM NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE DOT1BR NONE DOT1BR NONE DOT1BR NONE DOT1BR NONE %VRRP-6-VRRP_MASTER: vrid-%d on %s entering MASTER VRRP_PROTOCOL_ERROR VRRP_PROTOERR: VRRP protocol error on %S BGP4_ESTABLISHED %TRAP-5-PEER_ESTABLISHED: Neighbor %a, state %s BGP4_BACKW_XSITION %TRAP-5-BACKWARD_STATE_TRANS: Neighbor %a, state %s CH_ALAR
58 Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) The commands in this chapter configure and monitor the IEEE 802.1d spanning tree protocol (STP). Topics: • • • • • • • • • • • • bpdu-destination-mac-address bridge-priority debug spanning-tree description disable forward-delay hello-time max-age protocol spanning-tree show config show spanning-tree 0 spanning-tree 0 bpdu-destination-mac-address Use the Provider Bridge Group address in Spanning Tree or GVRP PDUs.
bridge-priority Set the bridge priority of the switch in an IEEE 802.1D spanning tree. C9000 Series Syntax bridge-priority {priority-value | primary | secondary} To return to the default value, use the no bridge-priority command. Parameters priority-value Enter a number as the bridge priority value. The range is from 0 to 65535. The default is 32768. primary Enter the keyword primary to designate the bridge as the root bridge.
general (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword general to debug general STP operations. root (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword root to debug STP root transactions. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.
Related Commands protocol spanning-tree — enters SPANNING TREE mode on the switch. disable Disable the spanning tree protocol globally on the switch. C9000 Series Syntax disable To enable Spanning Tree Protocol, use the no disable command. Defaults Enabled (that is, the spanning tree protocol is disabled.) Command Modes SPANNING TREE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. max-age — changes the wait time before STP refreshes protocol configuration information. hello-time — changes the time interval between BPDUs.
max-age To maintain configuration information before refreshing that information, set the time interval for the spanning tree bridge. C9000 Series Syntax max-age seconds To return to the default values, use the no max-age command. Parameters seconds Enter a number of seconds the system waits before refreshing configuration information. The range is from 6 to 40. The default is 20 seconds. Defaults 20 seconds Command Modes SPANNING TREE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information STP is not enabled when you enter SPANNING TREE mode. To enable STP globally on the switch, use the no disable command from SPANNING TREE mode.
show spanning-tree 0 Display the spanning tree group configuration and status of interfaces in the spanning tree group. C9000 Series Syntax show spanning-tree 0 [active | brief | guard | interface interface | root | summary] Parameters 0 Enter 0 (zero) to display information about that specific spanning tree group. active (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword active to display only active interfaces in spanning tree group 0.
Field Description “Bridge Identifier...” Lists the bridge priority and the MAC address for this STP bridge. “Configured hello...” Displays the settings for hello time, max age, and forward delay. “We are...” States whether this bridge is the root bridge for the STG. “Current root...” Lists the bridge priority and MAC address for the root bridge. “Topology flag...” States whether the topology flag and the detected flag were set. “Number of...
Designated port id is 8.26, designated path cost 0 Timers: message age 0, forward_delay 0, hold 0 Number of transitions to forwarding state 1 BPDU: sent:18, received 0 The port is not in the portfast mode Port 27 (TenGigabitEthernet 1/2) is Forwarding Port path cost 4, Port priority 8, Port Identifier 8.27 Designated root has priority 32768, address 0001.e800.0a56 Designated bridge has priority 32768, address 0001.e800.0a56 Designated port id is 8.
Parameters stp-id Enter the STP instance ID. The range is 0. cost cost Enter the keyword cost then a number as the cost. The range is from 1 to 65535. The defaults are: • • 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface = 2. Port Channel interface with 10-Gigabit Ethernet = 1. portfast Enter the keyword portfast to enable Portfast to move the interface into Forwarding [bpduguard mode immediately after the root fails. [shutdown-on-viol Enter the optional keyword bpduguard to disable the port when it receives a BPDU.
• • If a BPDU is received from a remote device, BPDU guard places the port in an Err-Disabled Blocking state and no traffic is forwarded on the port. If no BPDU is received from a remote device, loop guard places the port in a Loop-Inconsistent Blocking state and no traffic is forwarded on the port. To display the type of STP guard (Portfast BPDU, root, or loop guard) enabled on a port, enter the show spanning-tree 0 command.
59 Storm Control The Dell Networking operating software storm control feature allows you to limit or suppress traffic during a traffic storm (Broadcast/ Unknown Unicast Rate Limiting or Multicast on the C-Series and S-Series). Storm control is supported on Dell Networking OS. Important Points to Remember • • • • • • • • Interface commands can only be applied on physical interfaces (virtual local area networks [VLANs] and link aggregation group [LAG] interfaces are not supported).
show storm-control broadcast Display the storm control broadcast configuration. C9000 Series Syntax show storm-control broadcast [interface] Parameters interface (OPTIONAL) Enter one of the following interfaces to display the interface-specific storm control configuration: • • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/ port information.
Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. EXEC EXEC Privilege The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. storm-control broadcast (Configuration) Configure the percentage of broadcast traffic allowed in the network.
storm-control broadcast (Interface) Configure the percentage of broadcast traffic allowed on an interface (ingress only). C9000 Series Syntax storm-control broadcast [packets_per_second in] To disable broadcast storm control on the interface, use the no storm-control broadcast [packets_per_second in] command. Parameters packets_per_seco Enter the packets per second of broadcast traffic allowed into the network. The range is nd in from 0 to 33554368.
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-series and S-Series. Usage Information Broadcast traffic (all 0xFs) should be counted against the broadcast storm control meter, not against the multicast storm control meter.
shutdown Enter the keyword shutdown to shut down the port when flow-control traffic exceeds the configured rate. Defaults None Command Modes INTERFACE (conf-if-interface-slot/port) Command History The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010, S4810, S4820T, S5000, S6000, Z9500, S3048-ON, S4048-ON, and S6000-ON.
storm-control unknown-unicast (Interface) Configure percentage of unknown-unicast traffic allowed on an interface (ingress only). C9000 Series Syntax storm-control unknown-unicast [percentage decimal_value in] | [wred-profile name]] [packets_per_second in] To disable unknown-unicast storm control on the interface, use the no storm-control unknown-unicast [percentage decimal_value in] | [wred-profile name]] [packets_per_second in] command.
60 SupportAssist SupportAssist sends troubleshooting data securely to Dell. SupportAssist in this Dell Networking OS release does not support automated email notification at the time of hardware fault alert, automatic case creation, automatic part dispatch, or reports. SupportAssist requires Dell Networking OS 9.9(0.0) and SmartScripts 9.7 or later to be installed on the Dell Networking device. For more information on SmartScripts, see Dell Networking Open Automation guide.
• Even before you accept or reject the EULA, the configuration data is sent to the default centrally deployed SupportAssist Server. If you reject the EULA, the configuration data is not transmitted to the SupportAssist server. If there is an existing SupportAssist configuration, the configuration is not removed and the feature is disabled. • Example Accept the EULA: Dell(conf)# eula-consent support-assist accept I accept the terms of the license agreement.
support-assist Move to the SupportAssist configuration mode. Syntax support-assist To remove all the configuration of the SupportAssist service, use the no support-assist command. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.11(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator and FN IOM. 9.10(0.
core-transfer Enter the keyword core-transfer to specify transfer of core files. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.11(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator and FN IOM. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the C9010, Z9100–ON, S6100–ON, and S3100 series. 9.9(0.
contact-company Configure the contact information for the company. Syntax contact-company name {company-name}[company-next-name] ... [company-next-name] To remove the contact company information, use the no contact-company command. Parameters company-name Enter the name for the company. If there are multiple words in the name, use optional additional fields. company-nextname (OPTIONAL) Enter the next components of the company name, up to 5 components are allowed.
It is not possible to remove the first name or last name. The no form of the command removes the entire contactperson entry. This command is optional for SupportAssist service configuration. enable Enable all activities and severs for the SupportAssist service. Syntax enable all To disable the SupportAssist activities temporarily, use the no enable all command. Parameters all Enter the keyword all to enable all SupportAssist service activities.
SupportAssist Activity Commands Dell Networking OS supports the following SupportAssist Activity mode commands. action-manifest get Copy an action-manifest file for an activity to the system. Syntax Parameters action-manifest get tftp | ftp | flash file-specification Enter the full file specification for the action-manifest file.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.11(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator and FN IOM. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the C9010, Z9100–ON, S6100–ON, and S3100 series. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S3048–ON, S4048–ON, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, Z9500, MXL.
Command History Related Commands This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.11(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator and FN IOM. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the C9010, Z9100–ON, S6100–ON, and S3100 series. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S3048–ON, S4048–ON, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, Z9500, MXL.
To remove the complete company contact information, use the no address command. Parameters city company-city (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword city then the city or town for the company site. To include a space, enter a space within double quotes. province | region | (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword province, region or state then the name of state name province, region or state for the company site. To include a space, enter a space within double quotes.
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S3048–ON, S4048–ON, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, Z9500, MXL. Usage Information This command is optional for SupportAssist service configuration. territory Configure the territory and set the coverage for the company site. Syntax territory company-territory To remove the company territory information, use the no territory command. Parameters company-territory Enter the territory name for the company.
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S3048–ON, S4048–ON, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, Z9500, MXL. Usage Information The email addresses must have the standard form of @ to be considered valid. This command is optional for SupportAssist service configuration. Related Commands • preferred-method — configure the preferred method for contacting the person. phone Configure phone numbers to reach the contact person.
Related Commands Version Description 9.11(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator and FN IOM. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the C9010, Z9100–ON, S6100–ON, and S3100 series. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S3048–ON, S4048–ON, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, Z9500, MXL. • • email-address — configure email addresses to reach the contact person. phone — configure phone numbers to reach the contact person. time-zone Configure the time zone for contacting the person.
NOTE: To use the IPv6 address, the Open Automation package should also support IPv6 communications. For this purpose, SupportAssist requires Dell Networking Open Automation 9.10(0.0) package or later. port port-number Enter the keyword port then the TCP/IP port number. The port number range is from 1024 to 65534. username userid (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword username then the user ID used for the proxy server. password Enter the keyword password then the encryption-type or the user password.
url Configure the URL to reach the SupportAssist remote server. Syntax url uniform-resource-locator To delete the URL for the server, use the no url command. Parameters uniform-resource- Enter a text string for the URL using one of the following formats: locator • http://[username:password@]:/ • https://[username:password@]:/ NOTE: The host IP for the server may be specified as an IPv4 address, an IPv6 address or as a DNS hostname.
Dell SupportAssist also collects and stores machine diagnostic information, which may include but is not limited to configuration information, user supplied contact information, names of data volumes, IP addresses, access control lists, diagnostics & performance information, network configuration information, host/server configuration & performance information and related data (Collected Data) and transmits this information to Dell.
Example Dell# show running-config support-assist ! support-assist enable all ! activity event-transfer enable action-manifest install default ! activity core-transfer enable ! contact-company name Dell street-address F lane , Sector 30 address city Brussels state HeadState country Belgium postalcode S328J3 ! contact-person first Fred last Nash email-address primary des@sed.com alternate sed@dol.
09:38:27 IST Dell# 1632 SupportAssist
61 System Time and Date The commands in this chapter configure time values on the system, either using the Dell Networking operating software, or the hardware, or using the network time protocol (NTP). With NTP, the switch can act only as a client to an NTP clock host. For more information, refer to the “Network Time Protocol” section of the Management chapter in the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide.
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information You can change the order of the month and day parameters to enter the time and date as time day month year. You cannot delete the software clock. The software clock runs only when the software is up.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
end-day Enter the weekday name that you want daylight saving time to end. Enter the weekdays using the three letter abbreviations; for example Sun, Sat, Mon, and so on. The range is from Sun to Sat. end-month Enter the name of one of the 12 months in English. end-time Enter the time in hours:minutes:seconds. For the hour variable, use the 24-hour format; example, 17:15:00 is 5:15 pm. offset (OPTIONAL) Enter the number of minutes to add during the summer-time period. The range is from 1 to 1440.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.2.1.0 Added options [0 | 7] for entering the authentication key. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
Usage Information NTP control key is not configured by default. If the encryption–type (0 or 7) is not specified, then 0 is selected by default. ntp broadcast client Set up the interface to receive NTP broadcasts from an NTP server. C9000 Series Syntax ntp broadcast client To disable broadcast, use the no ntp broadcast client command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. ntp master Configure the switch as NTP Server. Syntax Parameters ntp master ntp master Enter the stratum number to identify the NTP Server's hierarchy. The stratum range value is from 2 to 15 and the default value is 8. Defaults Not configured.
Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3038–ON, S4048-ON, S3100 Series, S4810P, S4820T, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, S6100–ON, Z9500, and Z9100–ON. Usage Information The ntp offset-threshold command does not time synchronization. Example DellEMC(config)# ntp offset-threshold 4 ntp server Configure an NTP time-serving host.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.6(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.4.(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.4.1.0 Added IPv6 support. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information You can configure multiple time-serving hosts.
• • • For the Management interface, enter the keyword ManagementEthernet then slot/port information. For a port-channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then the portchannel ID. For VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.
Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Example Dell#show clock 11:05:56.949 UTC Thu Oct 25 2001 Dell# Example (PE Console) Dell#show clock 13:24:32.298 UTC Tue Jul 7 2015 Example (Detail) Related Commands Dell#show clock detail 12:18:10.
Usage Information The following describes the show ntp associations command shown in the Example below. Field Description (none) One or more of the following symbols could be displayed: • • • • • * means synchronized to this peer. # means almost synchronized to this peer. + means the peer was selected for possible synchronization. - means the peer is a candidate for selection. x means designated falsesticker by the intersection algorithm. remote Displays the remote IP address of the NTP peer.
show ntp status Display the current NTP status. Syntax show ntp status Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. EXEC EXEC Privilege Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.
peer mode is client DellEMC# Related Commands • show ntp associations — displays information on the NTP master and peer configurations. show ntp vrf associations Displays the NTP servers configured for the VRF instance . C9000 Series Syntax show ntp [vrf] associations. Dell#show ntp vrf ? management Dell#show ntp vrf management ? associations NTP associations Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
62 Tunneling Commands Tunnel interfaces create a logical tunnel for IPv4 or IPv6 traffic. You can configure DCSP, hop-limits and flow-labels. To enable a tunnel interface, use the following commands.
NOTE: The ip unnumbered command can specify an interface name that does not exist or does not have a configured IPv6 address. The tunnel interface is not changed to operationally up until the logical ip address is identified from one of the address family. ipv6 unnumbered Configure a tunnel interface to operate without a unique IPv6 address and select the interface from which the tunnel borrows its address.
Parameters ip-address Enter the source IPv4 address in A.B.C.D format. ipv6–address Enter the source IPv6 address in X:X:X:X::X format. mask (OPTIONAL) Enter a network mask in /prefix format (/x) or A.B.C.D to match a range of remote addresses. The default mask is /32 for IPv4 addresses and /128 for IPv6 addresses, which match only the specified address. Defaults If you do not configure tunnel allow remote , all traffic which is destined to tunnel source address is decapsulated.
tunnel dscp Configure the method to set the DSCP in the outer tunnel header. C9000 Series Syntax tunnel dscp {mapped | value} To use the default tunnel mapping behavior, use the no tunnel dscp value command. Parameters mapped Enter the keyword mapped to map the original packet DSCP (IPv4)/Traffic Class (IPv6) to the tunnel header DSCP (IPv4)/Traffic Class (IPv6) depending on the mode of tunnel. value Enter a value to set the DSCP value in the tunnel header. The range is from 0 to 63.
tunnel hop-limit Configure the method to set the IPv4 time-to-live or the IPv6 hop limit value in the outer tunnel header. C9000 Series Syntax tunnel hop-limit value To restore the default tunnel hop-limit, use the no tunnel hop-limit command. Parameters value Enter the hop limit (ipv6) or time-to-live (ipv4) value to include in the tunnel header. The range is from 0 to 255. The default is 64.
Version Description 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000 and Z9000. Usage Information Enabling tunnel keepalive causes ICMP echo packets to be sent to the keepalive target. The ICMP echo will be sourced from the tunnel interface logical IPv4 or IPv6 address and will be tunnel encapsulated. The response will be accepted whether it returns tunnel encapsulated or not.
tunnel source Set a source address for the tunnel. C9000 Series Syntax tunnel source {ip-address | ipv6–address | interface-type-number | anylocal} To delete the current tunnel source address, use the no tunnel source command. Parameters ip-address Enter the source IPv4 address in A.B.C.D format. ipv6–address Enter the source IPv6 address in X:X:X:X::X format. interface-typenumber • • • anylocal For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number from 1 to 128.
63 Uplink Failure Detection (UFD) Uplink failure detection (UFD) provides detection of the loss of upstream connectivity and, if you use this with NIC teaming, automatic recovery from a failed link.
Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.2.3 Introduced on the S-Series S50. • • downstream — assigns a port or port-channel to the uplink-state group as a downstream interface. uplink-state-group — creates an uplink-state group and enables the tracking of upstream links. debug uplink-state-group Enable debug messages for events related to a specified uplink-state group or all groups.
Command Modes UPLINK-STATE-GROUP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.2.
Usage Information You can assign physical port or port-channel interfaces to an uplink-state group. You can assign an interface to only one uplink-state group. Configure each interface assigned to an uplink-state group as either an upstream or downstream interface, but not both. You can assign individual member ports of a port channel to the group. An uplink-state group can contain either the member ports of a port channel or the port channel itself, but not both.
Command Modes UPLINK-STATE-GROUP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.2.3 Introduced on the S-Series S50.
show running-config uplink-state-group Display the current configuration of one or more uplink-state groups. C9000 Series Syntax show running-config uplink-state-group [group-id] Parameters group-id Displays the current configuration of all uplink-state groups or a specified group. The valid group-id values are from 1 to 16. Defaults none Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Defaults none Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. EXEC EXEC Privilege The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.2.
uplink-state-group Create an uplink-state group and enable the tracking of upstream links on a switch/ router. C9000 Series Syntax uplink-state-group group-id To delete an uplink-state group, enter the no uplink-state-group group-id command. Parameters group-id Enter the ID number of an uplink-state group. The range is from 1 to 16. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Parameters interface Enter one of the following interface types: • • • 10-Gigabit Ethernet: tengigabitethernet {slot/port | slot/portrange} 40-Gigabit Ethernet: fortyGigE {slot/port | slot/port-range} Port channel: port-channel {1-512 | port-channel-range} Where port-range and port-channel-range specify a range of ports separated by a dash (-) and/or individual ports/port channels in any order; for example: tengigabitethernet 1/1-2,5,9,11-12 port-channel 1-3,5.
64 Virtual Link Trunking (VLT) Virtual link trunking (VLT) allows physical links between two chassis to appear as a single virtual link to the network core. VLT eliminates the requirement for Spanning Tree protocols by allowing link aggregation group (LAG) terminations on two separate distribution or core switches, and by supporting a loop-free topology.
back-up destination Configure the IPv4 or IPv6 address of the management interface on the remote VLT peer to be used as the endpoint of the VLT backup link for sending out-of-band hello messages. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters back-up destination {[ipv4–address] | [ipv6 ipv6–address] [interval seconds]} ipv4–address Enter the IPv4 address of the backup destination. ipv6 Enter the keyword ipv6 then an IPv6 address in the X:X:X:X::X format.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. 9.2(0.
Usage Information To delay the system from bringing up the VLT port for a brief period to allow IGMP Snooping and Layer 3 routing protocols to converge, use the delay-restore parameter. Use this feature: • • Related Commands after a VLT device is reloaded. after the time when active VLTi link failed and restored. show vlt statistics — displays statistics on VLT operations.
multicast peer-routing timeout Configure the time for a VLT node to retain synced multicast routes or synced multicast outgoing interface (OIF) after a VLT peer node failure. C9000 Series Syntax multicast peer-routing timeout value To restore the default value, use the no multicast peer-routing timeout command. Parameters value Enter the timeout value in seconds. The range is from 1 to 1200. The default is 150.
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Added support for the peer-down-vlan parameter. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. Usage Information To configure the VLAN from where the VLT peer forwards packets received over the VLTi from an adjacent VLT peer that is down, use the peer-down-vlan parameter.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4(0.0) Added the support for IPV6 / IPV4. 9.2(0.2) Introduced on the Z9000, S4810, and S4820T. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000.
show vlt brief Displays summarized status information about VLT domains currently configured on the switch. C9000 Series Syntax show vlt brief Default Not configured. Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810.
Version Description 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Usage Information If you do not add a parameter such as arp or mac, the output displays all of the counters.
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810.
show vlt mismatch Display mismatches in VLT parameters. C9000 Series Syntax show vlt mismatch Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.
stack Vlan-ID ------- Local ----- 100 Peer ---- N M Port-type-config ---------------Codes:: p - PVLAN Promiscuous port, h - PVLAN Host port, t - PVLAN Trunk port, mt - Vlan-stack trunk port, mu - Vlan-stack access port, n - Normal port Vlt Lag ------128 Local ----mt Peer ---mu Vlan-stack protocol-type -----------------------Local ----0x4100 Peer ---0x8100 VLT-VLAN config --------------Local Lag --------128 Peer Lag -------128 Local VLANs ----------4094 Peer VLANs ---------100 Dell# show vlt
20(C) 30 (I) 40 50(C) 60 (I) V V T T T show vlt role Displays the VLT peer status, role of the local VLT switch, VLT system MAC address and system priority, and the MAC address and priority of the local VLT device. C9000 Series Syntax show vlt role Default Not configured. Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
show vlt statistics Displays statistics on VLT operations. C9000 Series Syntax show vlt statistics [arp | domain | igmp-snoop | mac | multicast | ndp] Parameters domain Display the VLT statistics for the domain. multicast Display the VLT statistics for multicast. mac Display the VLT statistics for the MAC address. arp Display the VLT statistics for ARP. igmp-snoop Display the VLT statistics for IGMP snooping. ndp Display the VLT statistics for NDP. Default Not configured.
L2 Reg Response sent:1 L2 Reg Response rcvd:1 VLT Igmp-Snooping Statistics ------------------------------IGMP Info Pkts sent: 4 IGMP Info Pkts Rcvd: 1 IGMP Reg Request sent: 1 IGMP Reg Request rcvd: 2 IGMP Reg Response sent: 1 IGMP Reg Response rcvd: 1 IGMP PDU Tunnel Pkt sent: 5 IGMP PDU Tunnel Pkt rcvd: 10 IGMP Tunnel PDUs sent: 10 IGMP Tunnel PDUs rcvd: 19 VLT Multicast Statistics ------------------------------Info Pkts Sent: 4 Info Pkts Rcvd: 2 Reg Request Sent: 2 Reg Request Rcvd: 2 Reg Response Sent:
Version Description 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. Usage Information When you create a VLT domain on a switch, Dell Networking OS automatically creates a VLT-system MAC address used for internal system operations. To reconfigure the default MAC address for the domain by entering a new MAC address in the format nn:nn:nn:nn:nn:nn, use the system-mac command. You must also reconfigure the same MAC address on the VLT peer switch.
vlt domain Enable VLT on a switch, configure a VLT domain, and enter VLT-domain configuration mode. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters vlt domain domain-id domain-id Enter the Domain ID number. Configure the same domain ID on the peer switch. The range of domain IDs is from 1 to 1000. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Version Description 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. VLT Proxy Gateway The Virtual link trucking (VLT) proxy gateway feature allows a VLT domain to locally terminate and route L3 packets that are destined to a L3 end point in another VLT domain.
proxy-gateway lldp Enables the proxy-gateway feature using LLDP protocol. C9000 Series Syntax [no] proxy-gateway lldp Command Modes VLT DOMAIN Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.7(0.1) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.1) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000.
proxy-gateway static Enable the proxy-gateway feature using static configurations. C9000 Series Syntax [no] proxy-gateway static Command Modes VLT DOMAIN Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, Z9000. Usage Information When proxy-gateway static configuration is added, the setting is saved in the Layer 2 module.
Example Dell(conf)#vlt-domain 1 Dell(conf-vlt-domain#proxy-gateway static Dell(conf-vlt-domain-proxy-gw-static)#remote-mac-address 00:01:e8:06:95:ac exclude-vlan 3 show vlt-proxy-gateway Display the VLT proxy gateway configuration.
Po 55 00:01:e8:8b:1c:c0 3,7-8 vlt-peer-mac transmit Enable the device to transmit peer MAC address along with its own mac-address (in LLDP TLV packets) to the remote VLT Domain. C9000 Series Syntax [no] vlt-peer-mac transmit Command Modes VLT DOMAIN PROXY GW LLDP Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.7(0.1) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.1) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5.(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500 9.4(0.
65 Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol (VRRP) Virtual router redundancy protocol (VRRP) is supported by the Dell Networking operating system. Topics: • • IPv4 VRRP Commands IPv6 VRRP Commands IPv4 VRRP Commands The following are IPv4 VRRP commands. advertise-interval Set the time interval between VRRP advertisements. C9000 Series Syntax advertise-interval {seconds | centisecs centisecs } To return to the default settings, use the no advertise-interval command.
Usage Information Dell Networking recommends keeping the default setting for this command. If you do change the time interval between VRRP advertisements on one router, change it on all routers. authentication-type Enable authentication of VRRP data exchanges. C9000 Series Syntax authentication-type simple [encryption-type] password To delete an authentication type and password, use the no authentication-type command. Parameters simple Enter the keyword simple to specify simple authentication.
vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf and then the name of the VRF to clear counters that are maintained on the VRRP operations corresponding to that VRF. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.
bfd Enter the keyword bfd to enable debugging of VRRP BFD interactions. database Enter the keyword database to enable debugging of configuration changes. interface Enter the keyword interface to enable debugging of interface state changes.. ipv6 Enter the keyword ipv6 to enable debugging for IPv6. packets Enter the keyword packets to enable debugging of VRRP control packets. state Enter the keyword state to enable debugging of VRRP state changes.
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. disable Disable a VRRP group. C9000 Series Syntax disable To re-enable a disabled VRRP group, use the no disable command. Command Modes VRRP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Parameters seconds Enter the number of seconds. The range is from 0 to 65535. The default is zero (0) seconds. centisecs Enter the keyword centisecs then the number of centisecs in units of 25 centisecs . The range is from 0 to 65525 in units of 25 centisecs. centisecs Defaults zero (0) seconds or or (0) centiseconds Command Modes VRRP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. priority Specify a VRRP priority value for the VRRP group. The VRRP protocol uses this value during the MASTER election process. C9000 Series Syntax priority priority To return to the default value, use the no priority command. Parameters priority Enter a number as the priority.
Parameters verbose (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword verbose to view all VRRP group configuration information, including defaults. Command Modes VRRP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4.(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
Field Description • • • Adv rcvd:... This line displays counters for the following: • • • Example (Brief) Example (C9000) 1698 Adv rcvd displays the number of VRRP advertisements received on the interface. Adv sent displays the number of VRRP advertisements sent on the interface. Gratuitous ARP sent displays the number of gratuitous ARPs sent. Virtual MAC address Displays the virtual MAC address of the VRRP group.
Dell#show run int te 1/20 ! interface TenGigabitEthernet 1/20 ip vrf forwarding indus ip address 2.1.1.1/24 ! vrrp-group 10 authentication-type simple 7 7ba207e73007dfaf priority 200 virtual-address 2.1.1.20 no shutdown Dell#show vrrp vrf indus -----------------TenGigabitEthernet 1/20, IPv4 VRID: 10, Version: 2, Net: 2.1.1.1 VRF: 1 indus State: Master, Priority: 200, Master: 2.1.1.
Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, and MXL. Usage Information You can use the version both command to migrate from VRRPv2 to VRRPv3. When you set the VRRP protocol version to both, the switch sends only VRRPv3 advertisements but can receive either VRRPv2 or VRRPv3 packets. To migrate an IPv4 VRRP group from VRRPv2 to VRRPv3: 1. Set the switches with the lowest priority to “both”. 2.
Version Description 7.4.1.0 Introduced support for telnetting to the VRRP group IP address assigned using this command. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The VRRP group only becomes active and sends VRRP packets when a virtual IP address is configured. When you delete the virtual address, the VRRP group stops sending VRRP packets. A system message appears after you enter or delete the virtual-address command.
vrrp delay reload Set the delay time for VRRP initialization after a system reboot. C9000 Series Syntax vrrp delay reload seconds Parameters seconds Enter the number of seconds for the delay. The range is from 0 to 900 (0 indicates no delay). Defaults 0 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The VRRP group only becomes active and sends VRRP packets when a virtual IP address is configured. When you delete the virtual address, the VRRP group stops sending VRRP packets.
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2.(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series (S50 only). 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
Version Description 9.2.(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale, C-Series, and S-Series. Support was added for IPv6 VRRP groups in non-default VRF instances. 8.3.2.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. debug vrrp ipv6 Enable debugging of VRRP.
Usage Information If no options are specified, debug is active on all interfaces and all VRRP groups. show vrrp ipv6 View the IPv6 VRRP groups that are active. If no VRRP groups are active, the Dell Networking OS returns No Active VRRP group. C9000 Series Syntax show vrrp ipv6 [vrid] [interface] [brief][vrf vrf-name] Parameters vrid (OPTIONAL) Enter the virtual router identifier for the VRRP group to view only that group. The range is from 1 to 255.
Line Beginning Description with • • master (MASTER virtual router). backup (BACKUP virtual router). the interface’s priority and the IP address of the MASTER. Hold Down:... This line displays additional VRRP configuration information: • • • Adv rcvd:... This line displays counters for the following: • • • Adv rcvd displays the number of VRRP advertisements received on the interface. Adv sent displays the number of VRRP advertisements sent on the interface.
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2.(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.4.2.1 The range of valid VRID values on the E-Series when VRF microcode is loaded in CAM changed from 1 to 15. 8.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale, C-Series, and S-Series. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.2.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale.
66 Virtual Routing and Forwarding (VRF) ip unknown-unicast Enable IPv4 catch-all route. C9000 Series Syntax ip unknown-unicast [vrf vrf-name] To remove the IPv4 catch-all route (0.0.0.0/0) from the LPM route forwarding table in hardware which gets added as a default configuration after the initialization of FIB Agent module, use the no ip unknown-unicast command.
Usage Information All the default catch-all entries in the longest prefix match (LPM) table collect and transmit all unresolved IPv6 packets to the CPU, even if they are destined for unknown destinations. description Enter a descriptive name for a customer VRF. C9000 Series Syntax description string To delete the descriptive name for a customer VRF, use the no description string command. Parameters string Enter a descriptive name for the VRF. Defaults None.
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON and Z9500. 9.4.(0.0) Introduced on the S-Series and Z9000. Usage Information Use this command to attach an interface to a configured VRF. You can attach an interface to either a non-default VRF or a management VRF. To assign a port-back to a default VRF, remove VRF association from the interface.
Only active routes are eligible for sharing. For example, if one VRF has two routes corresponding to BGP and OSPF, and the BGP route is inactive, the OSPF route takes precedence over BGP. The inactive BGP route is not shared even when the target VRF has the filtering options enabled to match BGP. Related Commands ip route-import – imports routes from another VRF. ip route-import Import IPv4 routes leaked by another VRF using the tag specified by that VRF during route-export process.
tag Enter a tag (ASN number) as the export route target to expose routes to other VRFs. This tag acts as an identifier for exported routes. You can use this identifier while importing these routes into another non-default VRF. route-map-name (Optional) Enter the name of the route-map to filter the exported routes. You can leak global routes to be made available to VRFs.
Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, and Z9500. Usage Information It is possible to configure multiple import conditions per VRF depending on the exporting VRF. The export-target and import-target support only the match protocol and match prefix-list options. Other options that are configured in the route-maps are ignored.
Parameters Command Modes Command History Related Commands imported-bgp Enter the keyword imported-bgp to redistribute leaked routes that are learnt using the BGP protocol. imported-ospf Enter the keyword imported-ospf to redistribute leaked routes that are learnt using the OSPF protocol. imported-isis Enter the keyword imported-isis to redistribute leaked routes that are learnt using the ISIS protocol. route-map Enter the name of the route-map to specify the filtering criteria for imported routes.
maximum dynamic-routes Specify the maximum number of dynamic (protocol) routes a VRF can have. C9000 Series Syntax maximum dynamic-routes limit {warn-threshold threshold-value | warning-only} To remove the limit on the maximum number of routes used, use the no maximum dynamic-routes command. Parameters limit Maximum number of routes allowed in a VRF. Valid range is from 1 to 16,000 (or maximum allowable for that platform if smaller value).
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4.(0.0) Introduced on the S-Series and Z9000.
Version Description 9.4.(0.0) Introduced on the S-Series and Z9000. Usage Information Use this command to display information from the running-config corresponding to either a specific VRF or all the VRFs in the system.
67 VLAN Stacking With the virtual local area network (VLAN)-stacking feature (also called stackable VLANs and QinQ), you can “stack” VLANs into one tunnel and switch them through the network transparently. For more information about basic VLAN commands, see the Virtual LAN (VLAN) Commands section in the Layer 2 chapter.
• • • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/ port information. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONF-IF-VLAN Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Usage Information Prior to enabling this command, to place the interface in Layer 2 mode, enter the switchport command. To remove the access port designation, remove the port (using the no member interface command) from all stackable VLAN enabled VLANs. vlan-stack compatible Enable the stackable VLAN feature on a VLAN. C9000 Series Syntax vlan-stack compatible To disable the Stackable VLAN feature on a VLAN, use the no vlan-stack compatible command. Defaults Not configured.
vlan-stack dot1p-mapping Map C-Tag dot1p values to a S-Tag dot1p value. You can separate the C-Tag values by commas and dashed ranges are permitted. Dynamic mode CoS overrides any Layer 2 QoS configuration in case of conflicts. C9000 Series Syntax vlan-stack dot1p-mapping c-tag-dot1p values sp-tag-dot1p value Parameters c-tag-dot1p value Enter the keyword c-tag-dot1p then the customer dot1p value that is mapped to a service provider do1p value. The range is from 0 to 7.
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. C-Series and S-Series accept both bytes of the 2byte S-Tag TPID. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Usage Information For specific interoperability limitations regarding the S-Tag TPID, see the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide.
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Usage Information Prior to using this command, to place the interface in Layer 2 mode, execute the switchport command. To remove the trunk port designation, first remove the port (using the no member interface command) from all stackable VLAN-enabled VLANs. A VLAN-Stack trunk port is also allowed to be configured as a tagged port and as an untagged port for singletagged VLANs.
Dell(conf-if-te-1/0)#portmode hybrid Dell(conf-if-te-1/0)#switchport Dell(conf-if-te-1/0)#vlan-stack trunk Dell(conf-if-te-1/0)#exit Dell(config)#interface vlan 10 Dell(conf-if-vlan)#vlan-stack compatible Dell(conf-if-vlan)#member Te 0/0, Te 1/0, Te 2/10 Dell(conf-if-vlan)#exit Dell(config)#interface vlan 30 Dell(conf-if-vlan)#untagged TenGi 1/0 Dell(conf-if-vlan)#exit Dell(config)# Dell(config)#interface vlan 40 Dell(conf-if-vlan)#tagged TenGi 1/0 Dell(conf-if-vlan)#exit Dell(config)# VLAN Stacking 1725
68 X.509v3 X.509v3 is a standard for public key infrastructure (PKI) to manage digital certificates and public key encryption. This standard specifies a format for public-key certificates or digital certificates. Dell Networking OS supports X.509v3 standards.
crypto ca-cert install Downloads and installs the certificate of a Certificate Authority (CA) on to the device. Syntax Parameters crypto ca-cert install path path Enter the path where the CA certificate is available for download. The format that you use to specify the location of the CA certificate also includes the protocol that is used to contact the CA.
The certificate matching the current FIPS state is deleted. If the system is in FIPS mode, the FIPS certificate is deleted. If the system is in non-FIPS mode, the non-FIPS certificate is deleted. Before deleting the system’s trusted certificate, the system prompts you to specify whether to proceed with deletion. If you proceed, the system deletes the certificate and also the private key.
validity days (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword validity followed by the number of days for which the certificate is valid. NOTE: For CSRs, validity has no effect. For self-signed certificates, if validity is not specified, it defaults to 3650 days, or 10 years. length length (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword length followed by a bit length value. The default key length for both FIPS and non-FIPS mode is 2048. Minimum key length value for FIPS mode is 2048. The range is from 2048 to 4096.
where the certificate file is stored. Following are example of a path that you can specify: flash://certs/s4810-001-request.crtand usbflash:/certs/ s4810-001-cert.pem NOTE: Before installing a trusted certificate, you first need to download it from a remote CA using the copy command. . key-file Enter the keyword key-file to specify the private key. private Enter the keyword private to specify that the key is stored in a hidden location in the NVRAM.
Related Commands • crypto ca-cert install crypto x509 ocsp Configures the OCSP behavior. Syntax Parameters crypto x509 ocsp [nonce] [sign-requests] nonce Enter the keyword nonce to use the nonce feature for the OCSP requests to OCSP responder communication. This is a one-time value that must be returned in the OCSP response. If the OCSP responder is using precomputed responses, then it does not reply with the nonce. The nonce feature is off by default.
Related Commands Version Description 9.11.0.0 Introduced this command. • crypto x509 ocsp debug crypto This command allows you to test a certificate chain file for validity and checking revocation outside of its use in TLS communication. Syntax debug crypto {flash://path} Parameters path Enter the path to a local file where a certificate chain is stored in PEM format. Defaults None. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
the received certificate’s sha-1 fingerprint against this configured sha-1 fingerprint. If present, only the fingerprint is used for certificate revocation validation. port port-number Enter the keyword port followed by the port number. The default port number is 6514 for secure logging. Defaults None. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
When you use this command, the device maps the current certificate context in the certificate store to a CA certificate through the subject key identifier field. The subject key identifier field contains the SHA-1 hash of the CA’s public key. This configuration provides a way to uniquely identify a CA and associate it with any CA-specific settings. This context is used to store certificate-specific settings such as alternate CRL and OCSP locations. Incoming X.
Defaults None. Command Modes CERTIFICATE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command: Version Description 9.11.0.0 Introduced this command.
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command: Version Description 9.11.0.0 Introduced this command. Usage Information The following RBAC roles are allowed to issue this command: Related Commands 1736 X.
